Return to the menu
2
Print
4
MULTIPSK auxiliary functions
6
Auxiliary functions which can be run only with the registered version.
8
Spectrum + statistics on E2
10
Spectrum + statistics on E1
12
Maximum E                  =
14
% of the scale
16
Minimum E                   =
18
Root mean square E    =
20
Average E                    =
22
Fondamental F             =
24
Not enough points!
26
Triggering failure
28
Are you sure to wish to abandon the graph plotter?
30
Completed
32
File loaded
34
In progress
36
Dual trace oscilloscope 0-20 KHz + sound recorder + graph plotter (limited to licensed copies)
38
Triggering
40
On rise
42
On decay
44
On 0 passage
46
On 0 then rise
48
On 0 then decay
50
X/Y Inputs (E1: left, E2: right, t: time)
52
Start
54
Scanning
56
Curve spectrum
58
Oversampling for t<=200s/div
60
Disabled
62
Spectral window
64
Rectangular
66
Hamming
68
Spectrum freq.
70
Rectified signal
72
Filtering
74
Use the filtering with the rectified signal, to see the base band signal.
76
"Lissajous" function
78
Graph plotter by recording on a .WAV sound file, then graph plotting from this WAV sound file
80
Permits to load the name of the .WAV file to record
82
Seconds
84
Recording duration
86
Automatic recording
88
Permits to automatically record the .WAV sound file
90
Periodic recording
92
Periodic recording until a signal be detected. The squelch determines the amplitude minimum of the signal so as to be detected.
94
Stop of the periodic recording at the end of the recording in progress (this last one will not be stored). Just click one time on "Stop" to stop.
96
1 to 60 seconds
98
Plotting the recorded sound file
100
Playing and graph plotting from the recorded .WAV sound file
102
Play the recorded .WAV sound file
104
Stop before the normal end of the playing
106
Plotting
108
The graphs are plotted from the recorded data. The duration of each graph is the one specified for the oscilloscope window
110
Graph
112
Load the sound file
114
Load the recorded .WAV file to, afterwards, plot it, graph by graph
116
Level on sound inputs
118
Line in right channel
120
Microphone
122
Dual trace spectrum analyzer 0-20 KHz (limited to licensed copies)
124
Print screen
126
X/Y Inputs (E1: left, E2: right, F: freq.)
128
Continuous mode
130
Gain: dB or ratio
132
Ratio
134
Spectrum band
136
Spectrums average
138
Number of averaged spectrums (1 to 12)
140
Waterfall in grey levels
142
Frequencies
144
Frequencemeter, for respectively the left input and the right input
146
Level =
148
Frequency =
150
Distance=
152
January
154
February
156
March
158
April
160
May
162
June
164
July
166
August
168
September
170
October
172
November
174
December
176
of
178
Incorrect APRS frame: the date/time string is incorrect
180
local
182
Incorrect Mic-E APRS frame: the destination adress is incorrect
184
M0: Off Duty
186
M1: En Route
188
M2: In Service
190
M3: Returning
192
M4: Committed
194
M5: Special
196
M6: Priority
198
: Custom-
200
Incorrect MIC-E Info APRS frame: the longitude string is incorrect
202
Incorrect MIC-E Info APRS frame: the speed/course string is incorrect
204
Incorrect APRS frame: the compressed co-ordinates string is incorrect
206
Incorrect APRS frame: the co-ordinates string is incorrect
208
GPS Fix: current -
210
GPS Fix: old (last) -
212
NMEA source:
214
Compression origin:
216
CHANNEL
218
Speed=
220
Gust=
222
Temp=
224
Rain_1=
226
Rain_24=
228
Rain_0=
230
Snow=
232
Raw rain counter:
234
Software:
236
WX station:
238
feet or
240
Altitude=
242
Tropical Storm
244
Hurricane
246
Tropical depression
248
Pres=
250
Radius hurricane winds=
252
Radius tropical storm winds=
254
Radius whole gale=
256
nautical miles or
258
Radio range=
260
miles or
262
Ant. height=
264
Power=
266
feet,
268
Directivity:
270
Comment:
272
Frame:
274
Beam heading=
276
ER Power=
278
Precis=
280
Unknown APRS data type identifier
282
APRS data type identifier no decoded by Multipsk
284
You have received the following message from
286
"Live" object:
288
"Killed" object:
290
"Live" item:
292
"Killed" item:
294
Positionless Weather report
296
Position by Locator
298
No BMP, GIF or JPG file with the label
300
This file is not a picture file.
302
picture file
304
The pieces of data are saved in the file APRS.SER
306
The world map cannot be re-defined.
308
Gust
310
Rainfall during last hour
312
Rainfall during last 24 hours
314
Rainfall since midnight
316
Snowfall during last 24 hours
318
miles
320
To display GPS positions, click, first, on the "Reception of GPS position frames" button
322
Packet APRS frames decoding/coding
324
PAX APRS frames decoding/coding
326
FAE APRS frames decoding/coding (several functions are limited to 10 mn for non-licencied versions)
328
FAE APRS frames decoding/coding
330
Clear the map, automatically, on reception of a valid new APRS frame.
332
Map definition
334
World
336
File
338
Comment (30 characters)
340
Top left corner
342
Close without storage
344
Maps
346
Lock the data to prevent a non-desired modification
348
Import the co-ordinates .TXT, .INF (from UI-VIEW) or .CLB (Sailwx maps) file corresponding to the .BMP, .JPG or .GIF file
350
Export the co-ordinates in a .TXT (and a .INF) file corresponding to the .BMP, .JPG or .GIF file
352
1st point: click left
354
de
356
Prec.
358
Precision of the co-ordinates (0.005'
360
Wording of the icon
362
"Icon"
364
Comment sent by the sender
366
Units
368
Mile
370
Gust (from 0 to 100 knots scale)
372
Rainfall (24h)
374
Snowfall (24h)
376
Luminosity (Watt/m2)
378
Other information
380
It can be the central pressure of a hurricane
382
The distance and the azimuth are displayed if your position is defined (button "Transmission") or if your Locator is in your personal data (button "Personal" in the RX/TX window)
384
feet (0 to 999999)
386
m (0 to 304799)
388
degrees (0 to 359)
390
knots (0 to 999)
392
Gust speed
394
mph (0 to 999)
396
km/h (0 to 999)
398
Temperature
400
F (-99 to 999)
402
C (-72 to 537)
404
1/100 inch (0 to 999)
406
mm (0 to 253)
408
inch (0 to 999)
410
cm (0 to 999)
412
Humidity
414
% (1 to 100)
416
Pressure
418
1/10 mbar (hPa) (0 to 99999)
420
Display of received stations
422
Nothing
424
Callsign with SSID
426
Callsign without SSID
428
Display (call, temperature, pressure or nothing) choice
430
Transmission of APRS frames (position with, possibly, the weather) + definition of your exact position (for calculation of distances from your station)
432
Building of the APRS frame you wish to transmit
434
The frame correspond to a fixed station (QRA) or to a GPS station.
436
Data with their button non-clicked will not be sent
438
Your call must be written in the field "Sender" in the RX/TX window.
440
The APRS destination is "APZMU3" ("Options" to modify)
442
The APRS destination is "APZMU3" (experimental APRS adress)
444
Click on the "Options" button to change the APRS destination
446
Your latitude/longitude
448
Frame type
450
"Weather" (+ position)
452
Pieces of information for "Position" frame ("Comment" also for GPS)
454
Pieces of information for "Weather" frame (not for GPS)
456
Data checking
458
Data storage
460
Close with storage
462
Only one transmission
464
Beacon with interval, in minutes, of:
466
Stop the beacon
468
Extent of the map in X (horizontal, according to the pointed latitude)
470
Stations in chronological order
472
Stations in alphabetical order
474
Display all
476
Select the UTC time hour (from 0 to 59 mn), at which messages have been received
478
Display the APRS received positions, also on GoogleEarth, if this one exists on the PC and if you click on "Display all" or "Display hour".
480
Display the APRS received positions, also on DXAtlas, if this one exists on the PC.
482
Ring on reception of an APRS frame
484
Air temperature
486
Reception of the GPS frames and display of the GPS positions
488
Number of visible satellites ("Sat"), time, latitude, longitude and altitude received
490
Reception of GPS position frames
492
Time (UTC)
494
Display of the GPS positions on the map
496
Altitude in feet
498
Dot
500
Display of a dot
502
Small dot
504
Display of a small dot for a precise displayed position
506
Display of a dot and of the altitude (if known)
508
"GPS position + altitude"
510
"GPS position"
512
Display in small characters
514
Reduced
516
APRS options and "repeaters" options
518
"Repeaters" options
520
Internet access to pass all the decoded frames to an APRS-IS server and to see the frames received by the server (through a filter)
522
To stop the positions display due to an avalanche of frames coming from the APRS-IS server, which could prevent working of some functions
524
Building and transmission of an APRS message
526
Building and transmission of an APRS message (if the "Number" field is filled, it will be asked an acknowledgment to the addressee)
528
Attention: to transmit APRS position or your local meteo data, don't click on "Message" but on the "Transmission" button.
530
Don't close this box before the reception of the addressee acknowledgment. The number of retries is limited to 9.
532
Number of retries, limited to 9
534
Addressee
536
Message text (max 67 characters)
538
Number
540
Message transmission
542
Non standard icon ->
544
The standard icons are "Weather Station", "House QTH (VHF)", "House (HF)" or "Car" (if GPS position). For specific cases, it can be selected an other icon (for example "Emergency").
546
No personal co-ordinates (button "Transmission")
548
Transmission of an APRS frame in progress
550
End of the 10 minutes maximum in limited version for some auxiliary fonctions.
552
The APRS frame is being transmitted.
554
GPS COM port open
556
GPS COM port closed
558
-GPS RX in progress
560
-No GPS RX
562
The latitude/longitude file is available.
564
No export.
566
Failure: the two clicked points are not on a diagonal.
568
Failure: the latitudes of the two points are the same.
570
The longitude of the second point is incorrect (Example: 001-02.03E with a max. of 179-59.99)
572
The corners co-ordinates are calculated and the map up-to-dated.
574
Personal Locator present
576
Automatic scanning in progress...
578
Transmission of APRS frames (position with, possibly, the weather)
580
The transmission panel is open...
582
The APRS beacon is on duty...
584
Transmission of APRS messages
586
The pieces of data are saved in the file APRS_TX.SER
588
The latitude is incorrect (Example: 45-05.06N with a max. of 89-59.99)
590
The GPS reception is not enabled (button "GPS" and, then, "Reception of GPS positions frames"
592
No GPS latitude to send
594
No GPS longitude to send
596
The Altitude is incorrect (example: 000123 or 123)
598
The Altitude is incorrect (max: 304799 m)
600
The wind direction is incorrect (between 0 and 359)
602
The wind direction is incorrect (max: 359 )
604
The wind speed is incorrect (Example: 123)
606
The gust speed is incorrect (Example: 123)
608
The temperature is incorrect (Example: 070)
610
The temperature is incorrect (between -72 and 537 C)
612
The rainfall is incorrect (Example: 010)
614
The rainfall is incorrect (between 0 and 253 mm)
616
The humidity is incorrect (Example: 060)
618
The humidity is incorrect (between 1 and 100 %)
620
The pressure is incorrect (Example: 10000)
622
The snowfall is incorrect (Example: 010)
624
The TX data is correct.
626
APRS FAE transmission is not authorized (click first on "APRS transmission")
628
There are too many meteo parameters to send, PSE unchech one or two
630
Beacon Off
632
The APRS beacon is off duty.
634
The APRS beacon is on duty with an interval of
636
minutes.
638
Beacon On
640
Attention: text has been typed in the editor window. This text will be ignored.
642
Your are still transmitting...
644
Close, first, the maps panel.
646
Close, first, the new map window.
648
feet
650
No serial port for GPS selected (in the configuration screen)
652
Success opening the serial port linked to the GPS
654
Failure opening the serial port linked to the GPS
656
The name of the file is too long (>20 characters)
658
The addressee misses...
660
The message is being transmitted.
662
Transmission number:
664
Transmission of the message in progress
666
Message rejected by the addressee
668
Failure (no acknowledgment received)
670
The acknowledgment is being transmitted.
672
User:
674
record
676
of QSO
678
Number of the last displayed QSO:
680
ADI files|*.ADI
682
File export in progress...
684
File export finished!
686
finished!
688
in progress...
690
Log TCP/IP client
692
Log client
694
SECOND LOG BOOK (file LOG_N2.LO)
696
QSO by QSO
698
Month /  Day   / Year
700
Select present QSO records which date is superior or equal than the chosen one
702
Select present QSO records which date is equal than the chosen one
704
Select present QSO records which date is inferior or equal than the chosen one
706
Exported!
708
Export in text format
710
Export present QSO records (and in the same order), on the text file
712
Export file name
714
Export in ADIF format
716
Export present QSO records (and in the same order), on the ADIF file
718
Export to DXKeeper (V. 4.2.2 or more)
720
Export present QSO records (and in the same order) to the DXKeeper computerized logbook
722
Export to
724
Export present QSO records (and in the same order) to the
726
computerized logbook
728
"R" and "S" fields (for QSL) initially requested
730
If the "Request" button (for "QSL requested") is pushed, the fields "R" and "S" will be automatically filled with "R" for "Requested".
732
Delete all
734
Delete all the present QSO records
736
Delete QSO
738
Delete the QSO located under the cursor
740
Print label
742
Print the label relative to the QSO located under the cursor. This function is also called by clicking on the QSO.
744
Call filter
746
Call filter, with the call written on the filter editor
748
Mode filter
750
From all data
752
If the button is "On", each filter takes into account all data. Reversely (button "Off), filters can be cascaded.
754
Alphabetical order
756
Sort the QSO's by alphabetical order of the "Call" field
758
Reverse alpha order
760
Sort the QSO's by reverse alphabetical order of the "Call" field
762
Display all the QSO records of the log book (in the chronological order)
764
Log start
766
Display the first present QSO records
768
Log end
770
Display the last present QSO records
772
Archiving
774
Log file archiving in an "
776
date time .AR" file
778
QSO modification
780
Modify the QSO located under the cursor
782
Next or preceding QSO
784
Next or preceding page of QSO
786
File compression (removal of all deleted QSO)
788
ADIF file import
790
Import of QSO stored in a standard ADIF file
792
Search of a call among the last QSO's  (button "Search" in RX/TX screen)
794
Options about the search among the last 200 (3000 or all in licencied version) QSOs through an automatic or a manual (button "Search" in RX/TX screen) procedure
796
Automatic search
798
In automatic search, each modification of the call in the field "Call" (RX/TX screen) generates a search of information
800
Automatic QSO fields deletion on loading of a new callsign
802
If this button is pushed, the QSO fields ("Name", "Locator", "QTH" and "Notes") are cleared and "Ur RST" and "My RST" are initialized to "599", on loading of a new callsign in the "Call" field from the reception window
804
Search in all QSO
806
For licencied versions only (on powerful PC): the search is done in all QSOs stored instead of the last 3000 QSO
808
|With the "|   " button, one can read the beginning of the QSO and with the "   |" button, the end
810
Second log book
812
To be used independantly from the main log book (for example, for a contest), only for the licensed copies
814
Print the present QSO records, only for the licensed copies
816
Options relative to the QSO fields on the RX/TX screen
818
"Wkg" field instead of "Locator", for SWL
820
The field "Wkg" is used for SWLs, to note the call of the second correspondent stations ("Working station")
822
Automatic location of a logged call
824
To, automatically, determine the country and to locate the logged call on the map (limited to 10 mn for non licensied copies)
826
Automatic location of a logged Locator
828
To, automatically, determine the position and to locate the logged Locator, on the world map (limited to 10 mn for non licensied copies)
830
Big "QSO->Log" button
832
To double the size of the "QSO->Log" (QSO to Log) button. Useful for contests
834
Big "DXKeeper" button
836
To double the size of the "DXKeeper" (QSO to DXkeeper) button. Useful for contests
838
QSOs: automatic recording and export to DXKeeper or WXlogbook
840
The recording of the QSO on the Multipsk logbook with, in parallel, the export will allow the user to benefit from the Multipsk search possibilities, particularly during contests to avoid "dupes".
842
Name and QTH as "Name" and no "NAME" nor "name"
844
Example: "Paris" or "paris" or "parIS" will be formatted in "Paris"
846
Initial QSO:
848
Initial number of the next QSO used for contest (+/-100), maximum: 25499
850
Initial number of the next QSO used for contest (+/-1), maximum: 25499
852
Options relative to the reception and transmission of spots on a cluster through SpotCollector (DXLab suite)
854
Automatically clear the "QSO" fields after a spot transmission
856
eQSL options
858
Type your eQSL password (without spaces). It will not appear the next time (only "Password" will appear)
860
Type your eQSL user name (normally your callsign)
862
Password OK
864
Click on this button after having typed your password
866
Automatic transmission of the QSO
868
Automatic transmission of the QSO, after having clicked on one of the yellow buttons "QSO-->Log" or "DXKeeper"
870
Transmission of the QSO on demand
872
Transmission of the QSO on a user demand, after having clicked on one of the yellow buttons "QSO-->Log" or "DXKeeper"
874
QSL comment
876
Various options
878
Re-validate deleted QSOs
880
Works only for QSOs stored with Multipsk 4.3 or more, since the last compression
882
Start time=End time for DXKeeper
884
If pushed, the Start time will be the End time for the QSO exported to DXKeeper, instead of being the moment at which the user writes the callsign in the QSO field
886
Delete all the present QSO?
888
Re-validate all deleted QSO?
890
Problem to write file
892
Delete the QSO?
894
File archiving in progress...
896
File archiving finished!
898
Compression and so removal of all "deleted" QSO?
900
Compression in progress...
902
Finished! Whole log compressed
904
Sorting...!
906
ADIF import  in progress...
908
ADIF file impport finished!
910
MAIN LOG BOOK (file LOG_PSK.LO)
912
Finished!
914
Last QSO
916
Success of the look-up
918
Sorry, no more room.
920
PSKReporter: no frequency specified in the QSO panel!
922
PSKReporter: the frequency is not correct in the QSO panel!
924
Limited to 11 callsigns in limited version
926
World map: manual or automatic positioning of a country after reception of a call
928
Re-initialization
930
All the positionings on the map are cleared and the calls list is cleared
932
List of the received calls (only the 60 last calls are displayed)
934
Report
936
Edition of a report giving, for each country, the number of received calls
938
Alarm
940
Sound alarm on ham activity (on reception of a call)
942
Stop of the alarm on ham activity
944
Position:
946
To modify the vertical position of the panel:
948
Display the received Locator positions on GoogleEarth, if this one exists on the PC
950
Large
952
Save
954
This list can be saved in a file which type is "CALLS date time.TXT" in the sub-directory WORLD created automatically by MULTIPSK
956
Automatic addition of the callsign in the "WORLD_CALLS.TXT" file (sub-directory "WORLD")
958
Stop updating
960
Permits saving the map in a "WORLD date time.BMP" file under the sub-directory WORLD created automatically by MULTIPSK)
962
To print the map
964
World map: positioning of a ship after reception of a position GMDSS DSC frame
966
World map: positioning of an aircraft after reception of an ACARS position
968
World map: positioning of a DGPS station
970
World map: positioning of a Ham station after reception of a JT65 Locator
972
World map: positioning of a Ham station after reception of a LENTUS Locator or position
974
Reception report
976
Received calls
978
TX AND RX DIGITAL MODES SELECTION
980
Yes with sound
982
Yes without sound
984
Yes without sound, for big PC (by timer)
986
No (sound-card)
988
Yes (not advised for W. XP)
990
Attention! Takes 65 % of the calculation power...so for small PC.
992
No (keying by the sound-card)
994
Yes, for big PC or W. XP/2000 (by timer)
996
Advised for PC >=450 MHz
998
On // port LPT1
1000
Keying through SELECT IN/INIT/AUTOFEED/STROBE pins of the parallel port LPT (1 or 2). The INIT pin has its command in voltage inverted: when the SELECT IN/AUTOFEED/STROBE pins are at high potential, the INIT pin is at low potential, and reversely
1002
Keying done through the serial port DTR or RQS pin (for P166 or +)
1004
CCW-OOK + CCW-FSK
1006
No
1008
"CCW " prefix
1010
Transmission mode (TX)
1012
Reception mode (RX)
1014
TX mode = RX mode
1016
CCW (coherent CW) + CCW-FSK
1018
75 bauds RTTY
1020
CCW (coherent CW) + CCW-FSK (RX/TX)
1022
RTTY 45 bauds (RX/TX)
1024
RTTY 50 bauds + SYNOP (RX/TX)
1026
RTTY 75 bauds (RX/TX)
1028
RTTY 100 bauds (RX)
1030
RTTY 110 bauds (RX)
1032
RTTY 150 bauds (RX)
1034
RTTY 200 bauds (RX)
1036
HF fax (RX/TX)
1038
HF fax
1040
PSK220F + digital SSTV "Run" (RX/TX)
1042
PSK220F + digital SSTV "Run"
1044
PSK63F + digital SSTV "Run" (RX/TX)
1046
PSK63F + digital SSTV "Run"
1048
Keying CCW speed
1050
Keying CW speed
1052
Translation CW speed
1054
CW (Morse) parameters (+ QRSS for keying options)
1056
Shift for 50, 75 and >=100 bauds RTTY transmissions
1058
EPIRB+ELT+PLB beacons
1060
FILTERS (DSP AF processing for full-duplex sound-card)
1062
Signal analyser (baudmeter for full-duplex sound-card)
1064
CW binaural receiver
1066
Help / Modes description
1068
Frequencies used
1070
CW transmission by Farnworth method: spaces are multiplied by 3, so the CW speed is divided about by 2
1072
Modes selection
1074
It is proposed an option (for professional user) to select the only modes really used. The panels of modes (amateur and professional) will propose a choice among the selected modes.
1076
All modes
1078
All modes are selected and, consequently, checked
1080
None mode (except BPSK31)
1082
None mode is selected (except BPSK31) and, consequently, none mode is checked
1084
Exit and storage of the selected modes
1086
Exit without storage of the selected modes
1088
No mode selection by the menu
1090
If this option is checked, it is not possible to select a mode by the menu located on top of this window
1092
words/mn
1094
Additional HF Fax commands (only for registered version)
1096
Red (%)
1098
Blue (%)
1100
Green (%)
1102
Selection of the false colors for colorization of the satellite pictures
1104
Color inversion: BGR --> RGB
1106
Phase:
1108
Reset to 0
1110
Correction of phase and amplitude intended to compensate the imperfection of the quadrature putting of Q compared to I, for RX
1112
Problem: the SdR receiver or the sound card can introduce a bias on the amplitude and on the phase of I et Q. These bias must be corrected otherwise
1114
1.1) Check that the balance (on the mixer) of the "Mic" or "Line in" input receiving the signal, is located at the center of the span.
1116
2. Calibration of the sound card
1118
2.1) Supply the "Mic" or "Line in" input with a + 3 KHz USB signal (Multidem from an other PC can supply this reference, by pushing "TX +3000 Hz").
1120
2.2) A signal at - 3 KHz might not appear. If it appears, it must be framed between the two cursors, this to measure the local level in %.
1122
2.3) By slightly using the "Amplitude" and "Phase" cursors, the signal at -3000 Hz must be reduced down to measure Ratio=0.0 or 0.1 %.
1124
3. Taking into account of the SdR receiver
1126
3.1) Supply the "Mic" or "Line in" input with a powerful USB radio signal (by using, for example, a transceiver in "Tune" on a resistive load).
1128
3.2) Tune the SdR receiver to receive the signal in the superior part of the spectrum (at about 3000 Hz, for example).
1130
3.3) The LSB signal (at - 3 KHz in the example)  might not appear. If it appears, it must be framed between the two cursors, this to measure the local level in %.
1132
3.4) By slightly using the "Amplitude" and "Phase" cursors, the signal at -3000 Hz must be reduced down to measure Ratio=0.0 or 0.1 %.
1134
Amplitude:
1136
Correction OK
1138
Correction of phase and amplitude intended to compensate the imperfection of the quadrature putting of Q compared to I, for TX
1140
Problem: the SdR transmitter or the sound card can introduce a bias on the amplitude and on the phase of I et Q. These bias must be corrected otherwise
1142
a fraction of the USB (F>0) spectrum will be on the LSB part (F<0) and reversely. Normally, I et Q have the same amplitude but a phase of 90  between them.
1144
1. Preliminaries
1146
1.1) Check that the balance (on the mixer) of the "Speaker out" or "Line out" output transmtting the I/Q signals, is located at the center of the span.
1148
2. Calibration of the sound card and the transmitter
1150
During this test, Multipsk must transmit a 2000 Hz AF signal (in BPSK31 for example). None LSB signal must be received in your transceiver.
1152
2.1) The LSB signal at 2000 Hz might not appear. If it appears, it must be isolated with the AF filter of your transceiver, in LSB reception.
1154
2.2) By slightly using the "Amplitude" and "Phase" cursors, this LSB signal must be reduced down to not hear it.
1156
Contacted OM
1158
Sequence:
1160
Edit
1162
Save and close
1164
Cancel
1166
Sequence name and color of the name
1168
Edit sequence name
1170
Save name and color
1172
Text control according to the selected mode
1174
No text control (PACKET)
1176
'*' = '*' + short bell
1178
Preceding mode (ex: ...PSK31... "...<CW> CQ <PRECED>" means "return to PSK31 after CW"
1180
Black
1182
Blue
1184
White
1186
Purple
1188
"AF frequency" macro to complete: "wxyz" is an integer representing the new AF frequency in Hz (for example: "300" ("HZ300") or "2000" ("HZ2000")).
1190
It is automatically repeat the same sequence until the user decides to switch on reception. It is a useful function for tests. This macro must be located at the end of the sequence.
1192
Permits to execute a Windows command. For example, provides an easy way to look up call on qrz.com: <EXEC:rundll32.exe url.dll,FileProtocolHandler http://www.qrz.com/db/<CALL>>. Macros which can be replaced by a text (as <CALL>) can be integered.
1194
Permits to send a serial command through the selected COM port. For example for 9600 bauds, 8 bits, without parity, 1.5 stop bit: <COM: [9600 8 N 1.5] INIT <13>>. <13> is worth for character of order 13 ("CR"). "INIT <13>" is the command to send.
1196
Permits to send a Tune (non modulated carrier) with the command: <TUNE: Power (in % from 0 to 100) Frequency (in Hz from 0 to 5000) Duration (in 1/10 sec from 1 to 999)>. For example <TUNE: 50 4000 10> (50% of power at 4000 Hz for 1 sec)
1198
<RPRT@> asks to the other Ham or to the SWL monitoring your QSO to send you a reception report by e-mail. Your address must be specified in the "WEB ADDRESS" of your personal data ("Personal" button).
1200
This macro sends the current HF frequency in MHz displayed in the "Freq MHz" QSO field ("7.039 MHz", for example).
1202
Characters font size
1204
Personal:
1206
Personal data, Help on right click
1208
<NAME>  is the name of the other Ham as displayed in the QSO field "Name"
1210
<MY RST>  is my RST as transmitted by the other Ham and displayed in the QSO field "My RST"
1212
<UR RST> is the RST of the other Ham  displayed in the QSO field "Ur RST"
1214
Gives UTC date and time (for example : " 02/03/02 11:42:09 UTC")
1216
Gives an UTC time (for example : "11:42:09z")
1218
Inserts a space
1220
Is equivalent to the macro <RX> with a clearing of all windows
1222
Clears the RX window
1224
Clears the TX window, if it is separated from the RX window
1226
Digital mode video identifier which can be seen on the waterfall of the other Ham
1228
Digital mode Reed-Solomon identifier which can be automatically decoded by Multipsk in a 500 Hz bandwidth around the central received frequency
1230
HZwxyz allows the modification of the TX AF frequency. After application of this macro, the new RX frequency is equal to the new TX frequency (XIT=0). "wxyz" is an integer representing the new AF frequency in Hz (for example: "2000" ("HZ2000").
1232
Allows an automatic record of the QSO on the Multipsk logbook (useful for contests)
1234
Allows an automatic record of the QSO on an exterior logbook (DXKeeper for example) through a DDE link (useful for contests)
1236
Displays all the information (date, time, frequency and mode) about the last QSO done with the Ham which call sign is displayed in the QSO "Call" field)
1238
Permits to send automatically a file (for example, to send "wx.txt", write <FILE:wx.txt>)
1240
Sequence text editor (5000 characters maximum)
1242
File:
1244
Sequence
1246
Return
1248
No initial picture file (Mini_Map.BMP)!
1250
color
1252
Grey
1254
Format:
1256
Sending of a color picture (5 maximum). Maximum size:320x256
1258
Grey scale
1260
Sending of a grey scale picture (5 maximum). Maximum size:320x256
1262
B and W
1264
Sending of a black and white picture (5 maximum). Maximum size:320x256
1266
Re-initialisation of the picture reception
1268
Historic RX
1270
Return to historic RX
1272
Click on a mini-picture to expand it.
1274
Selective clear
1276
Clear not used or not valid columns and lines
1278
Number of missing or erroneous lines / most likely picture width
1280
Record the received picture automatically in the "SSTV_RX" sub-directory
1282
Record the received picture, according to the user choice
1284
RX/TX of "Run" digital SSTV pictures
1286
Auto. recording
1288
Automatic RX window record (standalone working), in licencied version only.
1290
Complement
1292
Complement the picture where possible lines are missing
1294
Auto. complement
1296
Complement the picture before a manual or an automatic recording (standalone working), in licencied version only.
1298
Complement and record
1300
Picture
1302
DIGISSTV text font
1304
DIGISSTV TEXT
1306
Clear the text
1308
After writing, click on the picture to paste the text
1310
Load a picture file
1312
Record the picture in the "SSTV_TX" sub-directory
1314
Elaboration of personal pictures (from 8x6 to 320x256)
1316
Color simulation
1318
Simulation of color picture transmission
1320
Grey scale simulation
1322
Simulation of grey scale picture transmission
1324
B and W simulation
1326
Simulation of Black and White picture transmission
1328
Original
1330
Back to the original picture
1332
Width=
1334
Height=
1336
Picture width adjustment (from 8 to 320)
1338
Picture height adjustment (from 6 to 256)
1340
No automatic picture record in non-licencied version
1342
No automatic complement in non-licencied version
1344
Nothing to complete
1346
Picture complemented!
1348
Ready for picture reception
1350
Recording done!
1352
The picture is too small in width (
1354
5 pictures stored to send as a maximum.
1356
Wait to the end of the sequence being sent.
1358
No print during transmission!
1360
Immediate stop of the picture transmission
1362
The picture is too wide (
1364
The picture is too tall (
1366
maximum).
1368
minimum).
1370
The picture is too small in height (
1372
BMP files|*.BMP
1374
Transformation in progress...
1376
Transformation completed!
1378
Return to the original in progess...
1380
Return to the original completed!
1382
My personal data
1384
Type your call sign, possibly with a prefix and/or a suffix ("FW9XYZ" or "FW9XYZ/P" or "AZ2/FW9XYZ" or "AZ2/FW9XYZ/P")
1386
Latitude/longitude checking
1388
Incorrect latitude
1390
Incorrect longitude
1392
Conversion to figures
1394
After selecting, click right to convert to letters or figures, for RTTY or AMTOR modes
1396
Reading of the QSO in progress or a previous QSO
1398
Reading of a previous QSO
1400
Load a previous QSO file
1402
Reading of the QSO in progress
1404
In RTTY and AMTOR, the short bell is noted "*".
1406
Text memorization (if the user has modified the text of the QSO)
1408
As it is possible to modify the text of the QSO to add frequencies or notes...(for licencied copies), the user must record the modifications done.
1410
Back-up of the QSO in progress
1412
If necessary, it is possible to save the QSO in progress, at any moment. By default, it is stored only at the Multipsk closure.
1414
Regular back-up
1416
For licencied users, it is possible to regularly and automatically save the QSO in progress, the interval in minutes being defined by the user. By default, the QSO is stored only at the Multipsk closure.
1418
Select the QSO record interval in minutes
1420
Display of new data in the top of the window
1422
The data will be ordered so that each new data appears at the top of the QSO window and not at the bottom
1424
Find forward
1426
Find text forward. The text search is not case sensitive (capital/small letters are confused)
1428
Backward
1430
Find text backward. The text search is not case sensitive (capital/small letters are confused)
1432
Print of
1434
No more room to write in the QSO file.
1436
D=
1438
mil.)
1440
Az=
1442
Lat:
1444
Long:
1446
Vertical
1448
Shortened
1450
Magnetic
1452
Broad band
1454
Bidirectional
1456
Long wire
1458
Calm
1460
Gentle breeze
1462
Fresh breeze
1464
High wind
1466
Storm
1468
Sunny
1470
Cloudy
1472
Rainy
1474
Stormy
1476
Foggy
1478
Snowy
1480
Frosty
1482
Icy
1484
Lightning
1486
Hail
1488
Very dry
1490
Dry
1492
Wet
1494
Very wet
1496
North
1498
East
1500
Power
1502
Directivity
1504
End of APRS frame transmission.
1506
...Sole KISS frame transmitted
1508
...RX frame repeated
1510
...First KISS frame transmitted
1512
...Next KISS frame transmitted
1514
None
1516
detected
1518
Software adjustment
1520
User adjustment
1522
No SNDVOL.EXE Windows mixer (for the Linux users)
1524
Computer default sound card
1526
&Sound Card
1528
Same sound card as for the input
1530
Line in left channel
1532
AGC (Auto)
1534
Translation file
1536
To translate this soft in another language thanks to the file "Multipsk_English_to_another_language.TXT"
1538
UTC correction in hours --->
1540
Additive correction to the UTC time (in hour), in particular cases. The standard is 0.
1542
&Fonts
1544
Definition of the RX/TX windows font characters and the background color
1546
&Help and licence
1548
Information and help of the user
1550
"RX/TX screen" for the main screen
1552
Serial &port
1554
Selection of the serial port on which the DTR/RQS pins are activated (in case of no VOX available)
1556
Options for serial ports
1558
Options for the serial ports detection
1560
Neither serial ports scanning nor automatic checking (to avoid initial micro RX/TX switches)
1562
Activation of the DTR pin, only, with RQS (RTS) always low
1564
Activation of the RQS (RTS) pin, only, with DTR always low
1566
Activation of the DTR pin only, with RQS (RTS) always high
1568
Activation of the RQS (RTS) pin only, with DTR always high
1570
Serial &port for GPS
1572
Selection of the serial port on which either the GPS is connected (for APRS)
1574
Serial port for KISS
1576
Selection of the serial port on which the KISS client program is connected (for Packet)
1578
&Mixer
1580
Software adjustment of the mixer (Sound Input, Input level and Speaker out) or user adjustment
1582
&Sound input
1584
Selection of the sound card input connected to the receiver.
1586
&Input level
1588
Selection of the AF input signal amplification or AGC (for Automatic Gain Control)
1590
Speaker &out level
1592
Selection of the speaker output level of the sound card
1594
Your Logbook
1596
Selection of your, possible, logbook, if accessible by Multipsk
1598
&Sound Card (Input)
1600
Selection of the sound card in input.
1602
Sound Card (Output)
1604
Selection of the sound card in output.
1606
Auxiliary Sound Card (to speaker)
1608
Selection of the auxiliary sound card in output, for blind Hams and SWL in JT65 and VOICE, in CCW and for all DSP functions
1610
Auxiliary Sound Card (from an input)
1612
Selection of the auxiliary sound card in input,  for all DSP modes ("Filters", "Analysis", "Binaural")
1614
Se&quence (long macro)
1616
Creation of a sequence (text and associated name)
1618
Sequence 1 creation
1620
Sequence 2 creation
1622
Sequence 3 creation
1624
Sequence 4 creation
1626
Sequence 5 creation
1628
Sequence 6 creation
1630
Sequence 7 creation
1632
Sequence 8 creation
1634
Sequence 9 creation
1636
Sequence 10 creation
1638
Sequence 11 creation
1640
Sequence 12 creation
1642
Sequence 13 creation
1644
Sequence 14 creation
1646
Sequence 15 creation
1648
Sequence 16 creation
1650
Sequence 17 creation
1652
Sequence 18 creation
1654
Sequence 19 creation
1656
Sequence 20 creation
1658
Sequence 21 creation
1660
Sequence 22 creation
1662
Sequence 23 creation
1664
Sequence 24 creation
1666
RX/TX screen
1668
Reading the QSO in progress or a previous QSO
1670
Reading a QSO
1672
Checking of the selected serial port
1674
Checking serial port
1676
Display of the level on sound inputs
1678
Level on inputs
1680
Mixer control
1682
Log book
1684
Initial selection of the RX/TX modes
1686
Initial RX/TX modes
1688
Help on right click
1690
PSK Panoramic
1692
CW Panoramic
1694
RTTY Panoramic
1696
Default Parameters
1698
Attention! Return to default parameters
1700
Save Para.
1702
Record the actual parameters in the file CONFPSER.BAK
1704
Load Para.
1706
Load parameters recorded in the file CONFPSER.BAK
1708
Decoding: from the sound input or a file
1710
Recording on a .WAV sound file
1712
Minutes
1714
Tracking recording on
1716
Permits to make a (tracking) recording either on the 15 last seconds or on the last minute.
1718
UTC start time for record or beacon
1720
Load a new playing sound file
1722
Load a new recording sound file
1724
Sound input
1726
Sound file
1728
Play
1730
Play the WAV file
1732
Repeat the recording
1734
Can be used to repeat a recording (WAV file) of general call or digimode
1736
No recording
1738
Recording
1740
Asiatic charsets (Japanese)
1742
For PC XP, asiatic charset (+ IME editor) for complete modes as PSK31, MFSK16...+ OLIVIA through UTF7
1744
Japanese (Shift-JIS)
1746
&Exit to RX/TX screen
1748
XIT (for PSK modes, THROB(X), MFSK, CW and CCW) and initial RX/TX freq. (200 to 4300 Hz)
1750
RX Fr.:
1752
TX Fr.:
1754
XIT as an offset (Hz)
1756
XIT as a coefficient (0.0001 * Hz/Hz)
1758
Beacon mode (all modes)
1760
Yes
1762
Duration
1764
Odd message
1766
Even message
1768
Prior serial number
1770
"Message x" is transmitted, with first x to 1, then increased of one unity at each new transmission.
1772
Interval
1774
Regular transmission of the beacon (the "Pause" time is in this case an interval between two transmissions)
1776
Pause
1778
Open "Configuration" screen after start up
1780
Open RX/TX screen after start up
1782
Client Logbook (through a DDE link, Multipsk being the DDE server)
1784
TCP/IP client Logbook (through the Multipsk TCP/IP link)
1786
Full-duplex sound card
1788
Simplex sound card
1790
By Loop.DLL
1792
SdR interface (Loop.DLL)
1794
This experimental interface based on the HB9TLK DLL "Loop.DLL" (file which must be put in the Multipsk folder) permits to connect a SdR transceiver to Multipsk (as a VAC "cable")
1796
This correction permits to work at 10960 instead of the theoritical speed of 11025 samples/second. This speed of 10960 seems to give better results.
1798
By Multidem
1800
Connection to a TCP/IP modem server
1802
Exchange of data (RX/TX) with a modulator/demodulator server (Multidem or Gui_serv_Multipsk program), through a TCP/IP link, in local or via Internet
1804
Direct via the sound card
1806
The modulation and demodulation operations of the I/Q signals coming from the sound card are directly done by Multipsk (which plays the role of a SdR program). The bandwidth displayed is equal to 48 KHz. Demodulation can be done in USB or LSB.
1808
+Speaker
1810
If this button is pushed, the demodulated (and decoded) will also be sent to the speaker plugged at the output of the sound card selected in the "Auxiliary Sound Card (to speaker)" menu
1812
RTL/SDR key
1814
If pushed, the TNT receiver presence is checked and, if present, the SdR interface is forced, the I/Q signal being taken from the TNT key through "rtl_tcp.exe". On the RX/TX screen, click on the "Transceiver" button to control this SdR receiver.
1816
If this button is pushed, the Funcube dongle presence is checked and, if present, the SdR interface is forced. On the RX/TX screen, click on the "Transceiver" button to control this SdR receiver.
1818
If this button is pushed, the SdR interface is forced. On the RX/TX screen, click on the "Transceiver" button to control this receiver SdR.
1820
I/Q interfaces for SdR transceivers
1822
TCP/IP server "On"
1824
Automatic startup of the TCP/IP server (used for data exchange (RX/TX) with a "TCP/IP client" application), at the RX/TX screen launch
1826
English to another language
1828
French to another language
1830
No mixer found!
1832
Mixer problem. No record control found!
1834
Mixer problem. No gain control found!
1836
Mixer problem. No sound input (wave) found!
1838
Mixer problem. No sound input in record mode found!
1840
Mixer problem. No sound input in forward mode found!
1842
Mixer problem. No capacity to adjust record level!
1844
The file CONFFONT.SER is altered, so standard font (MS Sans Serif...).
1846
The file CONFPSER.SER seems to be issued from an old release of Multipsk, so up-to-date with the new parameters.
1848
Several parameters are altered (listed below). They are replaced by standard parameters.
1850
The file CONFPSER.SER is altered, so standard parameters.
1852
The file '+LE_FICHIER_LOG+' is incomplete, so reinitialization of this file.
1854
The file '+LE_FICHIER_LOG+' is altered, so reinitialization of this file and file storage (in "'+MANTISSE_LOG+' date time.AR") of the old one
1856
The file '+LE_FICHIER_LOG+' is built according to the previous format, so reformating of this file.
1858
The file '+LE_FICHIER_LOG+' is altered or too long, so reinitialization of this file and file storage (in "'+MANTISSE_LOG+' date time.AR") of the old one.
1860
The file '+LE_FICHIER_MESSAGERIE+' is incomplete, so reinitialization of this file.
1862
The file '+LE_FICHIER_MESSAGERIE+' is altered, so reinitialization of this file and file storage (in "RADIO_MAIL date time.TXT") of the old one
1864
The directory associated to the file "SNDVOL32.EXE" or "SNDVOL.EXE" has not been found... So the mixer control by the user from Multipsk is not possible.
1866
Log this QSO on
1868
and, possibly, send this QSO to the eQSL WEB site (see the "Logbook" options)
1870
F
1872
Multipsk fields take the length of the DXKeeper ones
1874
Contest mode to be able to export the next QSO number and the received number, to the TX/RX DXKeeper fields
1876
Log the QSO located under the cursor on DXKeeper
1878
Log the QSO located under the cursor on
1880
Log DDE client
1882
Log this QSO on the DDE client program, Multipsk being the DDE server
1884
Log this QSO on the TCP/IP client program, Multipsk being the server (click on the "TCP/IP" button for configuration)
1886
Attention: Multipsk.EXE is not located in the starting folder...
1888
Multipsk is planned for small fonts not large ones (see "Control Panel"..."Display"..."Settings"...).
1890
This file does not exist
1892
This file is not a WAV file
1894
It is not a AF frequency in Hz
1896
The AF frequency is incorrect
1898
It is not an AF SDR frequency in Hz
1900
The AF SDR frequency is incorrect
1902
No more room to write in the DATA_APRS file.
1904
No more room to write in the DATA_ACARS file.
1906
No more room to write in the DATA_SYNOP file.
1908
Problem to write in the QSO file.
1910
Problem to create or open the new QSO file.
1912
BEGINNING  OF  RECORDING
1914
END  OF  RECORDING
1916
FM-RDS mode can only work if the SdR interface ("Direct via the sound card" button) is started and not in playing or recording mode. The program switches to BPSK31
1918
The selected serial port (COM
1920
) cannot be opened. May be, is'nt it the mouse?
1922
The TNT receiver is not yet connected to Multipsk, via TCP/IP link
1924
No file playing in limited version.
1926
No WAV file playing in limited version.
1928
No recording repetition in limited version.
1930
No recording in limited version.
1932
Parameters recording done in the files CONFPSER.BAK and CONFFONT.BAK.
1934
No recording file CONFPSER.BAK!
1936
Taken into account of the parameters recording file CONFPSER.BAK.
1938
No recording file CONFFONT.BAK!
1940
Taken into account of the parameters recording file CONFFONT.BAK.
1942
The HB9TLK Loop.DLL file has not been found in the Multipsk directory (folder).
1944
RTL_TCP.exe file detected, TCP/IP connection in progress
1946
Funcube Pro+ receiver detected
1948
Funcube receiver detected
1950
Impossible text record. Full hard disk?
1952
in writing mode.
1954
Error when closing fichier in writing mode n
1956
Impossible to write in the file
1958
Impossible to open the file
1960
Error when reading the file
1962
in reading mode.
1964
Error when closing the file in reading mode n
1966
Error when opening the mixer n:
1968
Error when closing the mixer n:
1970
"QRGs" is pushed, so frequencies for this mode are displayed:
1972
Attention! Control that your transceiver relays don't click when
1974
changing frequency: If they click, try the split mode:
1976
By pushing on this button, the Frequencies.txt file will be loaded. It will be possible to read it, modify it and stored it.
1978
"Split" mode
1980
Up-to-date
1982
Up-to-date of the frequencies data, in case of modification and recording of the Frequencies.txt file
1984
Direct connection to Commander. "Connected" is displayed on this button if successful
1986
Forward the frequency to Commander and, so, to the transceiver (or the receiver)
1988
Connected
1990
HF frequencies at 0, for SdR
1992
Select
1994
The "SDR_QRG.TXT" file is incorrect, so re-initialization of this one.
1996
A field of the "SDR_QRG.TXT" file is incorrect, so re-initialization of this file.
1998
...initially:
2000
samples/s
2002
If your sound card is at 48 KHz, it is useless to do the following steps (3 to 9)
2004
Sound card 48 KHz
2006
To select if the sampling speed of the tested sound card is close to 48000
2008
Sound card 44.1 KHz
2010
To select if the sampling speed of the tested sound card is rather different from to 48000
2012
Your sound card can be a modern one at 48 KHz or an old one at 44,1 KHz.
2014
Test of the sound card to determine if it is a 48 KHz one (steps 1 and 2)
2016
Test of the sound card to determine if it is a 44,1 KHz one (steps 3 to 8)
2018
PSE, after each automatic determination, leave the result as it has been found.
2020
Determination of the RX and TX sound card sampling frequencies
2022
Third step: determination of the RX sound card sampling frequency (standard=11025)
2024
Fifth step: determination of the RX sampling frequency for MT63 (standard=8000)
2026
Determination of the standard RX sampling frequency (test on 3 minutes)
2028
Determination of the MT63 RX sampling frequency (test on 3 minutes)
2030
Sixth step: determination of the offset between RX and TX MT63 sampling frequencies
2032
Determination of the offset between MT63 TX/RX frequencies
2034
Seventh step: determination of the sampling frequency for 110A/4285 (standard=12000)
2036
Determination of the 110A/4285 sampling frequency (test on 3 minutes)
2038
Step 8: determination of the sampling frequency for HFDL (standard=16200)
2040
Determination of the HFDL sampling frequency (test on 3 minutes)
2042
Step 9: determination of the sampling frequency for LENTUS (standard=9600)
2044
Determination of the LENTUS sampling frequency (test on 3 minutes)
2046
Return (in PSK10 mode)
2048
Optional: control of the result or more precise determination (see the help)
2050
Determination of the offset between TX/RX frequencies
2052
Optional verification of the TX/RX offset (for "full-duplex" sound card)...see the help
2054
First step: determination of the 48 K RX sampling frequency (standard=48000)
2056
Determination of the 48 KHz RX sampling frequency (test on 3 minutes)
2058
Second step: determination of the offset between RX and TX sampling frequencies
2060
Determination of the offset between TX/RX 48 KHz frequencies
2062
Fourth step: determination of the offset between RX and TX sampling frequencies
2064
samples/second
2066
20 seconds test in progress...
2068
this file is not detected and is going to be initialized (in an empty file). If it really exists, save it in another folder before continuing
2070
Pairs of sets of 12 sequences (macros) management
2072
In this window, the pair 1 corresponds to the 2 basic sets of 12 sequences (macros). Now, it is possible to select a new pair of sets of 12 sequences (Pair 2 to Pair 10) and to edit each sequence (buttons 1 to 24).
2074
Pair
2076
The user can give to each pair a name of 31 characters maximum
2078
Management
2080
sequences
2082
of set
2084
Save the names and exit
2086
Exit without record
2088
Selection
2090
Name of the pair of sets of 12 sequences (Set1/Set2)
2092
The file '+LE_FICHIER_SER+' is altered, so reinitialization of this file.
2094
Local and UTC times
2096
Only Local
2098
Only UTC
2100
UTC time
2102
Management of the identifiers (ID): 1) RS ID (mode)  2) Call ID  3) Video ID (mode)
2104
Help on the video ID
2106
Help on RS ID
2108
Font
2110
Hell 80 double, bold
2112
Information to be sent (20 char. max) - "Personal" button
2114
Initial Message ID (9 char. max):
2116
It is possible to send a message of 9 characters maximum, in background. As it is not related to any specific mode, it can be useful, for example, in case of difficulty of doing a QSO (editor over the "Call ID" button on the RX/TX screen)
2118
RS ID on CQ
2120
The RS ID transmission is forced on detection of a call ("CQ CQ" or "CQ DE") in a "Sequence", for all modes except BPSK31, BPSK63, JT65, CW, PACKET, PAX, DTMF, PACTOR1, RTTY 45, FAX, SSTV, 141A and 110A
2122
QTH
2124
Quit
2126
Standard pa.
2128
Standard parameters
2130
Orientation and options
2132
Vertical, up towards down display
2134
Horizontal
2136
Each word is displayed horizontally
2138
Vertical (1 character / line)
2140
Each word is displayed vertically, with one character per line
2142
Vertical (2 characters / line)
2144
Each word is displayed vertically, with two characters per line
2146
Video identifier (text transmitted in CMT-HELL which appears in the waterfall)
2148
RS ID (mode and frequency automatic detection) and Call ID (Call sign/Locator detection)
2150
Search bandwidth
2152
Option "200-3300 / 4300" reserved to the licencied copies
2154
The whole band
2156
Detection mode
2158
Continuous
2160
On demand
2162
Option "Continuous detection" reserved to the licencied copies
2164
Ring on detection
2166
Ring options reserved to the licencied copies
2168
No ring
2170
Duration of 0.2 sec
2172
Duration of 2 sec
2174
Logbook of the RS ID detections (UTC time, mode, AF frequency)
2176
Mode
2178
Present mode ("BPSK31", for example)
2180
User call
2182
Data which can be modified in your personal data (button "Personal")
2184
User name
2186
Options and commands specific to Call ID
2188
Help on Call ID
2190
Logbook of the Call ID detections (UTC time, call sign+Locator, Signal-to-Noise ratio (dB), AF frequency)
2192
Switch of the frequency on Call ID
2194
Automatic positioning of the call on map if Locator received
2196
Options (RX)
2198
Commands (TX)
2200
Transmission of your formatted call sign
2202
Transmission of your call sign, in a free way:
2204
Transmission of your call sign (6 characters max) + Locator (6)
2206
Prop ID: callsign+Locator(4+)
2208
This "Prop ID" (for "Propagation ID") permits the transmission of the call sign (6 characters max), the LOCATOR 4+ (precision: +/-0.5  in longitude/latitude), the power level (0.5 to 500 Watts), the type or gain and the directivity of the antenna
2210
The power level (effectively radiated power transmitted by the antenna) must be chosen among the proposed powers (0.5 to 500 Watts)
2212
The type or gain of the antenna must be chosen among the "Vertical", "Dipole" or "Bidirectional" antenna types or for monodirectional antennas (Yagi, Quad...) among the proposed gains (4 to 19 dB)
2214
The directivity of the antenna must be chosen among the 8 proposed directions (for example, "NW" for "North West"). The vertical antenna is not concerned by this data.
2216
Check
2218
Check your call sign or your call sign + Locator
2220
Personal
2222
CQ bit
2224
To make know that the transmission of the call sign is done to initiate a QSO or to answer to a QSO. Without CQ bit, it means that it is a one way beacon (for propagation etc)
2226
Emergency
2228
To make know that the transmission of the formatted call sign is designed for emergency needs (high priority). In this case, it is added "Emergency!" to the formatted call sign and a very short sound is emitted
2230
Beacon
2232
Transmits regularly a Call ID with the interval of time defined by the user, as soon as the button "Call ID" is pushed
2234
Automatic addition of the received Call ID in the "CALL_ID.TXT" file (sub-directory "WORLD")
2236
Interval of time for the beacon
2238
Automatic transmission of an outgoing spot to a cluster through SpotCollector, using the Call ID information which fills the QSO fields: "Call" (and possibly "Locator"). If the "Freq MHz" QSO field is empty, nothing is exported.
2240
QSO fields
2242
Automatic filling of the QSO fields using the Call ID information: "Call" (and possibly "Locator" and "Notes").
2244
See the hidden map
2246
Make the map hidden behind the RX/TX screen on top, so as to see it
2248
RS ID and Call ID monitoring
2250
The RS ID and Call ID are monitored on the standard waterfall and are displayed on the white line, without any mode and frequency forcing
2252
Beep
2254
Beep on reception of a RS ID or a Call ID
2256
Clear the RS ID window
2258
Clear the Call ID window
2260
Modes and frequencies detected by RS ID
2262
All the modes
2264
All except main
2266
All modes except BPSK31, BPSK63, RTTY-45 and CW
2268
Present mode
2270
Only the present mode RS ID is detected
2272
Selected:
2274
Selection of the RS ID by type of mode
2276
Your Ham call sign is not valid
2278
Either your Ham call sign or your Locator is not valid
2280
Correct
2282
<CALL> is the callsign of the other Ham as displayed in the QSO field "Call"
2284
<QTH>  is the QTH of the other Ham as displayed in the QSO field "QTH"
2286
Inserts a line feed (LF + CR)
2288
Allows to switch immediatly from receive to transmit. This macro has to be put at the beginning of the text
2290
Allows to switch from transmit to receive. This macro has to be put at the end of the text. After this macro, there is no need to continue the text. Any further text will be ignored
2292
Allows the transmission of the next number of QSO (displayed to the left of the field "Call" in the RX/TX window) thus the one that must be given to a new contact. This macro must be only used for contests)
2294
Toggle which allows to switch from transmit to receive or reversely
2296
<S/N> gives the Signal to Noise ratio (in dB) obtained about 4 seconds before the switching to transmission.
2298
<IMD> gives the intermodulation distorsion for PSK modes, measured when the tranmitter is idling (no text sent). Conservatively, it is given the best IMD measured during the last reception.
2300
<Quality> for PSK modes only, gives the signal quality from 1/5 to 5/5 obtained about 4 seconds before the switching to transmission.
2302
MACROLIBRARY
2304
His information
2306
Diverses
2308
Management of the "Rewind" function
2310
It is recommended to use this function in 8 bits decoding (button "16 bits" extracted)
2312
Rewind duration (for copies with license)
2314
Rewind duration
2316
Yes with fixed TX QRG
2318
Yes with fixed RX-TX gap
2320
No (RX-TX gap=0)
2322
"Yes with fixed TX QRG" to force a fixed TX frequency whatever the RX frequency may be.
2324
"Yes with fixed RX-TX gap" to fix the gap between RX and TX frequencies (gap = Fr TX - Fr RX)
2326
Attention: the TX frequency is determined from the position of the mouse cursor on the waterfall
2328
"No (RX-TX gap=0)" to delete the gap between RX and TX frequencies (normal working).
2330
This window can be removed by clicking on the "XIT" button situated at the right of the spectrum.
2332
No more demand Yes/No to exit the program
2334
Number of the last displayed message:
2336
TXT files|*.TXT
2338
Transformation V2 to V3 in progress...
2340
Finished! Radio mail transformed
2342
DESTINATION    |   MODE   |     UTC/GMT     |     FROM      |      MESSAGE
2344
No QSP mail to transmit.
2346
QSP mail(s) to transmit.
2348
Radio mail: messages received by the Packet / PAX / PAX2 responder or RX/TX in ALE "141A" (AMD/DTM/DBM/ARQ FAE)
2350
Page by page
2352
One by one
2354
Day   /  Month / Year
2356
Select present message records which date is superior or equal than the chosen one
2358
Select present message records which date is equal than the chosen one
2360
Select present message records which date is inferior or equal than the chosen one
2362
Archiving file name
2364
Manual archiving
2366
Manual archiving of the present message records, on the text file
2368
Delete all the present
2370
Delete all the present messages records
2372
Delete all the absent
2374
Delete all the absent messages records (for example, to delete all the messages not received or not sent by the Ham)
2376
Delete message
2378
Delete the message located under the cursor
2380
Filter editor
2382
"FROM" callsigns filter
2384
Filtering of the callsigns from the field "FROM": the user writes the target callsign in the filter editor
2386
"DESTINATION" filter
2388
Filtering of the callsigns from the field "DESTINATION": the user writes the target callsign in the filter editor
2390
"All except..." filter
2392
Filtering of the callsigns ("All except the one specified in the filter editor") from the field "DESTINATION": the user writes the target callsign not to display, in the filter editor
2394
DESTINATION+FROM
2396
Filtering of the callsigns from either the field "DESTINATION" or the field "FROM" (for example, to select all the messages received and sent by the Ham): the user writes the target callsign in the filter editor
2398
Mode filter, with the mode written on the filter editor
2400
Display all the messages of the radio mail
2402
File start
2404
Display the first messages
2406
File end
2408
Display the last messages
2410
Compression with automatic archiving
2412
File compression (removal of all deleted messages) + automatic radio mail file archiving in an "RADIO_MAIL date time .TXT" file
2414
Message display
2416
Display the message located under the cursor (or click on it)
2418
Next or preceding message
2420
Next or preceding page of message
2422
Print message
2424
Print the displayed message
2426
Export message
2428
Export the displayed message to a .TXT file
2430
|With the "|  " button, one can read the beginning of the record and with the "  |" button, the end
2432
Re-validate deleted messages
2434
Works only for messages stored since the last compression
2436
Outlook Express connected, exportation in progress...
2438
Outlook Express
2440
The export function of radio mails towards Outlook express (or equivalent) is limited to one message for non-licencied copies.
2442
TCP/IP POP3 server (Address 127.0.0.1 / Port 110)
2444
To authorize Multipsk (as a POP3 server) to export
2446
the messages to Outlook Express (or equivalent),
2448
click on the "Outlook Express" button.
2450
To forbid data exchange, click on "Disconnection".
2452
Answer in ARQ FAE
2454
If clicked, it is prepared the answer in ARQ FAE, by filling the "Addresse(s)" field, the Message editor and, possibly, the "Subject" field
2456
Delete all the present messages?
2458
Delete all the absent messages?
2460
Re-validate all deleted messages?
2462
Filtered!
2464
Delete the message?
2466
to
2468
from
2470
The
2472
in
2474
Message
2476
Compression confirmed?
2478
Finished! Radio mail compressed
2480
Message exported
2482
Connection accepted by the server socket
2484
2000 messages max exported to Outlook Express.
2486
POP3 transaction in progress
2488
With file:
2490
End of reception of a message and/or file in progress
2492
End of reception of a QSP mail
2494
FAE mail received (look at the "Received mail")
2496
End of reception of an APRS frame
2498
Reception of a message in progress
2500
Reception of an APRS frame in progress
2502
Reception of a QSP-mail in progress
2504
Reception of a QSP-mail recovery request in progress
2506
Stop the message transmission
2508
Transmission of a message and/or a file in progress
2510
Transmission of a QSP-mail
2512
Request of QSP-mail recovery
2514
Is the station to connect
2516
Do you really want to send this mail to your box?
2518
QSP Mail now in your mailbox, ready to be recovered.
2520
Reset link
2522
Stop of mail transmission
2524
Removal done
2526
Mail(s) transmitted
2528
Failed mail(s)
2530
in progress
2532
not transmitted mails
2534
Connect!
2536
Dconnect!
2538
End of transmission
2540
Do you want to delete:
2542
Too many e-mails (>500)
2544
Allows the working in KISS mode but for positions report only, without any acknowledgment, through the selected serial port in the Configuration screen, Multipsk, as a TNC, being drived by any APRS (as UI-VIEW) program
2546
Auxiliary functions (AMD, DTM, DBM and ARQ FAE messages and answer to open net calls)
2548
Sequences 1 to 24 (+macros) can be used to fill these ALE editors.
2550
For this, you must click the selected editor (AMD for example) first. The sequence will be added at the end of the editor
2552
End in THIS...
2554
Send the individual AMD message to the destination (90 characters maximum)
2556
To send a message in an ARQ (Automatic Repeat Request) mode, so without errors
2558
AMD message to send:
2560
See the file
2562
See the "CALL_141A.TXT" file (which stores the ALE calls)
2564
Management of calls
2566
Add this call to the list:
2568
Permits to add to the list the call located in the small editor at the right of this button
2570
Destination call sign
2572
Lists up-to-date
2574
Permits to up-to-date the two combo lists with the last "CALL_141A.TXT" file
2576
Open nets on which you want an automatic answer:
2578
This panel opens with the "Aux. functions" button on the RX/TX screen.
2580
4 characters command: WL2K, SMTP, STAT or !CMD... For details see http://hflink.net/bbslink/
2582
2 characters sub-command: SP, LM, RM, KM, EC or FW... For details see http://hflink.net/bbslink/
2584
Parameter: Email address, callsign (to form callsign@winlink.org), "2" or "ALL"... For details see http://hflink.net/bbslink/
2586
Here is the subject of the message as it is going to appear on the e-mail transmitted to the selected email address
2588
Protocol used to trafic with HFN pilot stations which form an ALE net and which are able, for example, to forward an ALE message to an email address. For details see http://hflink.net/bbslink/
2590
Email address
2592
Message subject
2594
Direct mail
2596
The mail is directed to the connected station
2598
QSP mail
2600
The mail is directed to one or several addressees through the connected station, which acts as a "mails Server"
2602
Subject
2604
Subject of the mail (255 characters maximum, but 63 maximum advised for the Multipsk mail box)
2606
Addressee(s)
2608
List of addressee(s) (one or several) with a "=" at the end of each adressee (for example: "F6CTE=F9XYZ=")
2610
On clicking on this button, the object and the text in the small editor "ARQ FAE message" below will be sent to the different addressee(s) through the station selected in the "Call-->" edition box or in the "Addressee:" Combo list
2612
To my mailbox
2614
You are supposed to be the QSP mails server. On clicking on this button, the prepared QSP mail (with, possibly, several addressees) will be stored in your mailbox. This QSP mail will be ready to be recovered by the addressees.
2616
Own mail recovery
2618
On clicking on this button, all the mails directed to your station and received by the station selected in the "Call-->" edition box or in the "Addressee:" Combo list, will be recovered and stored in the Mail box
2620
ARQ FAE Message:
2622
Addressee:
2624
Radio mail (ARQ FAE, AMD, DBM and DTM messages sent and received through messages transmission or individual or net calls)
2626
Send mail (+ file)
2628
On clicking on this button, the mail in the small editor "ARQ FAE message" below, and the file to send (if requested by the Ham), will be sent to the Ham selected in the "Call-->" edition box or in the "Addressee:" Combo list
2630
Attached file
2632
If this box is checked, the selected file (under the "File to send" button) will be attached to the mail and both will be sent in the same time (at reception, it will be stored in the "FAE" sub-directory of the Multipsk directory)
2634
+ folder
2636
If extracted, only the file label is sent (for example: "MultiPSK.EXE"). If pushed, the folder (directory) is also transmitted (for example: "MULTIPSK\MultiPSK.EXE")
2638
File to send
2640
Selection of the file to send to the other Ham selected in the "Addressee:" Combo list
2642
Reset link or connection attempt
2644
In case of interruption of the communication for the message transmission, each Ham has the possibility to reset the link in progress ("Link estalished"). This button should not be used, in normal working.
2646
Stop of the transmission
2648
In case of user error, permits to stop immediatly the mail transmission, without losing the link
2650
Erase
2652
Authorized
2654
Button pushed, you accept the automatic answers of your station to other stations who want to send you messages and hence you can receive messages. Button extracted, you refuse to answer and, hence, you don't receive any messages.
2656
SelectAll
2658
APRS position transmission in FAE mode
2660
APRS RX authorized
2662
APRS transmission
2664
Opening of the APRS window, for APRS transmission
2666
APRS Reception authorized
2668
APRS window
2670
GPR message:
2672
DTM or DBM message
2674
to send
2676
Send
2678
Send an individual DTM or DBM message to the destination
2680
Stop
2682
Immediatly stop the DTM or DBM message transmission in case of user error
2684
This "led" lights during the link establishment. It is displayed hats (^^^^^^), for "Success", in case of answer of the other Ham
2686
Copy
2688
Email client
2690
The import function of radio mails from Outlook express (or equivalent) is limited to one mail for non-licencied copies.
2692
To forbid data exchange (after having authorize it first with the "Email client" button), click on "Disconnection".
2694
ARQ FAE SMTP server (IP: 127.0.0.1/Port 25)
2696
To authorize Multipsk (as a SMTP server) to import
2698
the emails from Outlook Express (or equivalent),
2700
click on the "Email client" button.
2702
Reset transmission
2704
The mail transmission in progress will be finished but the mail will not be transmitted to the other possible addressees. Mails in failure will not be able to be sent either.
2706
Re-TX mails in failure
2708
New transmission of the mails in failure (if not transmitted for any reason)
2710
Mails automatic handling
2712
Automatic re-transmission of the mails in failure (if not transmitted for any reason) until success
2714
Removal of the call-->
2716
Removal of the message intended to the Ham which callsign is displayed to the right. The other mails intended to this Ham will be also removed
2718
Responder
2720
The ARQ FAE responder sends the message located inside the "ARQ FAE mail to send:" editor, on reception of a selective call for you (call, for which the connection is automatic). Note: the message is not stored.
2722
The mail written from Outlook Express (or equivalent) is sent direclty to the addressee (or to each addressee if there are several)
2724
QSP mail (i.e. via a server)
2726
The mail written from Outlook Express (or equivalent) is sent to the connected station (as a "mails Server") and not to the addressee(s) (afterwards, the server will sent the mail to the addressees)
2728
Selective call in ARQ FAE
2730
Call-->
2732
In ARQ FAE, selective call of a defined Ham (who will answer automatically). At the end of the QSO, click on the "End" button
2734
In ARQ FAE, at the end of the QSO, for the Ham calling or the Ham called, click on this button.  The automatic answer (ACK /NAK) and transmission of text will be disabled
2736
From:
2738
To:
2740
In this window, it is possible to follow the mail transmissions (with "OK" for a success or the reason for a failure). Any new information is at the top of this window.
2742
Best Signal to Noise ratio for the last 5 seconds
2744
Interval (s)
2746
Interval in seconds (15 to 900) between beacon transmissions
2748
ARQ FAE beacon
2750
The beacon permits to regularly send a message. On reception of the beacon message, the other Ham can answer clicking on the button "Call-->" of the "Selective call in ARQ FAE" panel
2752
ARQ FAE beacon message (100 characters maximum)
2754
Start-->
2756
End
2758
To stop the ARQ FAE beacon or the QSO
2760
Mails Server
2762
This Server will send periodically, for example: "FAE SERVER Mail for: F6CTE F9XYZ". F6CTE will know that one or more QSP mails are stored in the Server mail box. So he will recover his QSP mails clicking on the "Own mail recovery" button
2764
End of the ARQ FAE beacon
2766
"UIVIEW Beacon comment" too long and/or "Add UI-VIEW tag" enabled (to disable). Frame really transmitted:
2768
UIVIEW Callsign too long (9 characters max). Callsign really transmitted:
2770
...KISS frame repeated
2772
Error
2774
Information
2776
Picture too large (>400x300) to be adjusted.
2778
B/W
2780
, the
2782
Slant
2784
Screen copy on printer
2786
Reception of a SSTV picture in MFSK16 mode
2788
Record
2790
Record + eQSL
2792
Record the QSO and export it to eQSL
2794
Print label+Rig
2796
The rig information is the one you have given in your personnal data
2798
QSO Modification
2800
QSO Modification + Label print
2802
No user Locator (button "Personal")
2804
Azimuth=
2806
degrees
2808
Attention: the server address is incorrect. Let modify it ("Modification" button)
2810
Useful if you want to add a short comment (50 characters maximum) to a transmitted or a received message
2812
Save all the Lentus messages of the reception window in the "LENTUS_messages.txt" file (for exchange with other Hams and SWL, for example)
2814
Load the "Lentus_messages.txt" file (if exists) and displays the containt in the reception window, after the already displayed text
2816
The field (20 characters maximum) can be filled if the user prefers to display only received positions of a precise station or these of a country as "F" for France, for example. If the field is empty, all received positions are displayed.
2818
Transmitters
2820
Display the last TX positions (these transmitted) of all transmitters or only one. For this, the Locator ("Personal data") of the transmitter must be filled.
2822
Display the last RX positions of SWL or Ham in reception of all transmitters or only one. For this, the Locator ("Personal data") of the listener must be filled.
2824
Display all the received positions of the reception window, possibly filtered by "Receivers" or "Transmitters"
2826
Fill the <MY CALL> and <MY LOCATOR> fields ("Personal" button) and the "Freq MHz" QSO field. Click on "TEST TX" to send "TEST" + your data. 1 second after, click on "TEXT RX". "TEST" + your data must appear.
2828
Useful if you want to add a short comment (40 characters maximum) to a received message
2830
Save all the GMDSS messages of the reception window in the "GMDSS_messages.txt" file (for exchange with other Hams and SWL, for example)
2832
Load the "GMDSS_messages.txt" file (if exists) and displays the containt in the reception window, after the already displayed text
2834
The field (20 characters maximum) can be filled if the user prefers to display only received positions of one ship (or all the ships which MMSI begins by "35", for example). If the field is empty, all received positions are displayed.
2836
RX of ship
2838
Ships
2840
Display the last positions, of all ships or only one.
2842
Display the last RX positions of SWL or Ham in reception of all ships (or coastal stations) or only one. For this, the Locator ("Personal data") of the listener must be filled.
2844
Display all the received positions of the reception window, possibly filtered by "Receivers" or "Ships"
2846
Save all the ACARS messages of the reception window in the "ACARS_messages.txt" file (for exchange with other Hams and SWL, for example)
2848
Load the "ACARS_messages.txt" file (if exists) and displays the containt in the reception window, after the already displayed text
2850
Save all the EPIRB messages of the reception window in the "EPIRB_messages.txt" file (for exchange with other Hams and SWL, for example)
2852
Load the "EPIRB_messages.txt" file (if exists) and displays the containt in the reception window, after the already displayed text
2854
Save all the HFDL messages of the reception window in the "HFDL_messages.txt" file (for exchange with other Hams and SWL, for example)
2856
Load the "HFDL_messages.txt" file (if exists) and displays the containt in the reception window, after the already displayed text
2858
Fill the <MY CALL> and <MY LOCATOR> fields ("Personal" button) and the "Freq MHz" QSO field. Click on "TEST TX" to send "TEST" + your data. 5 minutes after, click on "TEXT RX". "TEST" + your data must appear.
2860
Useful if you want to add a short comment (50 characters maximum) to a received message
2862
The field (20 characters maximum) can be filled if the user prefers to display only received positions of one beacon (or all the beacons which identifier begins by "F", for example). If the field is empty, all received positions are displayed.
2864
RX of beacon
2866
Beacons
2868
Display the last positions, of all beacons or only one.
2870
Display the last RX positions of SWL or Ham in reception of all beacons or only one. For this, the Locator ("Personal data") of the listener must be filled.
2872
Display all the received positions of the reception window, possibly filtered by "Receivers" or "Beacons"
2874
The field (20 characters maximum) can be filled if the user prefers to display only received positions of one plane (or all the plane which identifier begins by "F", for example). If the field is empty, all received positions are displayed.
2876
RX of plane
2878
Planes
2880
Display the last positions, of all planes or only one.
2882
Display the last RX positions of SWL or Ham in reception of all planes or only one. For this, the Locator ("Personal data") of the listener must be filled.
2884
Display all the received positions of the reception window, possibly filtered by "Receivers" or "Planes"
2886
Duplicates elimination
2888
Messages received in double (or more) by different listeners are removed before display
2890
Comments considered
2892
If comments considered, same messages with different comments are not considered as duplicated and, consequently, are displayed
2894
Clear all the window displaying messages
2896
Clear the comment
2898
Filter the messages containing the specified text in the adjacent editor (20 characters maximum)
2900
Comment
2902
To display the HF frequency (XCVR), fill the "Freq MHz" field ("14.0956", for example)
2904
RX of transmitter
2906
Refresh
2908
Following a problem of transfer of data, the "Refresh" button can be used to update the data loading.
2910
WEB site
2912
To display the reception Multipsk WEB site, for this mode.
2914
For positions RX or TX, it is necessary to fill the <MY LOCATOR> and <MY CALL> fields (<MY CALL> for Hams)
2916
Positions display of receivers or transmitters on maps GE, local and DXAtlas
2918
Receivers
2920
Modification
2922
Push this button to allow the modification of the server address. Extract the button, once the modification done.
2924
Load
2926
Stay on top
2928
Push on this button to force the "Traffic" window to stay on top of other windows
2930
To enlarge the window
2932
Reception of a message and a file in progress
2934
Sounding (TI)
2936
Sounding (TW)
2938
MIL-STD-188-141A mode parameters
2940
ALE frequencies: http://www.hflink.com/channels
2942
Frames reception options
2944
If variable QRG, standard initial QRG: 1625 Hz
2946
If the QRG is variable, the central initial QRG is the standard one (1625 Hz), for an occupied  band of 750 to 2500 Hz in "141A" or 1425 to 1825 Hz in ALE400
2948
Fixed RX frequency (750 to 2500 Hz) in "141A"
2950
All frames display (included DATA, REPEAT)
2952
Options for non-limited Multispk version
2954
One correction by Golay frame authorized
2956
Time displayed for each frame
2958
A line between each frame, otherwise a space
2960
Short ring on frame reception
2962
Sounding "THIS WAS" (answer not required)
2964
If the option is unchecked, you send a "THIS IS" sounding. It is a sounding but also a general call (CQ).
2966
Sounding of 15 sec (instead of 30 sec)
2968
Message "AMD" sent with the individual or net calls ("Call" button)
2970
Frequency displayed (if Commander connected)
2972
Display of messages, only
2974
Display of frame abstract
2976
To use if it is wished to see a minimum of pieces of information about the frame (frame type,  "from...", "to...", LQA). For non-limited Multipsk version, it can be added the time and the frequency.
2978
Scanning options (transceiver in USB)
2980
Monitoring time on a channel:
2982
second
2984
With the "Additional sounding" button pushed, then "Scan" started, it is sounded periodically, each 30 minutes, as a beacon
2986
With the "Additional sounding" button pushed, then "Scan" started, it is sounded periodically, each hour, as a beacon
2988
Forward
2990
Attention! Control that your transceiver relays don't click
2992
when scanning. Possibly, use the "Split mode" (see below)
2994
Stop on the first received frame, otherwise continuous monitoring
2996
If this option is checked, the scanning is stopped on reception of any 141A frame decoded by this software
2998
Stop and answer on call of this station, otherwise answer without stop
3000
If this option is checked, the scanning is stopped and an answer is done on call of this station or on the specified net adress. Reversely, only the answer will be done and the scanning will continue after the answer.
3002
Stop and answer on HFL or QRZ call, otherwise answer without stop
3004
If this option is checked, the scanning is stopped and an answer is done on call of the HFL or QRZ call. Reversely, only the answer will be done and the scanning will continue after the answer.
3006
Stop on first answer
3008
If this option is checked, the scanning is stopped on reception of an answer to the sounding
3010
"Split" mode 1
3012
If this option is checked, the scanning is done in "Split" mode which can, for many transceivers, avoid the relays to click if you QSY between bands
3014
"Split" mode 2
3016
If this option is checked, the scanning is done in "Split" mode but the transmission is done in non-split modes. This way is convenient for some transceivers as TS2000
3018
Ring on call of this station or on the specified net adress (for non-limited Multipsk)
3020
Individual or net call without answer required (preamble THIS WAS)
3022
Additional sounding
3024
Previously to the scanning, the frequency is first controlled and if free, a sounding (THIS IS or THIS WAS according to the selected option) is done.
3026
If the "OK" button is pushed, the frequency is selected for the scanning (for non-limited Multispk version)
3028
Forward the frequency to Commander and, so, to the transceiver (USB forced)
3030
Callsigns (15 characters maximum) for individual calls - File "CALL_141A.TXT"
3032
Local net adress (6 characters maximum) for multiple call, followed by the answer delay (1 to 99 seconds)
3034
Open nets (HFL and QRZ) followed by the personal Ham time slot. These nets are open to any answer.
3036
Management of the answer authorization to HFL and QRZ calls in the "Auxiliary functions for the 141A mode..." window. For this, click on the "Aux. functions" button.
3038
Management in "Aux. functions"
3040
Saving of received and transmitted messages in the radio-mail (button "Mail"), for the Ham call only
3042
Saving of all received messages and calls in the radio-mail (button "Mail") (for non-limited Multispk version)
3044
Long frames (0 to 63 characters) rather than short frames (0 to 30 characters)
3046
ARQ FAE mode
3048
No control of the CRC
3050
No control of the CRC, only for monitoring (neither CQ nor answer to a CQ allowed)
3052
Ring on detection of a general call (CQ) (for non-limited Multipsk)
3054
Ring on detection of a message for which you are the addressee (for non-limited Multipsk)
3056
Ring on detection of an APRS frame (for non-limited Multipsk)
3058
Additional waiting delay of one second for the slow PC (frequency < +/- 700 MHz)
3060
Transmission of the typed text on line feed (key "Enter" or <---l )
3062
Reed-Solomon identifier (RS ID) transmitted previously to all the FAE calls in "ALE400"
3064
This identifier is not proposed for the "141A" mode because the frequencies used are standard and the AF band is fixed in general.
3066
For relays clicking, try:
3068
Ring on HFL or QRZ call (for non-limited Multispk)
3070
Text compression
3072
If this option is checked, each character is compressed, which increases the text throughput. This compression is not recommended for oriental languages (Russian, Greek...)
3074
Ring on connection
3076
If this option is checked, after connexion with the other Ham, a short high-pitched ring will be triggered. After disconnexion, a short low-pitched ring will be triggered.
3078
ALE400 detection only
3080
If you are in ALE400 and if the RS ID option is checked, an RS ID of other mode than ALE400 will not be taken into account (however, an ALE400 RS ID will permit the automatic tuning)
3082
Automatic transfert of received ARQ FAE messages via e-mails
3084
The ARQ FAE received messages are sent to the <WEB ADDRESS> address of your personal data (button "Personal") through Outlook Express e-mails (only one message for limited version).
3086
SMTP data
3088
For this option, it is necessary to enter the SMTP server address and the SMTP port (25 being the standard)
3090
Standard mode for the transceiver
3092
Non-standard mode for the transceiver (for particular cases where "RTTY" must be sent to set the transceiver in "DIG" mode)
3094
Non-standard mode for the transceiver (for particular cases where "RTTY-R" must be sent to set the SdR1000 (or equivalent) transceiver in "DIGU" mode)
3096
Non-standard mode for the transceiver (for particular cases where "CW" must be sent to be able to get a 455 KHz signal output, from the transceiver)
3098
ALE^Stat connection
3100
For reports to HFLink WEB page
3102
Connection (127.0.0.1/Port 23)
3104
What is ALE^Stat?
3106
Important: ALE (or ALE400) users with ALE^stat must use standard ALE (or ALE400) frequencies: http://hflink.com/channels/ or http://hflink.com/ale400/
3108
Disconnection on inactivity (mn):
3110
Automatic disconnection on an inactivity equal or superior to a duration given in minutes (3, 5, 10, 30 or 60). "No" means for "No automatic disconnection".
3112
"No" means for "No automatic disconnection"
3114
ALE^Stat connected
3116
Waiting for ALE^Stat connection
3118
Disconnection of ALE^Stat.
3120
ALE^Stat not connected
3122
Connection accepted
3124
ALE^Stat disconnected
3126
No timestamp
3128
Timestamp with local time
3130
Timestamp with UTC time
3132
A timestamp will be added at the beginning of each new line for all text modes
3134
Initialization:
3136
TX command:
3138
RX command:
3140
End:
3142
Help about macros
3144
Help about options
3146
A sequence (1 to 24) containing the command controling the TNC must only contain COM and EXEC macros
3148
Interface with Digitalk (pronunciation of the decoded text) for PC XP, Vista and Windows 7
3150
No pronunciation
3152
Now and at each Multipsk start-up
3154
Now only
3156
Pronunciation:
3158
Digitalk permits to pronounce the decoded text. It is aimed to blind Hams and SWL.
3160
WEB address of the Skip KH6TY site where Digitalk and the necessary files to text speech can be downloaded
3162
Options for blind Hams and SWLs
3164
Search of transmissions on the waterfall with the <-- and --> keys
3166
Options for "RPRT@LENemail addressCRC" command
3168
WEB address
3170
Your e-mail address is compulsory to send e-mails. Click on this button and fill the "<WEB ADDRESS>" field.
3172
SMTP server:
3174
Specify your SMTP server address, to permit the transmission of the reception report to the station sending a "RPRT@LENemail addressCRC" command.
3176
Specify the SMTP port (25 being the standard), to permit the transmission of the reception report to the station sending a "RPRT@LENemail addressCRC" command.
3178
Test your SMTP connection and report transmission by sending a test message to your email own address (the <WEB ADDRESS> field in your personal data).
3180
Authorization
3182
Push this button to authorize, on reception of a "RPRT@LENemail addressCRC" command, the transmission of a reception report, by e-mail, to the station sending this command.
3184
Options for the speech synthesis (pronunciation of the decoded text)
3186
To start the speech synthesis (pronunciation of the decoded text).
3188
To pronounce several words as "QSO" in the Ham way ("Q S O" for example)
3190
Volume
3192
Rate
3194
Voice
3196
To start the speech recognition (recognition of the Ham speech, commands included).
3198
Options for the synthesis speech recognition (recognition of the Ham pronunced text, commands included)
3200
Interface with TNC or other exterior equipment
3202
Options to manage the "RPRT@LENemail addressCRC" command
3204
Connecting
3206
Error on connection
3208
Load Digitalk
3210
Failure of the FAE QSP-mail transmission by email
3212
FAE QSP-mail transmitted to my email address
3214
Abandon...no possible connection
3216
Display of transmissions from ships and/or coast stations
3218
Ships and stations
3220
Ships only
3222
Stations only
3224
Compact display
3226
Only correct frames
3228
It is displayed only the GMDSS frames with a correct chek-sum
3230
Recording pause
3232
23 chan.
3234
8 chan.
3236
23 CW channels, with a Pentium 1800 MHz as a minimum
3238
8 CW channels, with a Pentium  700 MHz as a minimum
3240
>=1.8 GHz
3242
Working with a Pentium 1.8 GHz as a minimum (better filtering)
3244
Working with a Pentium 700 GHz as a minimum
3246
>=450MHz
3248
filtered PSK channels, with a Pentium 450 MHz as a minimum
3250
non-filtered PSK channels, with a Pentium 330 MHz as a minimum
3252
Double-click on the QSO to decode it in the RX/TX window
3254
Panoramic for PSK reception (BPSK31, PSK63 and PSKFEC31)
3256
Panoramic for CW reception (limited to 5 mn for non-licencied versions)
3258
Panoramic for CW reception (Morse)
3260
Panoramic for RTTY 45 bauds reception (limited to 5 mn for non-licencied versions)
3262
Panoramic for RTTY 45 bauds reception
3264
RETURN
3266
Beeps on reception of a general call "CQ CQ " or on the "Call" or on the text of "NOTE x" as specified in "Personal data"
3268
Beeps on:
3270
Personal data
3272
Return to RX/TX on alarm
3274
Stop beeps
3276
Level/Gain (%)
3278
Mixer adjustments (input-output)
3280
Recording control
3282
Level
3284
Clear all
3286
PC pb
3288
36 channels (->3800 Hz)
3290
Switch the reception from 200-2500 Hz to 200-3800 Hz. A reception between 200 and 3800 Hz needs a powerful PC.
3292
Country
3294
Find the country according to the prefixe (1 to 5 characters) or the call, Help on right click
3296
World + Automatic reception
3298
Manual or automatic positioning of a country on the world map, Help on right click
3300
On top
3302
To force the panoramic window to stay on top over the RX/TX screen
3304
Recording time:
3306
5 minutes maximum in limited version.
3308
RX/TX windows font characters and background color
3310
RX/TX characters font (standard: Ms Sans Serif, bold, size:8)
3312
+ RX characters color (standard: black)
3314
TX characters color (standard: red)
3316
RX background color (standard: white)
3318
RX/TX font
3320
TX color
3322
Close
3324
Panoramic characters color (standard: black)
3326
Panoramic background color (standard: white)
3328
The RX font parameters (except size) applies also to the Panoramic screen
3330
Panoramics: black characters on white background color
3332
For panoramics, default colors (black characters on white background color) can be forced, independantly from other choices
3334
Country according to the prefixe (1 to 5 char) or to the call (4 to 10 char) or position of a Locator
3336
Prefixe:
3338
Call:
3340
Position the country or the locator on the world map
3342
Load the callsign et the Locator from the QSO fields
3344
Display on local map
3346
Position of the Locator on a local map chosen by the user
3348
Locator on GoogleEarth
3350
By pushing on "Lat/Long/Map", permits to display the Locator position on GoogleEarth, if this one exists on the PC
3352
Lat/Long/Map
3354
 North
3356
 South
3358
No country corresponds to this call.
3360
No country corresponds to this prefix.
3362
The Locator needs 4 or 6 characters (for example: "JO30JQ").
3364
Invalid user Locator (button "Personal")
3366
miles)
3368
 East
3370
 West
3372
Latitude:
3374
Longitude:
3376
This is not a valid Locator.
3378
10 minutes maximum in limited version.
3380
PRO files|*.PRO
3382
Program saved
3384
Select all
3386
Multipsk programming for the reception management
3388
Load a program file
3390
Print user window
3392
Save as...
3394
Program example
3396
Execution
3398
Automatic running
3400
Help
3402
No text
3404
Error in line:
3406
Success
3408
Line:
3410
10 minutes max. in limited version.
3412
Failure
3414
The DLL PSKReporter.DLL is present.
3416
Sends automatically or manually received data (callsign, mode, frequency and Locator if available)
3418
Hostname:
3420
Automatic data transfer
3422
Manual data transfer
3424
It is sent to the PSKReporter server, if available from your personal data: your call sign, Locator and antenna description
3426
It is displayed the number of reports sent to the PSKReporter WEB site
3428
Logbook of the reports transmitted to the PSKReporter WEB site
3430
In automatic mode, rings 300 ms on a report transmitted to the PSKReporter WEB site
3432
Callsign filter
3434
In automatic mode, permits to only transmit reports for callsigns which beginning is the same as the callsign filter. If the field is empty, all callsigns are accepted
3436
Failure! The DLL PSKReporter.DLL is not present.
3438
PSKreporter client for transmission of data to a WEB server
3440
to a PSKReporter WEB server where all the gathered data are displayed on a world map.
3442
This permits to determine the global propagation and his/her own specific range of transmission.
3444
In the "Hostname:" editor, it is chosen the WEB address of the PSKReporter server (by default: report.pskreporter.info)
3446
Port:
3448
In the "Port:" editor, it is chosen the port of the PSKReporter server (by default: 4739)
3450
It is automatically transfered data (callsign, mode, frequency and, possibly, Locator) from panoramics or RX/TX screen to the PSKReporter server, on reception of a "DE callsign"
3452
It is manually transfered data (callsign, mode, frequency and, possibly, Locator) from the fields "Call", "Freq MHz", "Mode" and "Locator"
3454
Report sent to PSKreporter
3456
Packet parameters
3458
Maximum acknowlegement time ("FRACK")
3460
Between 2 and 60 seconds
3462
Between 1 and 200 times
3464
Flags displayed by a "$" or a ""
3466
If frame control by checksum is active:
3468
Filter of frames on call (destination or source)
3470
Filter of frames on SSID (destination or source)
3472
SSID between 0 and 15
3474
Connection / Disconnection
3476
Possible use of one to eight repeaters
3478
Eight repeaters maximum separated by commas. A repeater = call sign on 6 characters + SSID (0 to 15) if necessary
3480
From 1 to 255 bytes
3482
20 to 250 hundredth of sec
3484
10 to 120 hundredth of sec
3486
Inactivity time before link test ("CHECK")
3488
From 1 to 255 x10sec. (10 to 2550 sec.)
3490
Miscellaneous
3492
Destination in Unproto (CQ...)
3494
Special shift in 1200 bauds:
3496
In 1200 bauds, 800 Hz shift (1300 / 2100 Hz) for some Kantronics TNC
3498
KISS through TCP/IP
3500
APRS options
3502
Generic destination:
3504
BPSK1200 Packet options
3506
AFC on AF
3508
In FM, there is no need of any AFC (Automatic Frequency Control), but it is required in USB. In that case, a 50 HZ shift of the 1200 Hz AF carrier can be made up, but not beyond.
3510
AFC on HF (satellite)
3512
To listen satellite BPSK1200, USB is the normal way to listen. It is proposed an AFC applied to the transceiver HF, through the CAT system, to keep the downlink receiver properly tuned to the BPSK transmission, during a satellite pass
3514
Options for the Packet APRS Repeater (limited to 10 minutes in non licencied version)
3516
Repetition on type "n-N" modern aliases
3518
Duration of the dupe-elimination filter (seconds):
3520
Repetition on obsolete aliases (to avoid)
3522
Enabled
3524
1 to 7: maximum number of authorized repetitions ("n")
3526
2 to 7: max. number of repetitions before traping ("N")
3528
PAX/PAX2 parameters
3530
Maximum number of retries ("RETRY")
3532
Default parameters
3534
Frames display options
3536
Frame control by checksum active
3538
If inactive, all frames, valid or not, are displayed
3540
If frame control by checksum is disabled:
3542
Flags displayed by a "$"
3544
Date/time displayed for each frame
3546
Ring on reception of a UI or SABM frame
3548
One half of a second ring on reception of a UI (APRS position, for example) or SABM (connection demand) frame
3550
Only the information on RX and TX frames
3552
Call sign on 6 characters maximum
3554
Possible use of one or two repeaters (it is advised not to pass one repeater)
3556
To notch if one repeater is used, at least
3558
Two repeaters maximum separated by commas. A repeater = call sign on 6 characters
3560
The alias "ECHO" can be used instead of a call sign. In this case, all PAX stations can be repeaters.
3562
Frames transmission options
3564
Maxi. number of frames by package (MAXFRAME)
3566
From 1 to 7 frames/package
3568
Maximum number of "datas" per frame ("PACLEN")
3570
From 1 to 63 bytes (of 6 bits)
3572
Waiting time on clear channel before TX (DWAIT)
3574
50 to 150 hundredth of sec
3576
XCVR RX->TX turnaround time ("TXDELAY")
3578
1 or 2 halves of second
3580
From 6 to 255 x10sec. (60 to 2550 sec.)
3582
Various pieces of information
3584
Sampling
3586
Click on the type of Pentium you have. A red label appears if the computer is not rapid enough.
3588
Level/Gain
3590
Input level (x) or AGC
3592
Input level (reduction of the level by a factor 0.2 to 1) or AGC (Automatic Gain Control)
3594
Free the sound card
3596
Free the sound card resource (to start another application)
3598
TX Lvl
3600
Adjustment of the TX power level by tuning the sound card speaker output level
3602
TX level
3604
Message transmitted by the beacon
3606
Beacon and AX25 responder + radio mail, to start in Unproto mode
3608
Beacon and PAX/PAX2 responder + mail, to start in Unproto mode
3610
Return to RX/TX window
3612
Responder enabled
3614
Title
3616
Click on a "message button" to modify the corresponding message.
3618
Record the message
3620
Radio mail
3622
Radio mail (messages received by the Packet or by the PAX/PAX2 responder), only for licensed copies only
3624
Archive "connection"
3626
Packet beacon
3628
PAX/PAX2 beacon
3630
Beacon enabled
3632
Prior serial number (14 char.)
3634
It is transmitted, prior to the programmed message, the text "Message x" with x a number initially to 1 which is increased of one unity at each new beacon transmission.
3636
Disconnected - responder OFF - beacon OFF
3638
Disconnected - responder ON - beacon OFF
3640
Disconnected - responder OFF - beacon ON
3642
Disconnected - responder ON - beacon ON
3644
Nothing to save!
3646
infinite
3648
characters
3650
Connection asked
3652
RTL-SDR gain and frequency
3654
TNT receiver detected and TCP/IP connection done
3656
TNT receiver disconnected
3658
TCP/IP connection problem with RTL_TCP.exe. Try to extract and then to push the "TNT key (RTL/SDR)" button.
3660
Failure of the TCP/IP connection, the TNT key (RTL/SDR) is probably not connected.
3662
Local:
3664
Ratio=
3666
I/Q direct interface via the sound card, for SdR transceivers
3668
AF frequency
3670
Frequency adjustment
3672
HF frequency (KHz)
3674
They are two frequencies for a DSB receiver (USB and LSB) and only one for a SdR receiver
3676
Global level
3678
Over
3680
It is given the level of the selected signal, between the 2 cursors, in %. It is also given the ratio between the selected signal and the global level.
3682
Options
3684
Transmission in base band
3686
For specific needs, it can be useful to transmit in base band (i.e. with an AF shift equal to 0)
3688
Re-reading of the .WAV sound file
3690
Push this button to come back to the beginning of the file and then to read it.
3692
Spectrum
3694
Waterfall
3696
I/Q corrections
3698
RX corrections
3700
Corrections of phase and amplitude intended to compensate the imperfection of the quadrature putting of Q compared to I (for a SdR receiver)
3702
TX corrections
3704
Corrections of phase and amplitude intended to compensate the imperfection of the quadrature putting of Q compared to I (for a SdR transmitter)
3706
Automatic Gain Control
3708
Fixed frequency
3710
Sweeping
3712
Waterfall sweeping with a mouse movement or frequency positioned by a mouse click
3714
Waterfall (RX/TX)
3716
HF frequency at 0
3718
Edition of the HF frequency at the 0 Hz waterfall. It corresponds to the central frequency given by the cristal or the VFO. The displayed frequency can be modified by Commander, if it is connected.
3720
Other frequencies
3722
It can be also chosen between 12 different other frequencies. These ones can be modified by the user.
3724
Modulations
3726
Sound card / mixer
3728
RX input
3730
Recording control of the sound card input taking the signal from receiver
3732
TX ouput
3734
Volume of the sound card output sending the signal to the transmitter
3736
RX spectrum inversion
3738
TX spectrum inversion
3740
Sampling frequency:
3742
48000 samples/sec give a +/-24 KHz bandwidth (for standard sound cards)
3744
96000 samples/sec give a +/-48 KHz bandwidth (speed available on some specific sound cards)
3746
192000 samples/sec give a +/-96 KHz bandwidth (speed available on some specific sound cards)
3748
Push this button if your receiver is a DSB one ("Double-side band" for direct conversion receiver) and not a SdR
3750
The "Forward" button permits to forward the stored frequency in the field "HF frequency at 0" to the SdR transceiver, through Commander (or HRD) and the Cat system.
3752
Force the AF frequency to 0 Hz on the waterfall
3754
Select the VFO A (or B), this one memorizing HF and AF frequencies and the reception mode (USB or LSB)
3756
Detection (without automatic switching on the mode and on the frequency) of any RS ID on 44 KHz bandwidth (between the yellow vertical dashes) and display of the detected mode in the SdR spectrum. The normal demodulation is "USB".
3758
Detection (without automatic switching on the frequency) of any Call ID (or Prop ID) on 44 KHz bandwidth (between the yellow vertical dashes) and display of the detected Call ID in the SdR spectrum. The normal demodulation is "USB".
3760
Permanent detection, with automatic switching on the mode and on the frequency, of any RS ID on 44 KHz bandwidth (between the yellow vertical dashes) and display of the detected mode in the SdR spectrum. The normal demodulation is "USB".
3762
Permanent detection with automatic switching on the frequency, of any Call ID (or Prop ID) on 44 KHz bandwidth (between the yellow vertical dashes) and display of the detected Call ID in the SdR spectrum. The normal demodulation is "USB".
3764
On demand detection (only one time), with automatic switching on the mode and on the frequency, of any RS ID on 44 KHz bandwidth (between the yellow vertical dashes) and display of the detected mode in the SdR spectrum. The normal demodulation is "USB".
3766
On demand detection (only one time), with automatic switching on the frequency, of any Call ID (or Prop ID) on 44 KHz bandwidth (between the yellow vertical dashes) and display of the detected Call ID in the SdR spectrum. The normal demodulation is "USB".
3768
AM must be used to decode the ACARS mode. AM demodulation forces sampling frequency to 48 KHz
3770
FM 10 KHz must be used to decode 1382, NWR, DTMF and Packet modes. FM demodulation forces sampling frequency to 48 KHz
3772
FM 12 KHz must be used to decode the POCSAG and ACARS mode or to listen to FM on 12.5 KHz channels. FM demodulation forces sampling frequency to 48 KHz
3774
The FM demodulation must be specified for a given bandwidth from 1 to 48 KHz. For example, NOAA satellite APT faxes can be received with a bandwidth between 25 and 40 KHz. FM demodulation forces sampling frequency to 48 KHz
3776
Broadcast FM
3778
The demodulation of broadcast FM (87.5 to 108 MHz), received from a Funcube Dongle Pro+ or a RTL-SDR receiver, forces sampling frequency to 192 KHz. The "FM-RDS" mode must be selected.
3780
Always on top
3782
With this button, this window can remain on top or reversely, can be hided by the main window
3784
Fast Automatic Frequency Control (frequency catching up and pursuit at 400 Hz/sec maximum), useful, for example, to catch up then follow the drift of NOAA satellite transmissions when one receives APT faxes
3786
Slow Automatic Frequency Control (frequency pursuit at 40 Hz/sec maximum), useful, for example, to follow the drift of NOAA satellite transmissions when one receives APT faxes
3788
miles/Az.=
3790
the
3792
Incorrect message: the SYNOP/SHIP date/time string is incorrect
3794
from anemometer
3796
estimated
3798
Max temp.=
3800
Min temp.=
3802
Sea temp=
3804
Dew=
3806
Humidity=
3808
Humidity (%)
3810
Rain=
3812
clear skies
3814
clouds dissolving
3816
state of sky unchanged
3818
clouds developing
3820
visibility reduced by smoke
3822
haze
3824
widespread dust in suspension not raised by wind
3826
dust or sand raised by wind
3828
well developed dust or sand whirls
3830
dust or sand storm within sight but not at station
3832
mist
3834
patches of shallow fog
3836
continuous shallow fog
3838
lightning visible, no thunder heard
3840
precipitation within sight but not hitting ground
3842
distant precipitation but not falling at station
3844
nearby precipitation but not falling at station
3846
thunderstorm but no precipitation falling at station
3848
squalls within sight but no precipitation falling at station
3850
funnel clouds within sight
3852
rain
3854
snow
3856
rain and snow
3858
freezing rain
3860
rain showers
3862
snow showers
3864
hail showers
3866
fog
3868
slight to moderate duststorm, decreasing in intensity
3870
slight to moderate duststorm, no change
3872
slight to moderate duststorm, increasing in intensity
3874
severe duststorm, decreasing in intensity
3876
severe duststorm, no change
3878
severe duststorm, increasing in intensity
3880
slight to moderate drifting snow, below eye level
3882
heavy drifting snow, below eye level
3884
slight to moderate drifting snow, above eye level
3886
heavy drifting snow, above eye level
3888
Fog at a distance
3890
patches of fog
3892
fog, sky visible, thinning
3894
fog, sky not visible, thinning
3896
fog, sky visible, no change
3898
fog, sky not visible, no change
3900
fog, sky visible, becoming thicker
3902
fog, sky not visible, becoming thicker
3904
fog, depositing rime, sky visible
3906
fog, depositing rime, sky not visible
3908
intermittent light drizzle
3910
continuous light drizzle
3912
intermittent moderate drizzle
3914
continuous moderate drizzle
3916
intermittent heavy drizzle
3918
continuous heavy drizzle
3920
light freezing drizzle
3922
moderate to heavy freezing drizzle
3924
light drizzle and rain
3926
moderate to heavy drizzle and rain
3928
intermittent light rain
3930
continuous light rain
3932
intermittent moderate rain
3934
continuous moderate rain
3936
intermittent heavy rain
3938
continuous heavy rain
3940
light freezing rain
3942
moderate to heavy freezing rain
3944
light rain and snow
3946
moderate to heavy rain and snow
3948
intermittent light snow
3950
continuous light snow
3952
intermittent moderate snow
3954
continuous moderate snow
3956
intermittent heavy snow
3958
continuous heavy snow
3960
diamond dust
3962
snow grains
3964
snow crystals
3966
ice pellets
3968
light rain showers
3970
moderate to heavy rain showers
3972
violent rain showers
3974
light rain and snow showers
3976
moderate to heavy rain and snow showers
3978
light snow showers
3980
moderate to heavy snow showers
3982
light snow/ice pellet showers
3984
moderate to heavy snow/ice pellet showers
3986
light hail showers
3988
moderate to heavy hail showers
3990
thunderstorm in past hour, currently only light rain
3992
thunderstorm in past hour, currently only moderate to heavy rain
3994
thunderstorm in past hour, currently only light snow or rain/snow mix
3996
thunderstorm in past hour, currently only moderate to heavy snow or rain/snow mix
3998
light to moderate thunderstorm
4000
light to moderate thunderstorm with hail
4002
heavy thunderstorm
4004
heavy thunderstorm with duststorm
4006
heavy thunderstorm with hail
4008
cloud covering more than half of sky
4010
sandstorm, duststorm or blowing snow
4012
drizzle
4014
snow or mixed rain and snow
4016
cloud covering less than half of sky
4018
cloud covering more than half of sky during part of period and more than half during part of period
4020
cloud covering more thna half of sky
4022
fog, or thick haze
4024
showers
4026
thunderstorms
4028
no observation
4030
Present WX:
4032
...Past 1 WX:
4034
...Past 2 WX:
4036
no low clouds
4038
cumulus humulis or fractus (no vertical development)
4040
cumulus mediocris or congestus (moderate vertical development)
4042
cumulonimbus calvus (no outlines nor anvil)
4044
stratocumulus cumulogenitus (formed by spreading of cumulus)
4046
stratocumulus
4048
stratus nebulosus (continuous sheet)
4050
stratus or cumulus fractus (bad weather)
4052
cumulus and stratocumulus (multilevel)
4054
cumulonimbus with anvil
4056
low clouds unobserved due to darkness or obscuration
4058
no middle clouds
4060
altostratus translucidous (mostly transparent)
4062
altostratus opacus or nimbostratus
4064
altocumulus translucidous (mostly transparent)
4066
patches of altocumulus (irregular, lenticular)
4068
bands of altocumulus
4070
altocumulus cumulogenitus (formed by spreading of cumulus)
4072
altocumulus (multilayers)
4074
altocumulus castellanus (having cumuliform tufts)
4076
altocumulus of a chaotic sky
4078
middle clouds unobserved due to darkness or obscuration
4080
no high clouds
4082
cirrus fibratus (wispy)
4084
cirrus spissatus (dense in patches)
4086
cirrus spissatus cumulogenitus (formed out of anvil)
4088
cirrus unicus or fibratus (progressively invading sky)
4090
bands of cirrus or cirrostratus invading sky (less than 45 degree above horizon)
4092
bands of cirrus or cirrostratus invading sky (more than 45 degree above horizon)
4094
cirrostratus covering whole sky
4096
cirrostratus not covering sky but not invading
4098
cirrocumulus
4100
high clouds unobserved due to darkness or obscuration
4102
...low clouds:
4104
...middle clouds:
4106
...high clouds:
4108
Low clouds:
4110
Middle clouds:
4112
High clouds:
4114
No observation
4116
Sky state:
4118
...clouds:
4120
...height:
4122
Clouds:
4124
Height:
4126
Ship:
4128
knots
4130
Waves:
4132
Icing from ocean spray
4134
Icing from fog
4136
Icing from spray and fog
4138
Icing from precipitation
4140
Icing from spray and precipitation
4142
Ice not building up
4144
Ice building up slowly
4146
Ice building up rapidly
4148
Ice melting or breaking up slowly
4150
Ice melting or breaking up rapidly
4152
Ice on ship:
4154
snow predominantly covered with ice
4156
compact or wet snow covering less than half of ground
4158
compact or wet snow covering more than half of ground but not completely covered
4160
even layer of compact or wet snow covering entire ground
4162
uneven layer of compact or wet snow covering entire ground
4164
loose dry snow covering less than half of ground
4166
loose dry snow covering more than half of ground but not completely covered
4168
even layer of loose dry snow covering entire ground
4170
uneven layer of loose dry snow covering entire ground
4172
snow covering ground completely with deep drifts
4174
inches
4176
Snow:
4178
Loc pres=
4180
Sea pres=
4182
Increasing, then decreasing -- resultant pressure same or higher
4184
Increasing, then steady -- resultant pressure higher
4186
Increasing steadily -- resultant pressure higher
4188
Decreasing or steady, then increasing -- resultant pressure higher
4190
Steady -- resultant pressure same
4192
Decreasing, then increasing -- resultant pressure lower
4194
Decreasing, then steady -- resultant pressure lower
4196
Decreasing steadily -- resultant pressure lower
4198
Increasing or steady, then decreasing -- resultant pressure
4200
Direc=
4202
Message:
4204
Base:
4206
Vis.:
4208
Cover:
4210
at:
4212
Rejected message: the speed unit for wind measure is incorrect
4214
Automatic land station
4216
Manned land station
4218
Automatic marine station
4220
Manned marine station
4222
No presence of the file STATIONS_SYNOP.TXT, so no SYNOP station localisation.
4224
Rejected message: the land station indicative is incorrect
4226
Rejected message: the ship coordinates are incorrect
4228
Rejected message: the iRixhVV group is incorrect
4230
0 to 50 m
4232
50 to 100 m
4234
100 to 200 m
4236
200 to 300 m
4238
300 to 600 m
4240
600 to 1000 m
4242
1000 to 1500 m
4244
1500 to 2000 m
4246
2000 to 2500 m
4248
above 2500 m
4250
Rejected message: the Nddff group is incorrect
4252
0 (clear sky)
4254
1/8th
4256
2/8ths
4258
3/8ths
4260
4/8ths
4262
5/8ths
4264
6/8ths
4266
7/8ths
4268
8/8ths (overcast)
4270
sky obscured
4272
Loading of the
4274
The file string is empty or incorrect (must not contain \/:*?"<>| characters
4276
The longitude is incorrect (Example: 001-02.03E with a max. of 179-59.99)
4278
The pieces of data are correct.
4280
The pieces of data are saved in the file SYNOP.SER
4282
Close, first, the maps window.
4284
Speed
4286
Max temp.
4288
Min temp.
4290
Sea temp.
4292
Dewpoint
4294
Rain
4296
Loc pres
4298
Sea pres.
4300
Pressure evolution 3h
4302
The file STATIONS_SYNOP.TXT is incorrect, so no SYNOP station localisation.
4304
SYNOP and SHIP transmissions (WX) decoding (limited to 5 mn for non-licencied versions)
4306
SYNOP and SHIP transmissions (WX) decoding
4308
NWR SAME stations positioning, on SYNOP/SHIP maps
4310
Aircrafts positioning (identifier/altitude in feet), on SYNOP/SHIP maps
4312
EPRIB/ELT/PLB beacons positioning (identifier), on SYNOP/SHIP maps
4314
Aircrafts positioning (identifier), on SYNOP/SHIP maps
4316
GPS (GPRMC) positions received via 1382 frames, displayed on SYNOP/SHIP maps
4318
GPS (GPRMC) positions received via BIIS frames, displayed on SYNOP/SHIP maps
4320
DGPS stations positioning, on SYNOP/SHIP maps
4322
Ships positioning ("MMSI" identifier), on SYNOP/SHIP maps
4324
Ham stations positioning (on SYNOP/SHIP maps)
4326
Map
4328
Clear the map
4330
Clear the map, automatically, on reception of a valid new SYNOP or SHIP message.
4332
New map definition
4334
Bottom right corner
4336
Maps to define by the user
4338
Map to define with two distant points on a diagonal (2 clicks)
4340
Exit
4342
Automatic loading
4344
Automatic loading of the maps present in the sub-directory Maps (10 maps maximum). The format description file (.TXT or .INF) must be present.
4346
Import the co-ordinates .TXT, .INF (from UI-VIEW) or .CLB (http://www.sailwx.info/maps/shipplotter.phtml maps) file corresponding to the .BMP, .JPG or .GIF file.
4348
Export the co-ordinates in a .TXT (and in a .INF) file corresponding to the .BMP, .JPG or .GIF file.
4350
Upt
4352
Up-to-date of map if the co-ordinates of the map have been modified by the user
4354
Click on the right button of the mouse to load the map and then, automatically, the co-ordinates file if exists
4356
Calculation of corners co-ordinates and up-to-date of the map
4358
2nd point: click right
4360
Time/date
4362
Station type
4364
User units
4366
Speed unit
4368
knot
4370
Temperature unit
4372
Height unit
4374
Pressure unit
4376
Distance unit
4378
mile
4380
Speed (from 0 to 100 knots scale)
4382
Waves
4384
Height of waves in meters and period of waves in seconds
4386
Snapsh.
4388
The distance and the azimuth are displayed if your position is defined (button "Transmission" in APRS window (in PACKET mode)) or if your Locator is in your personal data (button "Personal" in the RX/TX window)
4390
Callsign
4392
Pressure evolution over 3 h
4394
Display
4396
Display (call, temperature, pressure, wind speed or nothing) choice
4398
E. X=
4400
E. Y=
4402
Extent of the map in Y (vertical)
4404
Display all the recorded stations
4406
Display the received positions on GoogleEarth
4408
Display the received positions, also on DXAtlas, if this one exists on the PC.
4410
Select the UTC time hour, at which messages have been received
4412
Display hour
4414
Display the recorded stations for the messages received at the selected UTC time hour
4416
Display also the SYNOP/SHIP received positions on GoogleEarth
4418
Ring on reception of a SYNOP/SHIP message
4420
Visibility
4422
Cloud base
4424
Cloud base of lowest cloud seen (meters above ground)
4426
Cloud cover
4428
Total cloud cover
4430
Local pressure at the station
4432
Sea level pressure
4434
Pressure change + tendancy over 3 hours preceding the observation
4436
Rainfall + duration over which precipitation amount is measured
4438
Sky state
4440
Sky darkness degree
4442
Direction and speed of the ship
4444
Sea surface temperature
4446
Dewpoint temperature (C or F) ou humidity (%)
4448
Maximum temperature over previous 24 hours
4450
Minimum temperature over previous 24 hours
4452
Wind direction
4454
Wind speed
4456
Horizontal visibility
4458
Decoding a text file containing one or more SYNOP/SHIP messages (for versions with licence)
4460
Filter
4462
Authorize the decoding of a selection of stations (10 max)
4464
Ten stations maximum separated by commas. A station on 5 characters max.
4466
Notch to make the filter "ON"
4468
To force the SHIP mode without waiting the reception of the "BBXX" prefix
4470
Reduced display with a picture in 480x360. With a non-reduced display, the picture is in 800x600.
4472
Personal co-ordinates present
4474
exists! Do you overwrite it?
4476
Latitude/longitude file ('+FICHIER+') is not available.
4478
Failure: no first point defined with a left click.
4480
Failure: no second point defined with a right click.
4482
Failure: the longitudes of the two points are the same.
4484
The latitude of the first point is incorrect (Example: 45-05.06N with a max. of 89-59.99)
4486
The latitude of the second point is incorrect (Example: 45-05.06N with a max. of 89-59.99)
4488
The longitude of the first point is incorrect (Example: 001-02.03E with a max. of 179-59.99)
4490
The calculated corners co-ordinates are not valid. Verify the given co-ordinates.
4492
S. Y=
4494
Neither personal (button "Transmission" in APRS) nor user Locator (button "Personal" in the RX/TX window)
4496
Invalid user Locator (button "Personal" in the RX/TX window)
4498
Close, first, the filter management window.
4500
No presence of the file STATIONS.TXT, so no SYNOP station localisation.
4502
Text file decoding
4504
Multipsk is connected with a TCP/IP client
4506
Client disconnected
4508
Listening...
4510
Multipsk stopped or RX/TX window not on top
4512
Digital mode not controllable by the TCP/IP link
4514
Multipsk must be in RX
4516
Incorrect command
4518
Unknown received character
4520
Disconnection of the server.
4522
TCP/IP server for exchanges (RX/TX) with a "TCP/IP client" application
4524
TCP/IP management (Adress: 127.0.0.1 / Port 3122)
4526
Link opening
4528
Log
4530
To authorize a client program to exchange data
4532
with Multispk, click on the "Link opening" button.
4534
To stop data exchange, click on "Disconnection".
4536
This command close the window but not the TCP/IP connection!
4538
Port number
4540
Correct APRS frame
4542
TCP/IP client for exchange of data with an APRS-IS server
4544
TCP/IP management (DNS adress / Port 14580)
4546
Log and filtered APRS frames coming from the APRS-IS server
4548
To allow the exchange of data with the APRS-IS server,
4550
click on the "Connection" button.
4552
Then close this window, which will remain active.
4554
Connected!
4556
Transfer to the APRS-IS server
4558
Transfer the filter and replace the previous one
4560
Internet access to pass all the decoded packet frames to an APRS-IS server
4562
and to see the frames received by the server (through a filter)
4564
In thousands of characters received
4566
DNS address of the server (port 14580):
4568
List of the APRS-IS servers (from Internet)
4570
Copy and paste the server that you want (port 14580 only)
4572
APRS.fi is a global APRS database, which archives position tracking, weather and message information collected from the APRS-IS network
4574
Filter transmitted at the connection:
4576
Filter transmitted during the connection:
4578
Filter commands (from Internet)
4580
For example, "filter t/poimntqsu" let pass all the frames and "filter p/F" let only pass the  frames beginning by the "F" letter on the first call sign (i.e French hams)
4582
Transfer the received frames to the server
4584
If the button pushed, the APRS-IS server will receive and diffuse the frames decoded by Multipsk
4586
Display frames to the log
4588
Display APRS frames from the APRS-IS server to the log
4590
Display APRS-IS positions on the map
4592
This button permits to display the positions from the APRS frames transmitted by the APRS-IS server, to the APRS map.
4594
Storage of APRS-IS frames
4596
The storage of APRS-IS frames received from the APRS-IS server is limited to 10 mn to non-licenced copies. It permits to manage the positions management
4598
Clear
4600
Disconnection asked
4602
The server is being searched
4604
Disconnected
4606
TCP/IP client for exchange of data with Multidem or Gui_serv_Multipsk
4608
TCP/IP management (IP or DNS adress / Port 3020)
4610
First start the server (+ "Link opening" on Multidem).
4612
From Multipsk, for a distant QRA, paste the server
4614
WEB IP or DNS. Then, to allow the exchange of
4616
data with the TCP/IP server, click on "Connection".
4618
Wait for the connection ("Connected!" must appear).
4620
This command closes the window but not the TCP/IP connection!
4622
Multidem is a TCP/IP server and a digital modulator/demodulator for SdR and DSB transceivers
4624
Gui_serv_Multipsk is a TCP/IP server connected to a transceiver through the sound-card, for RX/TX
4626
In thousands of samples received
4628
IP (figures) or DNS (letters) of TCP/IP server:
4630
If Multipsk and the server are on the same PC:127.0.0.1
4632
Ping
4634
The Ping message must be used in TX position. It permits to know the latency time of the TCP/IP link (for advanced users).
4636
Password:
4638
Could be, possibly, asked by the Gui_serv_Multipsk server, for remote control.
4640
The password (10 characters maximum) must not contain space
4642
TX: 11025 Hz (standard)
4644
TX: 5512 Hz (slow)
4646
TX: 5512 Hz (for slow connections)
4648
Reception at the sampling frequency of 48000 Hz (standard of the majority of the sound cards) instead of 11025 Hz, to decode all Multipsk modes
4650
TCP/IP-->Speaker
4652
If this button is pushed, the digital sound coming from the TCP/IP server will also be sent to the speaker plugged at the output of the sound card selected in the "Auxiliary Sound Card (to speaker)" menu
4654
No more QSO storage (65500 maximum in non-licencied version)
4656
...No transmission, as your Ham call sign is not valid
4658
...No transmission, as either your Ham call sign or your Locator is not valid
4660
beacon Unproto message
4662
Unproto message
4664
FAE APRS frame
4666
ARQ FAE beacon call
4668
ARQ FAE CQ
4670
ARQ FAE selective call
4672
ARQ FAE message "S de M"
4674
ARQ FAE answer "M de S"
4676
ARQ FAE message (handshaking made)
4678
End of QSO message
4680
end of link to
4682
Link to the other Ham attempt in progress...
4684
DTM call "THIS IS" to
4686
Transmission of the DTM message in progress...
4688
ARQ DTM call to
4690
Transmission of the ARQ DTM message in progress...
4692
AMD call "THIS IS" to
4694
DBM call "THIS IS" to
4696
Transmission of the DBM message in progress...
4698
ARQ DBM call to
4700
Transmission of the ARQ DBM message in progress...
4702
Transmission of the message in progress...
4704
AMD message "THIS IS" to
4706
AMD message "THIS WAS" to
4708
open net call "THIS IS" to
4710
open net call "THIS WAS" to
4712
call "THIS IS" to
4714
call "THIS WAS" to
4716
(call) acknowledgment to
4718
Link with:
4720
Acknowledgment towards:
4722
Success sending the message to:
4724
open net acknowledgment
4726
Net
4728
- No link
4730
local net acknowledgment to
4732
- Link with:
4734
DTM answer to an ACK request to
4736
DTM answer to an ACK request...
4738
DBM answer to an ACK request to
4740
DBM answer to an ACK request...
4742
acknowledgment of the answer to the sounding (or "anycall") of
4744
answer to a net call from
4746
answer to a call from
4748
individual call as answer to a sounding (or "anycall") from
4750
sounding "THIS WAS"
4752
sounding "THIS IS"
4754
JT65 TX panel
4756
100 % transmitted
4758
Compression in progress and transmission
4760
End of transmission in
4762
With this ham, total number of QSO:
4764
, but in this mode:
4766
Display of callsign information for 10 minutes maximum in limited version.
4768
You just stopped the text transmission. Click again on the transmission window to re-start.
4770
You just re-started the text transmission.
4772
Transmission of a reception report
4774
IMD=
4776
Quality=
4778
Q(uality)=?
4780
Click left on the IMD label to see the best IMD measured during the last reception and click right on the IMD label to re-initialize the best IMD measurement
4782
End of recording:
4784
Hz-Recorded:
4786
Connected to
4788
Disconnection by the Ham,process in progress
4790
BEACON:
4792
RECEPTION
4794
End of transmission of a message and/or a file
4796
End of transmission of an APRS frame
4798
more
4800
Sounding
4802
Acknowledgment
4804
Answer
4806
Failure of the message transmission in ARQ mode
4808
New attempt of transmission
4810
seconds
4812
Test in progress...still
4814
It is not a 48 KHz sound card out (<47040 Hz)
4816
Sound card out of order...standard frequency
4818
Very fast sound card...maximum frequency
4820
Very slow sound card...minimum frequency
4822
End of the sound card test:
4824
It is not a 48 KHz sound card out (>48960 Hz)
4826
It is not a 44.1 KHz sound card out (<7480 Hz)
4828
It is not a 44.1 KHz sound card out (>8520 Hz)
4830
Offset>=440, it must be an error!
4832
End of the test: Sf TX - Sf RX =
4834
BEACON: 141A TRANSMISSION
4836
Failure of the message transmission
4838
: not transmitted (transmission failure)
4840
failure of transmis.
4842
Success of the QSP mails recovery demand from
4844
Success of the message reception from
4846
Success of the message and file reception from
4848
(click "Mail (RX/TX)" to see it)
4850
Failure of the message reception from
4852
Failure of the QSP-mails recovery
4854
Connection to
4856
The other Ham is absent. No more attempt of connection.
4858
: not transmitted (other Ham absent)
4860
failure as Ham absent
4862
Received mail
4864
DTM message received (look at the "Received mail")
4866
DBM message received (look at the "Received mail")
4868
No answer received, but transmission keeps on
4870
End of message transmission (but without confirmation)
4872
End of message transmission
4874
Failure to link (no answer)
4876
Mail received
4878
AMD message received (look at the "Received mail")
4880
char.
4882
[End of TX]
4884
Message transmitted
4886
QSP mail transmitted
4888
Success of the QSP mails recovery
4890
Success of the QSP mail transmission
4892
Success of the message transmission
4894
Success of the message and file transmission
4896
success
4898
BEACON: 141A RECEPTION
4900
Text not entirely in the picture (240 lines)
4902
TRANSMISSION
4904
TX frequency   RX frequency    Fr. difference
4906
Filtering frequencies (low, average and high)
4908
Synchro/Black/white frequencies
4910
Synchro freq.:1200 Hz -50/+200
4912
Synchro freq.:1900 Hz -50/+200
4914
Click on the synchro. peak
4916
Black/white frequencies
4918
White/black frequencies
4920
Click on the left peak
4922
Positioning on the standard Olivia frequency (for the selected Olivia mode) if on "On" position, free if on "Off" position
4924
Positioning on the standard RTTYM frequency (for the selected RTTYM mode) if on "On" position, free if on "Off" position
4926
Positioning on the standard Contestia frequency (for the selected Contestia mode) if on "On" position, free if on "Off" position
4928
Positioning on the standard Voice frequency (1000 Hz) if on "On" position, free if on "Off" position
4930
Permanent Olivia transmission frequency search on +/-120 Hz around the selected Olivia frequency
4932
Permanent RTTYM transmission frequency search on +/-120 Hz around the selected RTTYM frequency
4934
Permanent Contestia transmission frequency search on +/-120 Hz around the selected Contestia frequency
4936
Permanent Voice transmission frequency search on +/-160 Hz around the selected Voice frequency
4938
Click on the right peak
4940
Baud rate + Shift in Hz + "C" for "Cycle" followed by its length + "P" for "Polarity" followed by "N" for "Normal" or "R" for "Reverse"
4942
Other options
4944
Packet at 31 bauds (BPSK31) for HF (long distance)
4946
Packet at 63 bauds (PSK) for HF (medium distance)
4948
Packet at 250 bauds (PSK) for HF (short distance)
4950
Packet at 1200 bauds (PSK) for UHF (satellite) or VHF (FM)
4952
Packet at 110 bauds (FSK) for HF (medium distance)
4954
Packet at 300 bauds (FSK) for HF (short distance)
4956
Packet at 1200 bauds (FSK) for VHF
4958
Synchronization/sup. freq./Synchro-1270 Hz
4960
TX frequency   RX frequency    Drift
4962
The only function proposed is to detect HFDL transmissions but not to decode them (except "Squitters")
4964
"Lock" pushed, click the spectrum on the supposed best center position to search automatically for the
4966
transmission
4968
"Lock" pushed, click the spectrum on the supposed best center position to search automatically for the PAX2 transmission
4970
ARQ FAE beacon in monitoring...
4972
TX: none
4974
LENTUS TX panel
4976
Are you sure?
4978
Flushing buffers...
4980
S/N=
4982
Detection of a RS ID for the mode:
4984
not decoded by Multipsk
4986
Detection of an extended FLdigi RS ID (not decoded)
4988
"OK" to go to the Call ID -->
4990
Emergency!
4992
Detection of a RS ID for a not user selected mode
4994
Detection of the extension RS ID 6
4996
Click "OK" to switch on the RS ID -->
4998
Detection of the obsolete extension RS ID 263
5000
From logbook
5002
Failure of the search
5004
Succes of the callsign
5006
Transfert of the QSO to eQSL?
5008
Number of QSO with this Ham:
5010
Number of QSO with this Ham and in this mode:
5012
RX n
5014
Look-up in progress...
5016
No such callsign in DXKeeper
5018
The ID video is being sent...
5020
Destination callsign (6 characters maximum) + possible SSID preceded by "-" (ex: "F6CTE -0")
5022
Source callsign (your callsign on 6 characters maximum) + possible SSID preceded by "-" (ex: "F6CTE -0")
5024
BMP files |*.BMP
5026
Recorded!
5028
Volume: %ddB
5030
(W/B)
5032
Recording done in
5034
samples/sec,
5036
No ITU information on this ship.
5038
Nothing to send
5040
QSO mode in progress
5042
The best IMD measured for this reception is:
5044
BEACON: AMTOR TRANSMISSION
5046
with
5048
Attention: mistake in the <TUNE:command> macro
5050
<COM:command> macro: attention: no serial port selected in the Configuration screen!
5052
<COM:command> macro: attention: mistake in the serial format!
5054
Attention: mistake in the <EXEC:command> macro
5056
Success of the <EXEC:command> macro
5058
<COM:command> macro not finished with a ">"
5060
Attention: mistake in the <COM:command> macro
5062
Success of the <COM:command> macro
5064
Timestamp on each line (for versions under licence)
5066
Interface with Digitalk (pronunciation of the decoded text) + Options for blind Hams and SWLs
5068
Mail
5070
"Secondary text": the call then the locator, available on the personal data, are sent each time there is nothing to send (idling phase)
5072
FEC (Forward Error Correction) added to the DominoEX modulation, which makes it very reliable and very sensitive.
5074
Give the information about the received DominoEX transmission: either "Standard" (for "non-FEC") or "FEC". It's an indication based on the Viterbi decoder.
5076
Video ID
5078
The mode label (and/or other information) is(are) sent in CMT Hell before the transmission, and will be visible on the "waterfall" of the other Ham. Click on the button "ID" for configuration.
5080
The Reed-Solomon identifier of mode and frequency is sent before the transmission. Click on the button "ID" for configuration.
5082
The Call ID identifier sent either the call sign or the Call sign + Locator. Click on the button "ID" for configuration.
5084
Click this button or type the "Enter" key to send the Message ID in background. Type the "Exit" button to quit the editor without action. The Message ID will appear on the waterfall and will be visible by all Hams on the band.
5086
Clear the Message ID text
5088
Automatic detection of the first mode and frequency Reed-Solomon identifier. Click on the button "ID" for configuration.
5090
Call ID RX
5092
Automatic detection of Call IDs (call sign and Locator identifiers). Click on the button "ID" for configuration.
5094
For powerful PC: sampling on 16 bits, instead of 8 bits
5096
Notes
5098
Convert to letters
5100
Determination of the country from the prefixe
5102
Determination of the country from the call
5104
Locator positioning
5106
Paste
5108
To display the local time, select "Only local" in the "Clocks" window (button "Clocks"))
5110
Auto TX
5112
Switch on TX as soon as the operator types some text (<ESC> to come back to RX)
5114
Auto RX
5116
Automatically switch automatically in reception as soon as the transmission buffer is empty (for Hellschreiber mainly, but also for PSK31...)
5118
Windows RX/TX separated
5120
Height
5122
Editor and display windows dimensioning ("33" is the standard)
5124
To transmit an acoustic (phone) message inside a digital QSO. One switches from the digimode to the "Filters" DSP mode (for an acoustic message) using (<Left Ctrl> and <Left Shift>) or <Scroll Lock>
5126
To start the speech synthesis (pronunciation of the decoded text). Click on the <Options> menu to access to the "Options for the speech synthesis"
5128
Fonts
5130
Replace "0" by "" in the received text, so as to avoid the confusion with "O"
5132
2 sets (with <CTRL> key or "Set 2"/"Set 1")...transmission of sequence (or <F1> to <F12>) and UTC/GMT date/time + different commands
5134
Level:
5136
Modes
5138
QRGs
5140
List of frequencies used for this mode (and for all modes decoded by Multipsk)
5142
Reverse
5144
Auto mode
5146
Automatic detection of the BPSK mode
5148
Emitted/Received signal frequency and delta
5150
In MT63, for PC with a speed at least superior or equal to 700 MHz (instead of 1000 MHz), but the decoding is degraded.
5152
Slave
5154
Master
5156
Reset n="8"
5158
Repeat
5160
To repeat the transmission of the text sitting in the editor text
5162
Add this QSO to the log book and, possibly, send this QSO to the eQSL WEB site (see the "Logbook" options)
5164
Done!
5166
Options are in the logbook
5168
Logbook
5170
Access to the logbook + management of the different options about the "QSO" fields and the cluster
5172
Number of the next QSO. It can be modified for up-to-date in the "Logbook" window (button "Logbook" and then modify "Initial QSO").
5174
This spin button proposes standard frequencies to the user
5176
Look-up DXK
5178
Searches on the DXKeeper database information about this call and, if found, fills the "Name" and "QTH" fields and gives the number of QSO done with this Ham and the last QSO data/time
5180
Search
5182
Searches among the last 200 (3000 or all in licencied version) QSOs of the logbook, information about this call and, if found, fills the "Name", "QTH", "Wkg" and "NOTES" fields
5184
Searches among the last 200 (3000 or all in licencied version) QSOs of the logbook, information about this call and, if found, fills the "Name", "QTH", "Locator" and "NOTES" fields
5186
To determine the country and to locate the call on the map (limited to 10 mn for non licensied copies)
5188
Where?
5190
To determine the position and to locate the Locator on the map (limited to 10 mn for non licensied copies)
5192
Permits to manually modify the QSO number (which automatically increments by one unity when logging a QSO)
5194
High
5196
Bigger spectrum or waterfall
5198
Define mark 1 on spectrum
5200
Define mark 2 on spectrum
5202
Go to the mark 1
5204
Go to the mark 2
5206
Go M1
5208
Go M2
5210
More
5212
10 marks more
5214
Search downwards
5216
Search upwards
5218
If the XIT button is pushed, click on the right button to force a TX frequency different from the RX frequency (XIT <>0)
5220
To be able to force a TX frequency different from the RX frequency, from the waterfall with the right button
5222
Rewind
5224
This function makes you able to decode the signal from a point in time located before you click on the waterfall
5226
Mixer
5228
Mixer adjustments
5230
Input
5232
Output
5234
Output volume
5236
Very narrow filter, to use in case of QRM
5238
In case of big ionospheric Doppler preventing the decoding of a powerful BPSK31 signal, this feature can help to counterbalance the Doppler drift and permits a decoding
5240
To display the Macros panel. Help on right click
5242
To transmit a file
5244
Set 2
5246
To select the second set of macros
5248
Set 1
5250
To select the first set of macros
5252
Sets list
5254
Pair of sets of 12 sequences (macros) management (10 x 24 macros available)
5256
CW S.
5258
TX S.
5260
CW TX speed adjustment. It can be also adjusted with the keys "Up and down arrows" of the keyboard.
5262
Sound presence
5264
Wide/Narrow band
5266
Wide
5268
Narrow
5270
QRP decoding
5272
Improved CW decoding for weak stations (limited to 10 mn for non-licencied versions)
5274
Automatic Frequency Control of the CW carrier (in decoding++)
5276
Fixed speed
5278
RX CW speed fixed to the current one
5280
Working in QSK, by leaving the decoding on duty during CW transmission. This works only if the "Yes without sound, for big PC (by timer)" option (through the serial port) is selected (click on "MODE" to configure it)
5282
Multipsk can be used as a CW generator. This works only if the "Yes without sound, for big PC (by timer)" option (through the serial port) is selected (click on "MODE" to configure it)
5284
CCW in FSK modulation (shift of 160 Hz)
5286
Standard CCW in OOK modulation (as in CW)
5288
Morse sound
5290
Morse sound digitally built from the CCW-FSK signal (200 to 2500 Hz)
5292
Space / Mark Frequencies
5294
Letters/Figures
5296
To switch from letters to figures or reversely
5298
Reception
5300
Normal
5302
LEDs
5304
200 Hz shift (instead of the 170 Hz standard one)
5306
85 Hz shift (instead of the 170 Hz standard one)
5308
170 Hz standard shift
5310
8 bits format (instead of the 7 bits format one)
5312
Squelch to limit random characters
5314
SYNOP and SHIP WX information (transmitted in RTTY 50 bauds) decoding (limited to 5 mn for non-licencied versions), Help on right click
5316
Automatic Frequency Control (QRG pursuit)
5318
1 "CR+LF"/72 char.
5320
Automatic carriage return and line feed each 72 characters, to be compatible with old mechanical RTTY 45 bauds teleprinters
5322
Idling with Mark
5324
The idling is done with a continous "Mark" tone instead of characters, to be compatible with old mechanical RTTY 45 bauds teleprinters
5326
UOS means "Unshift-On-Space". Multipsk may shift to Letters or to Figures, by failure. When the "UOS" button is pushed, Multipsk shifts to Letters when a space is decoded.
5328
Decoding
5330
For licencied copies, decoding of IEC 870-5 long frames, as the ones transmitted by DCF39 or DCF49
5332
Control
5334
After detection of the beginning of the IEC 870-5 frame, the data is controlled (parity and checksum). So, the displayed frames are all valid.
5336
Commands when Fax RX stopped: -->
5338
Click on the "RX Stop" button to use the correction functions or wait for the automatic stop at the end of reception (button "Stop down")
5340
Only for registered version -->
5342
Number of lines maximum received in conformity with the standard, but without any margin
5344
+500 lines
5346
500 lines more that the standard (large picture), gives a margin to lightly non-standard pictures
5348
Double picture
5350
Number of lines double compared to the standard (very large picture), rare but possible
5352
Colorization
5354
Display the satellite pictures in false colors (only for registered version)
5356
Colors
5358
Colors for colorization (only for registered version)
5360
Allows storing the picture either in a compressed JPG file or in a BMP file
5362
W/B
5364
Display the picture in black and white rather than in grey nuances
5366
Automatic reception and fax picture record (standalone working)
5368
Synchro
5370
Synchronizes the current picture on the white band transmitted just before the picture itself and takes the IOC
5372
Clear the picture
5374
Print the fax window
5376
Record the fax window (automatically in the "Fax" sub-directory)
5378
Load an picture under xyz.BMP file form
5380
Automatically stop the reception when the picture reaches the screen bottom
5382
Auto. stop
5384
Automatically stop on reception of the stop signal (5 seconds of 450 Hz) or end of reception in APT
5386
Allows the user to manually stop the reception and, thus, the picture display
5388
RX stop
5390
Transmit the loaded picture
5392
Help on right click (if the "Wide pic." button is not pushed, on IOC 576)
5394
Wide picture
5396
On IOC 576, the picture width corresponds to the one of the sent picture (not limited to the width of the screen)...for non-limited versions of Multipsk only.
5398
Allows to display the picture in normal size
5400
Scanning speed choice
5402
IOC choice: 288 (small picture) or 576 (wide picture)
5404
Shift the picture to the right
5406
Shift the picture to the left
5408
White standard freq.: 2300 Hz
5410
Standard shift (800 Hz)
5412
Shift (Hz):
5414
Snapshot
5416
Save automatically the screen on a .JPG file (sub-directory "Screen")
5418
Ring at the automatic stop...for non-limited versions of Multipsk only.
5420
Automatic Frequency Control (QRG pursuit). The superior frequency must be the white one (around 2300 Hz). This option is useless for modern receivers, which are very stable.
5422
To decode APT pictures transmitted by NOAA satellites in VHZ (in the 137 MHz band).
5424
Synchro.
5426
Automatic synchronized start up
5428
Transmit
5430
Load a TX SSTV file in the TX window
5432
Load a RX SSTV file in the TX window
5434
Record the RX window (automatically in the "Sstv_RX" sub-directory)
5436
Record the TX window in the "Sstv_TX" sub-directory
5438
Stop down
5440
Shift
5442
Header
5444
Add the Multipsk header when loading TX SSTV file
5446
Correction of the TX sampling frequency of the sound card
5448
SSTV text font
5450
SSTV TEXT
5452
After writing, click on the TX SSTV window to paste the text
5454
Font size
5456
Horizontal scrollbar
5458
RX historic (for 9 last RX stored pictures)
5460
TX historic (for 9 last TX stored pictures)
5462
Automatic shift and slant correction action
5464
During reception, automatic shift and slant correction
5466
Auto Save
5468
Copy to Clipboard
5470
Automatic reception and RX window record (standalone working)
5472
Auto Synchro
5474
Automatic reception (standalone working)
5476
Automatic SSTV mode recognition
5478
RX only, TX in PD90
5480
Narrow modes
5482
To decode narrow SSTV modes as MP73-N)
5484
MP73-N is a narrow mode. Push the "Narrow modes" button.
5486
Output on the auxiliary sound card speaker
5488
No filter
5490
Low pass filter
5492
Bandpass filter
5494
Rejection filter
5496
Weak noise reduction filter
5498
Strong noise reduction filter
5500
Noise reduction filter for CW
5502
Carrier capture
5504
Carrier pursuit
5506
Bandwidth (Hz)
5508
Choice of the "full-duplex" digital treatment (see help):
5510
WAVEFORM AUDIO: standard for Windows
5512
DIRECT SOUND: experimental
5514
Pan
5516
To reduce delay due to Windows buffering
5518
Latency time in 1/10 s
5520
MONO PASS-ALL
5522
Same sound in the left and right earphones, without band-pass filters
5524
MONO BAND-PASS
5526
Same sound in the left and right earphones, with band-pass filters
5528
BINAURAL
5530
Binaural receiver with band-pass filters
5532
Help (complete handbook)
5534
Nature of the limitations and purchase conditions of the non-limited version
5536
About
5538
Configuration
5540
Management of the identifiers (ID): RS ID, Call ID and Video ID
5542
Adjustments
5544
AF levels + Sound card + PC speed
5546
Mixer input
5548
Mixer output
5550
Tools
5552
Dual trace spectrum analyzer 0-20 KHz and measurement of the frequency of the signals (limited to licensed copies)
5554
Clocks: display local and UTC times
5556
Panoramic
5558
BPSK31, PSK63 and PSKFEC31 modes (200 to 2500 Hz or 200 to 3800 Hz)
5560
CW Morse (200 to 2500 Hz or 200 to 3800 Hz)
5562
RTTY 45 bauds (200 to 2500 Hz or 200 to 3800 Hz)
5564
Abandon
5566
Configuration screen
5568
Country/Loc
5570
Find the country according to the prefix (1 to 5 characters), the call or the Locator, Help on right click
5572
Tune
5574
Tune on initial frequency or on a repeater frequencie, Help on right click
5576
Reading the QSO in progress or the previous QSO, Help on right click
5578
Beacon starting (automatic RX/TX), Help on right click
5580
Click right to edit the sequence (long macro)
5582
TX <--> RX with <Esc> immediately or <Shift> <Delete> after transmision of all the text
5584
TX <--> RX with <Esc>
5586
Beeps on your call:
5588
Beeps if your call is decoded during reception
5590
Blinking
5592
Blinking if your call is decoded during reception
5594
Stop beeps and/or blinking
5596
Band KHz (P450=+)
5598
Lock
5600
Lock the cursor on the nearest transmission
5602
Color
5604
Waterfall adjustment of colors scale (according to the user taste)
5606
Controls
5608
Bold
5610
Characters in "Bold" style
5612
Hell 80 in Start/Stop mode (only in transmission) for QSO with real Hell 80 machines, the goal being to reduce paper use
5614
Hell 80 in the standard AF frequencies 1625 Hz / 1925 Hz
5616
Double columns for DX
5618
Quadruple columns for DX
5620
Big
5622
Display big characters
5624
PSK mode with repetition for difficult liaisons
5626
Save Hellscreiber window on a .BMP file
5628
Slant correction (if writing is not horizontal)
5630
To transmit in FELD HELL at 5 or 9 times the nominal speed, for transmission in "Meteor scatter"
5632
Specific PSKFEC "squelch" to limit display to supposed PSKFEC characters ("0" for "No")
5634
Speed (bauds)
5636
Waterfall Automatic Gain Control
5638
AGC
5640
Wide vertical fuchia dash on the waterfall, to better distinguish it
5642
Frequency adjustment. It can be also adjusted with the keys "Left and right arrows" of the keyboard.
5644
Multipsk will send the QSO data (callsign, mode, frequency and Locator if available) to a PSKReporter WEB server
5646
Send color picture
5648
Sending of a color picture (5 maximum). Maximum size:1600x1200, advised: 320x256, Help on right click
5650
Sending of a black and white (grey scale) picture (5 maximum). Maximum size:1600x1200, advised: 320x256, Help on right click
5652
Percentage of the picture sent
5654
Number of available pictures to be transmitted (5 maximum)
5656
Help about SSTV in MFSK16, on right click
5658
The "MFSK" box permits to select the MFSK submode ("16" for MFSK16, "32" for MFSK32 and "64" for MFSK64)
5660
Auto. baudmeter
5662
Automatic measurement of the baud rate (either "Standard" or "Variable") and the Shift. The selected baud rate will be the one appearing at the closure of the FSK Baudmeter window.
5664
Standard
5666
The selected ARQ-E baud rate will be the standard baud rate (which must be stable) appearing at the closure of the FSK Baudmeter window.
5668
Variable
5670
The selected ARQ-E baud rate will be the measured baud rate (which must be stable) appearing at the closure of the FSK Baudmeter window.
5672
Ring on reception of ARQ-E(E3) characters
5674
Bauds (manual)
5676
Shift (manual)
5678
Manual adjustment of the ARQ-E baud rate
5680
Manual adjustment of the ARQ-E Shift in Hz
5682
Manual adjustment to a standard ARQ-E baud rate
5684
ARQ-E and ARQ-E3 modes are similar but differs in the used alphabet
5686
Repeated
5688
Display all repeated characters between brackets "<>" (by default, repeated characters are not displayed)
5690
Back to ARQ-E mode
5692
Display idle characters (alpha and beta) with "~" and all repeated characters between brackets "<>"
5694
Reset the "8" counter (used to test a transmission)
5696
Bandwidth (KHz)
5698
Very st
5700
St
5702
Lg
5704
Very short
5706
Short
5708
Lock the offset between TX and RX sampling frequencies (normal position). This offset can only be determined with good MT63 signals.
5710
Lock the MT63 reception frequencie offset
5712
Tune the two extreme MT63 frequencies
5714
Increase or decrease the offset between TX and RX sampling frequencies
5716
Sound card sampling frequency correction for MT63 (advised for bad sound cards...see help)
5718
Increase or decrease the MT63 RX frequencies band offset
5720
MT63 RX frequencies band offset set to 0
5722
Offset between TX and RX sampling frequencies set to 0
5724
Slow MT63 squelch to limit random characters
5726
Monitor (listen only) mode
5728
Monitor
5730
To send unnumbered information frames, for a CQ, for example
5732
Packet options for non-standard parameters, Help on right click
5734
Connect
5736
Disconnect
5738
Attempted call
5740
Disconnection
5742
Destination
5744
Packet in BPSK (not standard way to do Packet)
5746
Packet in FSK (standard way to do Packet)
5748
9.6 Kbauds Packet in Ham UHF (FM) (option not saved, available only for decoding)
5750
Destination callsign (6 characters maximum, for example: "F6CTE")
5752
Source callsign (your callsign on 6 characters maximum, for example: "F6CTE")
5754
Sender
5756
Lights up when receiving frames
5758
Resp./beac
5760
Beacon and automatic individual responder + radio mail, to start in Unproto mode, Help on right click
5762
Allows the repetition of frames where either the sender call or the alias "ECHO" is present in the list of repeaters. Available only in Unproto mode.
5764
Presence
5766
Signalling of your presence as PAX repeater by a periodic (one each 40 seconds) transmission of an "Unproto" frame.
5768
Pres.
5770
Signalling of your presence as PACKET repeater by a periodic (one each 60 seconds) transmission of an "Unproto" frame.
5772
Radio mail (messages received by the Packet or by the PAX responder)
5774
Repeater:
5776
To repeat Packet or APRS frames ("Repeater" also called "Digipeater")
5778
Allows the repetition of APRS frames, where either the sender call or an alias is present (click on "Options" for details). It works in Unproto mode. It is limited to 10 minutes for non-licencied copies.
5780
Allows the repetition of Packet frames (but not APRS ones). It works in Unproto mode. It is limited to 10 minutes for non-licencied copies.
5782
Allows the working in KISS mode with UI-VIEW, through a transformation of the Packet UI frames in Pax UI frames and reversely. So, it is possible to do PAX APRS with UI-VIEW.
5784
Rev.
5786
Reverse frequencies
5788
small let
5790
Writing in small letters instead of capital letters
5792
Frequency
5794
RX without repetition
5796
Repeated RX frames will not be displayed (but with the minor risk to fail some ones).
5798
Pactor 1 information: Speed (100 or 200 bauds) / Polarity (Normal/Reverse) / Ascii or Huffman / Frame number (0 to 3)
5800
Received Pactor 1 calls
5802
TX with a repetition
5804
Each transmitted frame will be repeated which will give the transmission much more robust.
5806
Filters
5808
Packet APRS (for "Automatic Position Reporting System") frames decoding/coding (limited to 10 mn for non-licencied versions), Help on right click
5810
Pax APRS (for "Automatic Position Reporting System") frames decoding/coding, Help on right click
5812
Reception/Transmission of digital pictures, Help on right click
5814
Enable DIGISSTV (reception/transmission of digital pictures) in PSK63F/PSK220F
5816
Enable DIGISSTV in Packet (not advised for Packet done in chinese or Kanji characters)
5818
Transceiver control through the Commander (or HRD) software (Commander (or HRD) must be, preferably, started before Multipsk)
5820
Repetition of the received characters in local language (neither French nor English). This needs a specific file ("Local_Voice.SER"). See help on the way to do it.
5822
A very short "beep" is produced each time a character is typed.
5824
Fast sub-mode: 16 tones, B=1000 Hz, 62.5 bauds, 39.1 wpm in Olivia, 78 wpm in Contestia and 156 wpm in RTTYM
5826
Normal sub-mode: 8 tones, B=500 Hz, 62.5 bauds, 29.3 wpm in Olivia, 58 wpm in Contestia and 117 wpm in RTTYM
5828
Standard sub-mode: 32 tones, B=1000 Hz, 31.25 bauds, 24.4 wpm in Olivia, 49 wpm in Contestia and 97 wpm in RTTYM
5830
Average sub-mode: 16 tones, B=500 Hz, 31.25 bauds, 19.5 wpm in Olivia, 39 wpm in Contestia and 78 wpm in RTTYM
5832
Slow sub-mode: 8 tones, B=250 Hz, 31.25 bauds, 14.6 wpm in Olivia, 29 wpm in Contestia and 58 wpm in RTTYM
5834
"Fast 2" sub-mode: 4 tones, B=500 Hz, 125 bauds, 39.1 wpm in Olivia, 78 wpm in Contestia and 156 wpm in RTTYM
5836
"Average 2" sub-mode: 4 tones, B=250 Hz, 62.5 bauds, 19.5 wpm in Olivia, 39 wpm in Contestia and 78 wpm in RTTYM
5838
"Very fast" sub-mode: 8 tones, B=1000 Hz, 125 bauds, 58.6 wpm in Olivia, 117 wpm in Contestia and 234 wpm in RTTYM
5840
"Very slow" sub-mode: 8 tones, B=125 Hz, 15.62 bauds, 7.3 wpm in Olivia, 14.6 wpm in Contestia and 29 wpm in RTTYM
5842
Normal broad sub-mode: 64 tones, B=2000 Hz, 31.25 bauds, 29.3 wpm in Olivia and 58 wpm in Contestia
5844
Standa
5846
Positioning on the standard frequency (for the selected sub-mode) if on "On" position, free if on "Off" position
5848
Freq. search
5850
Permanent transmission frequency search on +/-120 Hz around the selected frequency
5852
Fixed
5854
Lock the RX frequency (so neither frequency search nor AFC)
5856
AFC
5858
Limit the number of erroneous characters in presence of noise
5860
Professional modes
5862
Amateur modes
5864
MFSK16/32/64 + PICtures sent in a specific narrow band SSTV
5866
No secondary channel
5868
TCP/IP server for data exchange (RX/TX) with a "TCP/IP client" application
5870
Exchange of data (RX/TX) with a TCP/IP server (Multidem or Gui_serv_Multipsk program), through a TCP/IP link, in local or via Internet
5872
If SpotCollector is linked to Multipsk, spots could be exported to Multipsk (+ Commander) by clicking on the spot entry (on the call, for example)
5874
SpotC. Off
5876
Transmission of an outgoing spot to a cluster through SpotCollector, using the QSO fields. "Call", "Freq MHz" and "Mode" are compulsory. "Locator" and "Notes" are optional. Your Locator is optional ("Personal" window).
5878
"AutoSpot" is an option: your own data spot is transmitted for a CQ QSO (but not for a CQ Contest) to a cluster through SpotCollector, using the QSO fields and your Call ("Personal" window). Your Locator is optional ("Personal" window)
5880
"Local" is an option: the spot is not transmitted to a cluster but it is stored and displayed by SpotCollector. Note: options about the "cluster" functions are obtained by clicking on the "Logbook" button.
5882
If Pathfinder (from DXLAB) is open, the callsign is exported to Pathfinder which will do a search of the callsign, on the chosen database ("QRZ" for example)
5884
If DXView (from DXLAB) is open, the callsign is exported to DXView which will locate the callsign on a map, give you geographical information about it and direct your antenna towards this callsign
5886
Number?
5888
It is determined and displayed the number of QSO done with this callsign and the number of QSO done with this callsign and in this mode
5890
It is also given the data about the last QSO.
5892
The "CPU" button allows the activation of the CPU measure of the PC XP (but not XP pro, nor Linux) in %. When the CPU button is pressed the waterfall may appear (it depends on the PC) without any movement during 30 sec. Then things are back to normal.
5894
Sounding (30 sec) of the frequency by transmission of your call (button "Personal"). The preamble is, by default "TW" ("THIS WAS": no answer expected). For a CQ, in "Options", uncheck "Sounding without general call".
5896
Options for the 141A mode parameters. Help on right click
5898
Automatic Frequency Control (QRG pursuit). Enabled if the frequency is variable (by default the frequency is fix, click on "Options" and look to the help)
5900
His link quality determined from the received signal: "B" for "BER" (Bit-error ratio) from 0 (the worst) to 30 (the best) and "S" for SINAD (S+N/N) from 0 (the worst) to 10 (the best)
5902
My link quality received through the responder message: "B" for "BER" (Bit-error ratio) from 0 (the worst) to 30 (the best) and "S" for SINAD (S+N/N) from 0 (the worst) to 10 (the best)
5904
My : B?? S??
5906
His: B?? S??
5908
For calls, it is requested, to the responder, your LQA ("Link Quality Analysis"), i.e your "BER" and your "SINAD. This is used to know how the responder receives your signal.
5910
Destination callsign or net adress selection
5912
Call
5914
Attempted call to the destination (individual or net call)
5916
For termination of the linked state (after successful linking handshake). This call, using THIS WAS, is not compulsory for Multipsk, but can be such for other programs or ALE transceivers.
5918
"TO" for the "Ham station called" and "FRM" for the "Ham station calling"
5920
Answer to FRM
5922
Automatic answer to a call "global anycall", "selective anycall" or through sounding). Note: the answer is automatic when you are called, without choice.
5924
Start-up of the automatic scanning (see "Options"). Attention to the possible problem of clicking of the transceiver relay if you change constantly of band (see help)
5926
Stop of the automatic scanning
5928
In Unproto ("without protocol"), by using the standard buttons "RX" and "TX", the traffic can be done as in PSK31 or MFSK16
5930
In ARQ FAE ("Fast Acknowledged Exchange"), by using the buttons "Call" (to call CQ), "Answer" (to answer to the CQ) and "End" (to clear the link), a fast traffic can be done without any error, in almost all languages (8 bits char.)
5932
CQ
5934
In ARQ FAE, to call (CQ) other stations (general call). This button must stayed pushed all along the QSO. At the end of the QSO, click on the "End" button
5936
In ARQ FAE, to answer to a general call (CQ). The CQ received for the last 30 seconds or the next CQ to receive will be considered. This button must stayed pushed all along the QSO. At the end of the QSO, click on the "End" button
5938
In ARQ FAE, at the end of the QSO, click on this button.  The automatic answer (ACK /NAK) and transmission of text will be disabled
5940
"AnyCa" ("Anycall" (CQ)), "Allcall", Call", "SoTW" ("Sounding with THIS WAS"), "So TI" ("Sounding with THIS IS"), "DTM" ("DTM message"), "DBM" ("DBM message"), "AMD" ("AMD message" in a call), "FAE" ("ARQ FAE"), "Unpro" ("Unproto") or "TX" (transmission)
5942
Aux. functions
5944
This button ("Auxiliary functions") permits to make appear a mobile window on which are proposed several auxiliary functions.
5946
The KISS exchange is done through the TCP/IP link instead of the serial port
5948
Allows the working in KISS mode but for position reports only, without any acknowledgment, through the selected serial port in the Configuration screen, Multipsk, as a TNC, being drived by any APRS (as UI-VIEW) program
5950
Professional mode (French Emergency services) for licencied copies (5 minutes otherwise)
5952
Attention: the decoded text is not always readable (due to coding)
5954
ANSI characters display
5956
ANSI characters are often (if not always) control characters, hence useless for the reading.
5958
Detection code ignored
5960
If the detection code is ignored, all characters will be displayed included the erroneous ones.
5962
Hexadecimal
5964
All received characters are displayed in hexadecimal notation
5966
on map
5968
The GPS position (GPRMC) inside the 1382 frame is displayed on a local map chosen by the user
5970
Display all received GPS positions (GPRMC) on GoogleEarth, if this one exists on the PC
5972
Display all received GPS positions (GPRMC) on DXAtlas, if this one exists on the PC
5974
Display all received GPS positions:
5976
Display all the received GPS positions, on the map (which must be open) or in Google Earth or on DXAtlas
5978
Number of received GPS positions
5980
This label indicates the number of incorrect codewords followed by the number of correct codewords, this to inform about decoding in progress.
5982
No error
5984
Only messages received with the maximum trust are displayed. The probability of error is residual (but not nil).
5986
Digital system for transmission, in VHF, of small messages between aircraft and ground stations, for licencied copies (5 minutes otherwise)
5988
Digital system for transmission in VHF of small messages between aircraft and ground stations, for licencied copies (5 minutes otherwise)
5990
CRC ignored
5992
If the CRC (detection code) is ignored, all characters will be displayed included the erroneous ones.
5994
Attention: the text is rarely directly readable (due to the coding used)
5996
Display RX positions
5998
Display all the received ACARS positions, on the local map (which must be open), or on Google Earth or in DXAtlas
6000
Data_acars.txt
6002
From the stored information in the Data_acars.txt file, display all the received ACARS positions, on the local map (which must be open), on DXAtlas or in Google Earth
6004
Display all received or the Data_acars.txt positions on GoogleEarth, if this one exists on the PC
6006
Filter:
6008
The displayed positions can be filtered with an identifier (to only display the selected plane)
6010
The sound level must be strong (just below to be overloaded)
6012
Explanations
6014
If possible, explanations are given between parenthesis. They follow the abbreviations (/XYZ type) to explain.
6016
on local map
6018
Database
6020
Internet database "http://www.planesregister.com/home/index.htm" (you need an Internet connection). From the identifier, the type of plane can be seen, for example.
6022
Number of Uplink (airport to planes) messages received
6024
Number of Downlink (planes to airport) messages received
6026
Positions
6028
Number of positions received
6030
No Uplink
6032
To avoid displaying Uplink (airport to planes) messages which can be a great many
6034
If this button is pushed, it will be displayed, on GoogleEarth or on the traffic window, the airplane speed in
6036
EPIRB, ELT and PLB distress beacons
6038
Position of the beacon on DXAtlas, if this one exists on the PC
6040
Traffic
6042
Display all the last received beacon position messages, collected by a specific WEB server
6044
Planes database
6046
Ships database
6048
Received
6050
Number of EPIRB/ELT/PLB beacon messages received, with at least the first part protected by CRC
6052
Number of complete positions received, a position being precised in the second part protected by CRC
6054
Display all the received EPIRB/ELT/PLB beacon positions, on the local map (which must be open), or on Google Earth or in DXAtlas
6056
Position on local map
6058
Position of the EPIRB/ELT/PLB beacon on a local map chosen by the user
6060
Display all received EPIRB/ELT/PLB beacon positions on GoogleEarth, if this one exists on the PC
6062
Position of the EPIRB/ELT/PLB beacon on DXAtlas, if this one exists on the PC
6064
High-pitched (2000 Hz) ring for 2 seconds on a distress beacon reception. Low-pitched (300 Hz) ring for 2 seconds  on a test transmission
6066
To target the serial port DTR pin for 2 seconds on a distress beacon reception and the serial port RTS pin for 2 seconds on a test transmission
6068
NWR SAME is a digital system for transmission in USA and Canada, in VHF, of warning messages. For licencied copies (5 minutes otherwise)
6070
Position of the NWR SAME broadcast station on a local map chosen by the user
6072
Position of the NWR SAME broadcast station on DXAtlas, if this one exists on the PC
6074
Areas:
6076
The geographical code block can refer to a USA area or a canadian one. In "Auto", the country can be determined automatically from the code transmittor (in "Checked" display only)
6078
The geographical code block is supposed to refer to american (USA) areas
6080
The geographical code block is supposed to refer to canadian areas
6082
The geographical code block refers to areas from a country (USA or Canada) determined automatically from the code of the NWR broadcast station (available in "Checked" display only)
6084
Area filter:
6086
In "Checked" display only, the displayed messages can be filtered with an area. For example "OHIO", to only display messages refering to the Ohio state.
6088
Display:
6090
Way to display messages: Checked (standard with selection), All (without selection), Rough
6092
Checked
6094
From the three messages received, the most probable is selected (selection in 2/3). The selected message is reliable.
6096
All
6098
The three messages received are displayed, with their literal interpretation.
6100
Rough
6102
The three messages received are displayed, without their literal interpretation.
6104
It rings five seconds on reception of a NWR SAME message code (available in "Checked" display only)
6106
Switching
6108
The main serial port is switched in TX position for 3 minutes, on reception of a NWR SAME message code (available in "Checked" display only). The goal is to control an apparatus (flashing light or other one).
6110
Analysis
6112
FSK/BPSK/RTTY baudmeter + FSK/RTTY shiftmeter. 5 mn for non-licencied copies.
6114
FSK/BPSK baudmeter + FSK shiftmeter. 5 mn for non-licencied copies.
6116
FSK, ARQ-E, RTTY and BPSK baudmeter + FSK, ARQ-E and RTTY shiftmeter
6118
Assessment:
6120
Assessment of the modulation speed in bauds
6122
Slow
6124
Fast
6126
For FSK transmissions (except ARQ-E and RTTY (Baudot)): baudmeter, frequencymeter and shiftmeter
6128
For ARQ-E or ARQ-E3 transmissions: baudmeter, frequencymeter and shiftmeter
6130
For RTTY transmissions and strong signals: baudmeter (not precise), frequencymeter and shiftmeter
6132
Baudmeter (not precise) and proposal of the most probable BPSK mode
6134
Mute speaker
6136
Push this button if you don't want to listen the filtered signal
6138
Automatic Frequency Control (Autotune function required if the receiver drifts)
6140
Professional mode (Global Maritime Distress and Safety System) for licencied copies (5 minutes otherwise)
6142
CCIR 493-4 Selcall (Australian Selcall): only 4 digits call signs "selective call" decoding
6144
High-pitched (2000 Hz) ring on distress alerts and low-pitched (500 Hz) ring for other GMDSS frames
6146
Position of the ship on the world map
6148
Position of the ship on DXAtlas, if this one exists on the PC
6150
Position of the ship on a local map chosen by the user
6152
WEB data
6154
Internet database "http://www.itu.int/cgi-bin/htsh/mars/ship_search.sh#start" (you need an Internet connection). From the MMSI identifier, the ship data can be seen, for example.
6156
QRG: 1700 Hz
6158
or 700 Hz
6160
Fixed nominal central AF frequency for reception of GMDSS transmissions for the HF GMDSS USB recommended frequencies
6162
Fixed central AF frequency (to use if you have a CW filter, for example) for reception of GMDSS transmissions for the HF GMDSS USB recommended frequencies + 1 KHz
6164
Fixed central AF frequency (to use if you have an Icom radio with specific reception on 2125 Hz /2295 Hz, for example)
6166
To decode the VHF GMDSS DSC transmissions, on the channel 70 (156.525 MHz)
6168
To decode the HF GMDSS DSC transmissions, on USB, on 2182.0, 2187.5, 8414.5, 4207.5 kHz, 6312 kHz, 12577.0, 16804.5 Khz with a central AF frequency of 1700 Hz +/-85 Hz (1615 - 1785 Hz)
6170
local map
6172
All the received positions are displayed on a local map chosen by the user
6174
Display all on:
6176
Display all the received positions, on a local map (which must be open) or on Google Earth or on DXAtlas
6178
Number of received positions
6180
Auto. ITU
6182
If the "Auto. ITU" button is pushed, Multipsk automatically fetches data of the ship (ship name, call sign and country) from the ITU WEB site: "http://www.itu.int/cgi-bin/htsh/mars/ship_search.sh"
6184
Black with an arrow if connected to the ITU server(witness)
6186
Display all the last received messages, collected by a specific WEB server
6188
Time display
6190
Each reception of DTMF code is preceded by the time and date
6192
Ring on DTMF RX
6194
It rings one second, as soon as any code DTMF has been received
6196
With
6198
licence:
6200
Ring on:
6202
It rings 5 seconds as soon as the DTMF code defined below this button has been received.
6204
Multi.BAT on:
6206
The file Multi.BAT is started as soon as the DTMF code defined below this button has been received.
6208
DTR "On"
6210
The pin DTR of the serial port in the menu "Serial port" of the Configuration screen, switches to "On" (1) as soon as the DTMF code defined below this button has been received.
6212
DTR "Off"
6214
The pin DTR of the serial port in the menu "Serial port" of the Configuration screen, switches to "Off" (0) as soon as the DTMF code defined below this button has been received.
6216
RQS "On"
6218
The pin RQS (RTS) of the serial port in the menu "Serial port" of the Configuration screen, switches to "On" (1) as soon as the DTMF code defined below this button has been received.
6220
RQS "Off"
6222
The pin RQS (RTS) of the serial port in the menu "Serial port" of the Configuration screen, switches to "Off" (0) as soon as the DTMF code defined below this button has been received.
6224
Each reception of SELCAL code is preceded by the time and date
6226
Ring on received SELCAL
6228
It rings one second on reception of a SELCAL code
6230
WEB database 1
6232
Internet database "http://www.airframes.org/" (you need an Internet connection). From the SELCAL code, the information about the plane(s) can be seen.
6234
Database 2
6236
Internet database "http://rzjets.net/aircraft/" (you need an Internet connection). From the SELCAL code, the information about the plane(s) can be seen.
6238
Database 3 (auto.)
6240
Rob Internet database "http://www.selcalweb.co.uk/" (you need an Internet connection). The SELCAL code is automatically transmitted. So the information about the plane(s) can be seen.
6242
Sensitive decoding
6244
The decoding is sensitive, but false decodings are more frequent
6246
Number of received SELCALs
6248
or more robust
6250
The decoding is a bit less sensitive, but there are practically no false decodings
6252
Open SELCAL.TXT
6254
Permits to open the SELCAL.TXT file to consult it or to manually add information (in this case, don't forget to record the modified file)
6256
Manual update
6258
Permits to update the SELCAL.TXT file with the last received SELCALs. The number of recorded SELCALs in the SELCAL.TXT file is displayed in the white label.
6260
Permits to automatically update the SELCAL.TXT file with the last received SELCALs, every minute. The number of recorded SELCALs in the SELCAL.TXT file is displayed in the white label.
6262
Erase SELCAL.TXT
6264
Permits to erase the SELCAL.TXT file containt. Attention, it is definitive.
6266
Number of recorded SELCALs in the SELCAL.TXT file
6268
Additive information can be associated to the last received SELCAL. Once done, click on the button "OK" to take into account this information
6270
Click on "OK" to take into account the additive information that you have written in the small editor for the last received SELCAL
6272
Erase the text written in the editor
6274
This filter permits to select a particular SELCAL which will be the sole to be displayed on reception of this one.
6276
Local map
6278
Position of the station on a local map chosen by the user
6280
Position of the station on the world map
6282
Decoding of 100 bauds DGPS transmissions
6284
Decoding of 200 bauds DGPS transmissions
6286
Automatic Frequency Control (required if the receiver drifts)
6288
Detection
6290
Automatic detection of the DGPS speed (either 100 or 200 bauds), without switching. Only reliable with good DGPS signals
6292
Automatic switching on the detected DGPS speed (either 100 or 200 bauds). It takes 10 seconds, this to be sure of the DGPS speed (works only with good DGPS signals)
6294
Transfer to GPS through the "GPS serial port"
6296
DGPS received data are directly transmitted to a GPS receiver (DGPS input necessary) through the "GPS serial port" at 4800 bauds (8 data bits, 2 stop bits, no parity bit). This function, under licence, has not been checked.
6298
This button gives the possibility to only display the rare DGPS messages 3, 7 and 16
6300
Dot duration=1 second (speed=1.2 wpm)
6302
Dot duration=3 seconds (speed=0.36 wpm). It is the standard duration.
6304
Dot duration=10 seconds (speed=0.12 wpm)
6306
Automatic Frequency Control in case of transceiver drift
6308
List of timestamped received callsigns with the mode used (limited to 11 callsigns with non-licensed copies)
6310
RX time + callsign + mode
6312
Interleavings selection (the normal is "Short/Long"
6314
Short/Long
6316
Standard set of interleavings
6318
Zero/Long
6320
Exceptional set of interleavings
6322
Time
6324
Each reception of 110A frame is preceded by the time and date
6326
It rings one second, as soon as a 110A frame has been received
6328
The "<N>" button, when pushed, permits to display the synchronization numbers.
6330
Synchro. on data
6332
Possibility to synchronize on data in case of loss of decoding (except on 75 bps), without waiting to the next synchronization preamble phase. Unfortunaly, this way to decode way is not very efficient.
6334
Transmission at 75 bps
6336
Transmission at 300 bps (limited to licensed copies)
6338
Transmission at 150 bps (limited to licensed copies)
6340
Transmission at 600 bps (limited to licensed copies)
6342
Transmission at 1200 bps (limited to licensed copies)
6344
Transmission at 2400 bps (limited to licensed copies)
6346
Data bits
6348
Number of data bits of one character: 5 (ITA2), 7 or 8
6350
Parity ou Synchronous
6352
Even
6354
Odd
6356
Synchronous
6358
Number of stop bits: 1 or 2 (option not enabled for a Synchronous stream)
6360
Finish the display if the frame is not ending, producing random characters. So the soft will be ready for a new synchronization.
6362
Data display
6364
Data display either via bits, hexadecimal or characters (standard)
6366
Hexa
6368
75 bps beacon
6370
On
6372
Beacon off duty
6374
Indication of the 110A quality of reception (during preamble): 0: perfect, 1: very good , 2: good, 3: average, 4: bad, 5 and more: very bad. However, slow sub-modes, as 75 bps, support very bad quality of reception.
6376
Short interleaving if this button is pushed, otherwise Long interleave (limited to licensed copies)
6378
Interleaving
6380
Long
6382
Long interleaving
6384
Short interleaving
6386
In message mode, each reception of 4285 frame is preceded by the time and date
6388
In message mode, it rings 200 ms, as soon as a 4285 frame has been received
6390
In message mode (which does not seem to be used...), it is displayed the formatted message. Reversely, it is displayed all rough characters (standard mode)
6392
Instead of the standard 1800 Hz central frequency, it can be selected a 1500 Hz central frequency for Ham receivers.
6394
Parity (No, Even or Odd) for asynchronous stream of characters or synchronous stream of characters (no Start bit / no Stop bits)
6396
Stop bits
6398
Bits
6400
Characters
6402
75 bps beacon - 8N1
6404
Only for Ham experimention, it is proposed a simple 110 A beacon at 75 bps, long interleave, 8 data bits, no parity, one Stop bit. The central frequency must be tuned on the receiver around 1500 Hz
6406
Maximum lenght of the message: 255 characters
6408
Beacon on duty
6410
Off
6412
Indication of the 4285 quality of reception (during preamble): 0: perfect, 1: very good , 2: good, 3: average, 4: bad, 5 and more: very bad. However, slow sub-modes, as 75 bps, support very bad quality of reception.
6414
Central frequency of the 4285 transmission, as detected
6416
Sub-mode (bps)
6418
Sub-mode of reception in bits per second
6420
HFDL (High-Frequency DataLink) mode is a sort of HF ACARS system used by airplanes and ground stations for passing technical information for long distances (up to 3000 miles).
6422
Display all the received HFDL positions, on the local map (which must be open), or on Google Earth or in DXAtlas
6424
Position on world
6426
Position of the aircraft on the world map
6428
Position of the aircraft on a local map chosen by the user
6430
Display all received positions on GoogleEarth, if this one exists on the PC
6432
Position of the aircraft on DXAtlas, if this one exists on the PC
6434
Central frequency of the HFDL transmission, as detected
6436
Ring on RX
6438
It rings 200 ms, as soon as an HFDL frame has been received
6440
Display of data units
6442
It can be selected the HFDL data units to display (SPDU, MPDU, LPDU, BDU, HFNPDU).
6444
SPDUs ("Squitter Protocol Data Units") are sent regurarly by the ground station to inform aircrafts
6446
MPDUs ("Media access Protocol Data Units") support transmissions between ground station and aircraft, mainly by identifying themselves and by introducing LPDU
6448
LPDUs ("Link Protocol Data Units") mainly manage the protocol between ground station and aircraft (Log on/ Log off/Requests handling...)
6450
BDUs ("Basic Data Units") are the segments of an HFNPDU
6452
HFNPDUs ("High Frequency Network Protocol Data Units") permit transmission of information (positions, frquencies, reception performances...)
6454
HFDL frequencies
6456
The HFDL_System_Table.txt file is loaded. It can be read but not modified.
6458
ICAO database
6460
Internet database for Aicraft ICAO address "http://www.airframes.org/" (you need an Internet connection). From the "ICAO24 address", data about this plane can be seen.
6462
Explanations are given between square parenthesis ( ). They concern text of "Enveloped Data HFNPDU".
6464
Display all the last received plane position messages, collected by a specific WEB server
6466
Functions for blind or partially sighted Hams or SWL:
6468
Repetition of the received characters by a human voice
6470
JT65 message ready to be sent
6472
Shorthand message meaning "I have copied both calls and my signal report, and your report is 0 (weak signal)" (key "F9" for blind Hams)
6474
Shorthand message meaning "QSO is complete, I have no more to say" (key "F10" for blind Hams)
6476
Shorthand message meaning "Best regards, end of contact" (key "F11" for blind Hams)
6478
Mode A (176 Hz bandwidth) for HF
6480
Mode B (352 Hz bandwidth)
6482
Mode C (704 Hz bandwidth)
6484
Stop TX
6486
Stop, for any reason, the 47 seconds JT65 transmission
6488
JT65 beacon: repeat the selected message at each minute (without any possible JT65 reception)
6490
JT65 beacon: repeat the selected message at each odd minute (with reception of a possible answer at each even minute)
6492
Beacon-minutes:
6494
JT65 beacon: repeat the selected message at each even minute (with reception of a possible answer at each odd minute)
6496
Repeater
6498
JT65 repeater, for QRO stations to diffuse messages from QRP stations: the possibly received message during the even minute is repeated at the next odd minute
6500
If the button "Repeater" is pushed, you must filter the callsigns (QRP) or countries to be repeated (6 max, separated by a space, example "F6CTE ON LX"). Without any filter, all received frames would be repeated...
6502
The standard search is done on +/-600 Hz around the central frequency (to use for a wide search of JT65 transmissions)
6504
The search is done on +/-100 Hz on both sides of the inferior and superior frequencies (option to use once the transmission to be decoded has been located)
6506
The search is done on +/-20 Hz on both sides of the inferior and superior frequencies (option to use in case of QRM between several JT65 transmissions)
6508
KVASD
6510
The soft decision Reed Solomon decoder KVASD is more sensitive than the hard decision one, but it can produce false decodings. It needs also more CPU power (so a powerful PC).)
6512
Ring
6514
On reception of a JT65 frame, a ring warns the user)
6516
Automat.
6518
Automatic filling of all the "His/her call" fields with the call of a Ham calling CQ or answering to you and, on a CQ, the report in dB will fill the correspondent fields. Permits to win time.
6520
Display all the received JT65 positions, on the local map (which must be open) or on Google Earth or on DXAtlas
6522
Display all the received positions on GoogleEarth, if this one exists on the PC and if you click on "Display all".
6524
Position of the Ham station on a local map chosen by the user
6526
Position of the Ham station on DXAtlas, if this one exists on the PC
6528
Automat. TX
6530
If this button is pushed and if a message has been selected, it is automatically transmitted from the first second of the minute (with a tolerance of 7 seconds)
6532
All minutes
6534
For an automatic transmission at any minute
6536
Odd minutes
6538
For an automatic transmission at odd minutes only
6540
Even minut.
6542
For an automatic transmission at even minutes only
6544
Optional, to indicate the frequency on which it will be answered (example: " CQ 113 ...", the transmission is done on the present QRG of 144.140 MHz but the reception will be done on 144.113 MHz)
6546
You must type your callsign (except if yet given in your personal data). You can add either a prefix or a suffix (see the help for details)
6548
You must type the callsign of the other Ham. You can add either a prefix or a suffix (see the help for details). The call following a received CQ call, automatically will fill this field.
6550
You must type the callsign of the other Ham. You can add either a prefix or a suffix (see the help for details). A callsign double-clicked on the reception window will automatically fills this field.
6552
Optional for CQ messages, to indicate your 4 characters Locator (except if yet given in your personal data). You can, instead, send a report in the shape "-XZ" or "R-XY" (see the help for details), but also "RO", "RRR" or "73"
6554
CQ or QRZ
6556
Click on this button to transmit the CQ or the QRZ message (key "Esc" for blind Hams)
6558
Displays the difference between your synchronisation frequency (as selected on the waterfall) and the one of the received JT65 frame, this to ajust precisely the tuning if you don't see the trace, because too weak
6560
General control
6562
Click on this button to control all the fields of the TX panel. If one fields is not correct, an error message is displayed.
6564
Auto. answer
6566
Automatic answer to a CQ: on detection of a CQ (formatted), the fields are filled, the selection "odd" or "even" minutes is done and the "Answer 1" button is pushed. So, the answer to the CQ will be automatically sent. Useful to begin in JT65.
6568
To select a QRZ message. The "frequency" field (first one) is not taken into account.
6570
To select a CQ message. The "frequency" field (the first one) is taken into account if not empty.
6572
Answer 1
6574
Answer 3
6576
Answer 4
6578
Click on this button to answer to the other Ham (key "F1" for blind Hams)
6580
Click on this button to answer to the other Ham (key "F2" for blind Hams)
6582
Click on this button to answer to the other Ham (key "F3" for blind Hams)
6584
Click on this button to answer to the other Ham (key "F4" for blind Hams)
6586
Free 1
6588
Free 3
6590
Free 4
6592
Click on this button to send a non-formatted message (13 characters maximum) to a Ham (key "F5" for blind Hams)
6594
Click on this button to send a non-formatted message (13 characters maximum) to a Ham (key "F6" for blind Hams)
6596
Click on this button to send a non-formatted message (13 characters maximum) to a Ham (key "F7" for blind Hams)
6598
Click on this button to send a non-formatted message (13 characters maximum) to a Ham (key "F8" for blind Hams)
6600
This field is automaticalled filled with your Locator (6 characters) and Callsign. Your position will be displayed on the map of the other Ham.  Blind Hams will type the F12 key.
6602
Click on this button to send the equivalent to "I have copied both of our callsigns"
6604
Slow scrolling
6606
Slow scrolling of the waterfall (10 times slower), this to increase display duration and to see very weak signal (10 dB better)
6608
Moon:
6610
For EME in JT65B and JT65C, elevation of the moon in degrees, for the Locator position specified in your "Personal data" ("Configuration" menu)
6612
For EME in JT65B and JT65C, azimuth of the moon in degrees, for the Locator position specified in your "Personal data" ("Configuration" menu)
6614
Drift test
6616
This test permits to determine, once a minute, the drift of the transceiver in Hz/mn. The transceiver must be tuned in a fixed carrier (WWV at 2.5, 5, 10, 15 MHz for example). The trace on the waterfall must be between the yellow vertical dashes
6618
Vocalization
6620
Language
6622
Char.
6624
To send:
6626
LENTUS message ready to be sent
6628
Stop RX/TX
6630
Stop, for any reason, the LENTUS reception or the transmission in progress
6632
LENTUS beacon: repeat the selected message every 5 minutes (without any possible LENTUS reception). One of the message transmission button ("Station info.", for example) must be pushed
6634
LENTUS beacon: repeat the selected message  at minutes 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50 only (with reception of a possible answer). One of the message transmission button ("Station info.", for example) must be pushed
6636
BEACON
6638
LENTUS beacon: repeat the selected message at minutes 5, 15, 25, 35, 45, 55 only (with reception of a possible answer). One of the message transmission button ("Station info.", for example) must be pushed
6640
The 43 Lentus frequencies (one per symbol) are exported to the LENTUS_FREQUENCIES.TXT File (for specific needs)
6642
On reception of a LENTUS frame, a ring warns the user)
6644
In "Master" mode, the user selects, by clicking on the spectrum, a transmit frequency which will remain locked, but the reception frequency may change. In "Slave" mode, the transmit frequency follows the reception frequency.
6646
Display all the received LENTUS positions, on the local map (which must be open) or on Google Earth or on DXAtlas
6648
Position of the Ham station on the world map
6650
Local
6652
If one among the three buttons is pushed and if a message has been selected, it is automatically transmitted from the fourth second of the minute 5, 10,...,55, according to the mode of transmission selected
6654
For an automatic transmission each 5 minutes (to avoid except specific case). One of the message transmission button ("Station info.", for example) must be pushed
6656
CQ at 0,10
6658
For an automatic transmission at minutes 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50 only (recommended for CQs). One of the message transmission button ("Station info.", for example) must be pushed
6660
Answer at 5,15
6662
For an automatic transmission by the one who answer to the CQ at minutes 5, 15, 25, 35, 45, 55 only. One of the message transmission button ("Station info.", for example) must be pushed
6664
You must type your callsign (6 characters maximum) (except if yet given in your personal data).
6666
You can add a foreign prefix (3 characters maximum) to your call sign (for example: AZ2/FW9XYZ)
6668
You can add a suffix ("M", "P", "MM" or "A") to your call sign (for example: FW9XYZ/MM)
6670
Optionnally, you can type your 6 characters Locator (except if yet given in your personal data)
6672
You must type your callsign without prefix nor suffix (for example: FW9XYZ), except if yet given in your personal data.
6674
You must type the callsign of the other Ham (6 characters maximum without prefix nor suffix, as for example: FW9XYZ). A callsign double-clicked on the reception window will automatically fills this field.
6676
You must type the callsign of the other Ham (6 characters maximum without prefix but a suffix can be added, as for example: FW9XYZ/MM). A callsign double-clicked on the reception window will automatically fills this field.
6678
Optional for "Answer 1" message, to indicate your 4 characters Locator (except if yet given in your personal data).
6680
For "Answer 2" message, it is automatically supplied the S/N ratio (in dB) of the other Ham in the shape "-XZ" (0 to -35) dB, and also the drift in Hz/mn
6682
For "73, good bye and end of QSO"
6684
Complete call
6686
Click on this button to transmit a CQ or an information message with a complete call sign (for example: AZ2/FW9XYZ/MM) and a 6 characters Locator
6688
Station info.
6690
Click on this button to transmit your station information (power, antenna, directivity of the antenna)
6692
Meteo info.
6694
Click on this button to transmit the meteo information of your QTH (temperature, wind, weather and humidity)
6696
Click on this button to transmit your precise geographical position (latitude/longitude), the position accuracy being equal to +/- 9 m
6698
The green label indicates what it is being sent. It is a confirmation for the user.
6700
To select either a CQ message or an information message (for the Ham responding to a CQ)
6702
Answer 2
6704
End of QSO
6706
Click on this button to answer to the other Ham with your Locator on 4 characters (key "F1" for blind Hams)
6708
Click on this button to answer to the other Ham with his report in dB (key "F2" for blind Hams)
6710
Click on this button to finish a QSO (key "F3" for blind Hams)
6712
Free 2
6714
Free 5
6716
Click on this button to send a non-formatted message (13 characters maximum, A-Z 0-9 /+-.?!@%$) to a Ham (key "F5" for blind Hams)
6718
Click on this button to send a non-formatted message (13 characters maximum, A-Z 0-9 /+-.?!@%$) to a Ham (key "F6" for blind Hams)
6720
Click on this button to send a non-formatted message (13 characters maximum, A-Z 0-9 /+-.?!@%$) to a Ham (key "F7" for blind Hams)
6722
Click on this button to send a non-formatted message (13 characters maximum, A-Z 0-9 /+-.?!@%$) to a Ham (key "F8" for blind Hams)
6724
Click on this button to send a non-formatted message (13 characters maximum, A-Z 0-9 /+-.?!@%$) to a Ham (key "F12" for blind Hams)
6726
To add "CQ DE " before the message
6728
Band KHz
6730
Waterfall bands and central frequency cannot be changed only in RX or TX. Click "Stop RX/TX" before
6732
RF power in Watts
6734
RF power in mWatts
6736
The power level (effectively radiated power transmitted by the antenna) must be chosen among the proposed powers (0.5 to 500 Watts/mWatts)
6738
HF power
6740
The type or gain of the antenna must be chosen among different antenna types ("Vertical"...) or for monodirectional antennas (Yagi, Quad, Parabolic...) among the proposed gains (4 to 43 dB)
6742
Antenna
6744
The directivity of the antenna must be chosen among the 8 proposed directions (for example, "NW" for "North West") or "Omni." (for "Omnidirectional antenna", as the vertical one).
6746
Dir.
6748
Fr. locking
6750
Search band (bewteen the blue dashes) locking. This option is useful if the transmission frequency is surely known (for the 136 KHz band, for example)
6752
The exterior temperature (from -71 to 60 C or from -96 to 140 F)
6754
If this button is pushed, the exterior temperature is expressed in F (and not in C)
6756
Wind
6758
The type of wind (from calm to a hurricane)
6760
Weather
6762
The type of weather
6764
The humidity level in the air
6766
For example for "08 09.70' North": "08-09.70N". The latitude must be 9 characters long.
6768
For example for "002 01.08' West": "002-01.08W". The longitude must be 10 characters long.
6770
If pushed, the search bandwidth switches to 40 Hz.
6772
If pushed, the search bandwidth switches to 100 Hz. However, the detection of Lentus transmissions is slightly inferior that with a 40 Hz search bandwidth
6774
If pushed, the search bandwidth switches to 160 Hz. However, the detection of Lentus transmissions is slightly inferior that with a 40 Hz search bandwidth
6776
Repeaters
6778
The principle of this "Repeater" function is to repeat a received message so as to forward it towards other stations or to broadcast a message (with several repeaters)
6780
LENTUS repeater, if this button is pushed, a message possibly received at minute 0, 10, 20, 30, 40 or 50 will be repeated 5 minutes after (so at minute 5, 15, 25, 35, 45 or 55)
6782
LENTUS repeater, if this button is pushed, a message possibly received at minute 5, 15, 25, 35, 45 or 55 will be repeated 5 minutes after (so at minute 10, 20, 30, 40, 50 or 0)
6784
It is possible to introduce an advance on transmission (0 to 990 ms) to compensate from a possible transmission delay (due to a big distance to the zone to target or a delay due to a Wifi link or to a SdR, for example)
6786
It is possible to introduce a delay on reception (0 to 990 ms) to compensate from a possible transmission delay (due to a big distance to the zone to target or a delay due to a Wifi link or to a SdR, for example)
6788
Period
6790
If the "Period" button is pushed, the selected message is going to be transmitted with the indicated period in minutes (15 to 90 mn)
6792
Display all the last received and transmitted Lentus messages, collected by a specific Lentus WEB server
6794
Automatic answer
6796
Automatic answer to a CQ: on detection of a CQ (formatted), the fields are filled, the selection "0,10.." or "5,15..." minutes is done and the "Answer 1" button is pushed. So, the answer to the CQ will be automatically sent. Useful to begin in LENTUS.
6798
Ring on a POCSAG message received
6800
Manual selection of a 512 bauds modulation speed
6802
Manual selection of a 1200 bauds modulation speed
6804
Manual selection of a 2400 bauds modulation speed
6806
Automatic
6808
Automatic determination of the modulation speed (in bauds) of the received Pocsag transmission
6810
Inversion
6812
Inversion of received bits (1->0 and 0->1), in case of signal level inversion between the SdR receiver and Multipsk
6814
Complete
6816
Only complete messages are displayed.
6818
Only complete messages, received with the maximum trust are displayed. The probability of error is residual (but not nil).
6820
Received messages must not be divulged.
6822
This label becomes blue when receiving idle signal. This label indicates also the number of incorrect codewords followed by the number of correct codewords, this to inform about decoding in progress.
6824
This label indicates also the number of correct received frames, this to inform about decoding in progress.
6826
Compact display is recommended, this to avoid a too fast text display and a big CPU load
6828
Position messages
6830
Refer to messages AIS 1, 2, 3, 4, 11, 18, 19 and 21 giving a ship geographical position
6832
Other messages
6834
Refer to messages other than those giving a ship position
6836
ITU connection
6838
If this button is pushed, a connection is done with the ITU WEB site, which will permit to search information about the MMSI (9 figures) located on the MMSI field, by clicking on "ITU Info."
6840
ITU info.
6842
If this button is clicked, Multipsk automatically will fetch data about the MMSI (ship name, call sign and country) from the ITU WEB site: "http://www.itu.int/cgi-bin/htsh/mars/ship_search.sh".
6844
MMSI filter
6846
If this button is pushed, the displayed positions will be filtered by the MMSI (9 figures) located in the MMSI field, this to only display the messages relative to the selected ship.
6848
MMSI field used for the "ITU info." or for the "MMSI filter". Click on a displayed MMSI (9 figures) to upload it on this MMSI field.
6850
Positions on:
6852
Connection
6854
To connect Marinetraffic.com through a TCP connection then send ships positions to the WEB site http://www.marinetraffic.com/ais/, where all AIS positions can be seen. This link is reliable but needs control of the connection
6856
To send directly (without connection) ships positions to the WEB site http://www.marinetraffic.com/ais/, where all AIS positions can be seen. Positions are controlled when reached one's destination, if they reach it (never sure)
6858
Select the AIS frequency monitored, which will be transmitted to Marinetraffic.com
6860
Transmission of received AIS positions to the WEB site Marinetraffic.com
6862
It rings one second on reception of an AIS message
6864
Port
6866
Each registered station will have to use a different TCP (UDP) port number, given when a station is registered. However, 5321 can be used by non-registered stations.
6868
This mode is only demodulated and decoded if a SdR receiver is connected to Multipsk and if the SdR interface is started (on the Configuration screen)
6870
FM spectrum
6872
If this option is selected, the FM spectrum (after FM demodulation) is displayed in the SDR waterfall where it can be seen the FM band, for example the RDS signal at 57 KHz.
6874
North America
6876
In North America, the RDS used is called RBDS and is slightly different (mainly on PI codes and program types)
6878
The number (#) of "AF" (Alternative frequencies) and by these "AF", by default in MHz
6880
The main FM frequency in MHz
6882
Here is displayed the "PI" (Program Identification) followed, in North America, by the station call
6884
Program Type
6886
"TP" for "Traffic Program" if the station is able to broadcast Traffic Annoucement
6888
"TA" for "Traffic Announcement" if one is in progress
6890
Here is displayed the Program Service name on 8 characters
6892
Here is displayed the radiotext for (songs titles...) on 32 or 64 characters
6894
Decoded blocks
6896
If pushed, the decoded blocks are displayed and can be transmitted to the TCP/IP interface
6898
Clear all the RDS fields and re-initialize the RDS decoding
6900
Slow PC
6902
Permits to decrease the CPU load with RTL-SDR sticks only (but the quality of the sound decreases)
6904
To decode RDS while listening to the FM program (button normally pushed, excepted for if the PC CPU load is problematic). The FunCube Dongle Pro cannot decode the RDS (but the FunCube Dongle Pro+ can).
6906
FAE mail received (look at the "Received mail" mailbox)
6908
Connection made with
6910
Test, no adress
6912
Global "Allcall"
6914
End of AMTOR message
6916
Check Sum: OK
6918
Check Sum: error
6920
ITU ship information:
6922
ITU search failure
6924
No control by check sum.
6926
Date and time of decoding:
6928
End of GMDSS message
6930
Zone:
6932
Side=
6934
Distress coordinates not given
6936
Distress coordinates:
6938
Distress coordinates time acquisition not given
6940
Distress coordinates time acquisition:
6942
Coast station
6944
Unknown
6946
Called MMSI station address:
6948
Unknown ship
6950
Called:
6952
Afghanistan
6954
South Africa
6956
Angola
6958
Albania
6960
Algeria
6962
Andorre
6964
Argentina
6966
Armenia
6968
Saudi Arabia
6970
Antigua and Barbuda
6972
Australia
6974
Austria
6976
Azerbaijani Republic
6978
Brazil
6980
Bahamas
6982
Belgium
6984
Benin
6986
Burkina Faso
6988
Bangladesh
6990
Bahrain
6992
Bosnia  and Herzegovina
6994
Belarus
6996
Belize
6998
Bolivia
7000
Botswana
7002
Barbados
7004
Myanmar
7006
Brunei
7008
Bhutan
7010
Bulgaria
7012
Central African Republic
7014
Canada
7016
Cambodia
7018
Chile
7020
China
7022
Colombia
7024
Sri Lanka
7026
Cameroon
7028
Democratic Republic of the Congo
7030
Congo
7032
Comoros
7034
Cape Verde
7036
Cte d'Ivoire
7038
Costa Rica
7040
Cuba
7042
Vatican
7044
Cyprus
7046
Czech Rep.
7048
Germany
7050
Denmark
7052
Djibouti
7054
Dominican
7056
Dominica (ile)
7058
Spain
7060
Egypt
7062
Ecuador
7064
Eritrea
7066
Estonia
7068
Ethiopia
7070
France
7072
Fiji
7074
Finland
7076
Micronesia
7078
United Kingdom
7080
Gabonese
7082
Georgia
7084
Ghana
7086
Gambia
7088
Guinea-Bissau
7090
Equatorial Guinea
7092
Greece
7094
Grenada
7096
Guatemala
7098
Guinea
7100
Guyana
7102
Netherlands
7104
Honduras
7106
Hungary
7108
Croatia
7110
Haiti
7112
Italy
7114
India
7116
Indonesia
7118
Irland
7120
Iran
7122
Iraq
7124
Iceland
7126
Israel
7128
Japan
7130
Jamaica
7132
Jordan
7134
Kazakhstan
7136
Kenya
7138
Kyrgyz Republic
7140
Kiribati
7142
Saint Kitts and Nevis
7144
Korea (Rep. of)
7146
North Corea
7148
Kuwait
7150
Laos
7152
Lebanon
7154
Liberia
7156
Libya
7158
Saint Lucia
7160
Liechtenstein
7162
Lesotho
7164
Lithuania
7166
Luxembourg
7168
Latvia
7170
Mauritius
7172
Monaco
7174
Moldova
7176
Madagascar
7178
Mexico
7180
Marshall Islands
7182
Macedonia
7184
Malaysia
7186
Maldives
7188
Mali
7190
Malta
7192
Montenegro
7194
Mongolia
7196
Mozambique
7198
Morocco
7200
Mauritania
7202
Malawi
7204
Nicaragua
7206
Niger
7208
Nigeria
7210
Namibia
7212
Norway
7214
Nepal
7216
Nauru
7218
New Zealand
7220
Oman
7222
Pakistan
7224
Philippines
7226
Panama
7228
Papua New Guinea
7230
Poland
7232
Portugal
7234
Paraguay
7236
Peru
7238
Qatar
7240
Romania
7242
Russian Federation
7244
Rwanda
7246
Sweden
7248
Sudan
7250
Senegal
7252
Seychelles
7254
Solomon Islands
7256
El Salvador
7258
Samoa
7260
San Marino
7262
Singapore
7264
Somali Democratic
7266
Serbia
7268
Sierra Leone
7270
South Sudan
7272
Sao Tome and Principe
7274
Switzerland
7276
Suriname
7278
Slovak Republic
7280
Slovenia
7282
Syria
7284
Swaziland
7286
Chad
7288
Togo
7290
Thailand
7292
Tajikistan
7294
Turkmenistan
7296
Timor-Leste
7298
Tonga
7300
Trinidad and Tobago
7302
Tunisia
7304
Turkey
7306
Tuvalu
7308
Tanzania
7310
United Arab Emirates
7312
Uganda
7314
Ukraine
7316
Uruguay
7318
United States
7320
Uzbekistan
7322
Saint Vincent and the Grenadines
7324
Venezuela
7326
Vanuatu
7328
Viet Nam
7330
Yemen
7332
Zambia
7334
Zimbabwe
7336
Called station Selcall:
7338
MMSI self-identifier:
7340
Ship
7342
by:
7344
MMSI of the ship in distress:
7346
Category:
7348
Routine
7350
Safety
7352
Urgency
7354
Distress
7356
Not dfined
7358
Telecommand 1:
7360
F3E/G3E All modes telephony
7362
F3E/G3E duplex telephony
7364
Unable to comply
7366
End of call
7368
J3E telephony
7370
Distress relay
7372
F1B/J2B TTY/FEC
7374
Not defined
7376
Subsequent communications:
7378
F3E/G3E All modes TP
7380
F3E/G3E duplex TP
7382
Polling
7384
Data
7386
J3E TP
7388
Distress acknowledgment
7390
F1B/J2B TTY/ARQ
7392
Test
7394
Ship position or location registration updating
7396
Telecommand 2:
7398
No reason given
7400
Congestion at maritime switching centre
7402
Busy
7404
Queue indication
7406
Station barred
7408
No operator available
7410
Operator temporarily unavailable
7412
Equipment disabled
7414
Unable to use proposed channel
7416
Unable to use proposed mode
7418
Ships and aircraft according to Resolution 18
7420
Medical transports
7422
Pay-phone/public call office
7424
Facsimile/data according to Recommendation ITU-R M.1081
7426
No information
7428
Nature of distress:
7430
Fire, explosion
7432
Flooding
7434
Collision
7436
Grounding
7438
Listing, in danger of capsizing
7440
Text to find
7442
If pushed, the TNT receiver presence is checked, the SdR interface is forced, the I/Q signal being taken from the TNT key through either the RTL DLL or "rtl_tcp.exe". On the RX/TX screen, click on the "Transceiver" button to control this SdR receiver.
7444
RTL selection
7446
RTL/SDR key selection, if several are present
7448
The TNT receiver is not yet connected to Multipsk, via the RTL DLL
7450
TNT receiver detected and connection done, via RTL DLL
7452
Save all the VDL2 messages of the reception window in the "VDL2_messages.txt" file (for exchange with other Hams and SWL, for example)
7454
Load the "VDL2_messages.txt" file (if exists) and displays the containt in the reception window, after the already displayed text
7456
Fill the <MY CALL> and <MY LOCATOR> fields ("Personal" button). Click on "TEST TX" to send "TEST" + your data. 5 minutes after, click on "TEXT RX". "TEST" + your data must appear.
7458
Save text
7460
Load text
7462
If this button is pushed, it will be displayed the speed in
7464
GMDSS codes display
7466
Received GMDSS codes are displayed, for information. Interpretation of codes is freely done by the user (PSE, don't ask to the author to do it).
7468
For an unknown reason, the DLL "rtlsdr_read_async" function does not work
7470
TNT receiver disconnected from the RTL DLL
7472
The RTL DLL works.
7474
Working with RTL_TCP.exe, due to error:
7476
No RTL/SDR key installed
7478
RTL/SDR key selection, if several (5 keys maximum) are present
7480
Push "OK" to select the RTL/SDR key with which you want to work
7482
Working: by "DLL" the normal way oy by "RTL_TCP.exe" if the DLL does not work
7484
Edition of the HF frequency at the 0 Hz waterfall. It corresponds to the central frequency given by the cristal or the VFO. Click on "Forward" afterwards. Note: the displayed frequency can be modified by Commander, if it is connected.
7486
PSK must be used to decode the VDL2 transmissions. Sampling frequency is forced to 48 KHz
7488
Minimize
7490
Minimizes the size of this window
7492
If, for a specific reason, the user wants an other file name than "SELCAL.TXT", then the new file mantissa ("SELCAL" by default) can be typed in this field
7494
Update
7496
Permits to manually update the SELCAL.TXT file with the last received SELCALs. The number of recorded SELCALs in the SELCAL.TXT file is displayed in the white label.
7498
Shift (Hz)
7500
The spinbutton permits to shift the SELCAL AF frequencies if they are slightly off set from the letters (+/-115 Hz maximum).
7502
Basic display
7504
Only the preamble is decoded and displayed on a line
7506
Frames can be received by a SdR receiver directly interfaced to Multipsk (best solution) or by a standard USB receiver
7508
Frames display
7510
It is proposed to select display of all or part of the frames received
7512
I and UI information frames are coded with "proprietary" data. It does not appear clear language
7514
XID frames permits reception of standard data, especially airplanes position
7516
RR, RNR, TEST, REJ, SREJ, FRMR, UA, DM and DISC frames are control frames, interesting for experts only
7518
Internet database for Aicraft ICAO address "http://www.airframes.org/" (you need an Internet connection). From the airplane identifier (6 hexa characters), data about this plane can be seen.
7520
It rings 200 ms on reception of a VDL2 message
7522
Display all the received VDL2 positions, on the local map (which must be open), or on Google Earth or in DXAtlas
7524
Details about XID
7526
If all pieces of information supplied by the XID are not required, it is only displayed the destination airport identifier and also positions
7528
The first number displayed is incremented each time a VDL2 transmission is detected (and will be possibly decoded). The second number indicates the number of frames decoded.
7530
Resets both counters to 0, to permit to do tests on a defined duration
7532
Display all the last received plane position messages (AUTOPOS positions in ACARS messages or XID frames positions), collected by a specific WEB server
7534
Inversion of the I/Q components to try, if VDL2 transmissions are received but not detected by Multipsk ("D:" stays at 0)
7536
Altitude displayed
7538
Option to display or not the altitude on the maps
7540
It is displayed the distance in km or in miles (depending on the choice done between "km/h" and "mph") between your station position (given in your "Personal data") and the last plane position
7542
It is displayed the maximum detected distance in km or in miles (depending on the choice done between "km/h" and "mph") between your station position (given in your "Personal data") and the plane position
7544
Clear list
7546
Clear the present positions list (all the last decoded positions are cleared).
7548
"Uplink" only
7550
Are decoded and displayed only messages coming from a ground station or broadcast messages
7552
If started ("Go!" button), the shift is computed as: Shift = Reception frequency - Mean real VDL2 transmission frequency used by aircrafts (1000 tests is a minimum)
7554
Stops the shift determination (to do after at least 1000 tests, to have some reliability on the result)
7556
Sinking
7558
Disabled and adrift
7560
Undesignated distress
7562
Abandoning ship
7564
Piracy/armed robbery attack
7566
Man overboard
7568
EPIRB emission
7570
RX frequency:
7572
TX frequency:
7574
RX/TX frequency:
7576
Neither RX/TX frequencies nor position supplied
7578
HF/MF channel:
7580
ITU-R M.586 channel:
7582
VHF channel:
7584
Start of GMDSS message
7586
<Selective call to a particular individual station>
7588
<Distress alert> (PSE, don't interfere!)
7590
<All ships call> (PSE, don't interfere!)
7592
<Selective call to a group of ships having a common interest>
7594
<Selective call to a group of ships in a particular geographical area>
7596
<Selective call to a particular individual station using the semi-automatic/automatic service>
7598
Success opening the serial port linked to GPS
7600
Failure opening the serial port linked to GPS
7602
Serial port transfer OK
7604
Failure of the serial port transfer
7606
Latitude
7608
Longitude
7610
Radiobeacon range
7612
Radiobeacon health
7614
Radiobeacon operation normal
7616
No integrity monitoring
7618
No information available
7620
Do not use this radiobeacon
7622
Broadcast station ID
7624
Broadcast bit rate
7626
Modulation
7628
Synchronization type
7630
Asynchronous
7632
Broadcast coding
7634
No added coding
7636
FEC coding
7638
Bad
7640
Not tracked
7642
Yes in
7644
ECEF X-Coordinate
7646
ECEF Y-Coordinate
7648
ECEF Z-Coordinate
7650
Sat. not to use
7652
Ellipsoidal height
7654
Z-count
7656
Sequence count
7658
Number of words
7660
Health
7662
UDRE scale factor=1.0
7664
UDRE scale factor=0.75
7666
UDRE scale factor=0.5
7668
UDRE scale factor=0.3
7670
UDRE scale factor=0.2
7672
UDRE scale factor=0.1
7674
Transmission not monitored
7676
Reference station not working
7678
Message type
7680
Differential GPS corrections
7682
GPS reference station parameters
7684
GPS constellation health
7686
GPS null frame
7688
DGPS radiobeacon almanac
7690
GPS partial correction set
7692
GPS special message
7694
Non decoded DGPS message by this soft
7696
Station
7698
Station number
7700
Sat. ID
7702
Pseudorange corr.
7704
Range rate corr.
7706
S/N ratio
7708
New IOD
7710
Loss of satellite
7712
16 or 256 colors graphic mode: not enough!
7714
16 bits graphic mode (65536 colors)
7716
24 bits or more graphic mode
7718
SNR min/max (dB):
7720
good
7722
average
7724
bad
7726
Drift
7728
Minute
7730
Quality
7732
Possible Lentus RX
7734
Time  dB  Hz  Hz/mn  Received
7736
Offset Sf.:
7738
RX offset:
7740
S/N= ??
7742
Frequency search
7744
End of picture reception
7746
...RX frame not repeated because already repeated less than
7748
seconds ago.
7750
...RX frame off user specifications, not repeated
7752
...Incorrect RX frame, can't be repeated
7754
Allows the working in KISS mode, through the selected serial port in the Configuration screen, Multipsk, as a TNC, being drived by any Packet or APRS (as UI-VIEW) program (BBS or others).
7756
Emergency Reset
7758
Clear down
7760
Maintenance identification
7762
TX Key ON
7764
TX Key OFF
7766
Repeater ON
7768
Repeater OFF
7770
Emergency Radio Call
7772
Priority Radio Call
7774
Normal Radio Call
7776
Telephone Call
7778
Broadcast Radio Call
7780
Request to Call Back
7782
Manual Response
7784
External Addressing
7786
Emergency Acknowledgement
7788
Repeat Acknowledgement
7790
General Acknowledgement
7792
Absent/Unavailable Acknowledgement
7794
Busy Acknowledgement
7796
Call Back Acknowledgement
7798
Intermediate Acknowledgement
7800
Reject Acknowledgement
7802
System Control
7804
Short Data Transfert
7806
Dialogue Data Transfert
7808
Change Channel
7810
Vote Now
7812
Status Request
7814
Mobile Enable
7816
Mobile Disable
7818
Statut
7820
Reserved
7822
Custom
7824
Unknown country
7826
Czech/Slovak Republic
7828
Bulgaria/Hungary/Romania
7830
Andorra/Faroe Islands
7832
Russia
7834
Yugoslavia
7836
San Marino/Baltic Republics
7838
Malta/Slovenia/Croatia
7840
Ireland
7842
Message in hexadecimal (+ decoding attempt)
7844
Compressed message in hexadecimal (+ decoding attempt)
7846
TX address
7848
RX address
7850
address
7852
Sub address
7854
Frame
7856
Identifier
7858
Ack.
7860
Block
7862
Location beacon without UIN
7864
on
7866
none
7868
maritime 9 GHz SART
7870
other
7872
Auxiliary radio-locating device
7874
distress
7876
short
7878
Protocol
7880
location
7882
Registered in
7884
unknown
7886
EPIRB - MMSI/Location Protocol
7888
ELT - 24-bit Address/Location Protocol
7890
Serial Location Protocol - ELT serial
7892
Serial Location Protocol - ELT - aircraft operator designator
7894
Serial Location Protocol - EPIRB - serial
7896
Serial Location Protocol - PLB - serial
7898
Ship Security
7900
National Location Protocol - ELT
7902
National Location Protocol - EPIRB
7904
National Location Protocol - PLB
7906
Standard Test Location Protocol
7908
National Test Location Protocol
7910
RLS Location Protocol
7912
Reserved (orbitography)
7914
Spare protocol
7916
MMSI identifier
7918
Beacon number of the vessel
7920
24-bit aircraft address (hexadecimal)
7922
Aircraft operator designator
7924
Serial number
7926
Cospas-Sarsat approval certificate number
7928
Test Data
7930
possible interpretation
7932
number
7934
Beacon type
7936
EPIRB - Maritime User Protocol (MMSI, 6 digits or radio call sign, 6 characters)
7938
EPIRB - Radio Call Sign User Protocol)
7940
ELT - Aviation User Protocol (aircraft registration markings)
7942
Serial User Protocol
7944
Test User Protocol
7946
Orbitography Protocol
7948
National User Protocol
7950
Radio call sign
7952
ELT with serial number
7954
ELT with 24-bit aircraft address
7956
ELT with aircraft operator designator and serial number
7958
Float free EPIRB with serial number
7960
Non float free EPIRB with serial number
7962
PLB with serial number
7964
Type of beacon
7966
Specific ELT number
7968
National use and control
7970
Aircraft registration identifier
7972
National Use Data
7974
Orbitography data
7976
Beacon activated manually
7978
Beacon activated manually or automatically
7980
No non-protected data field
7982
Non-protected data field
7984
No emergency code
7986
Emergency code present
7988
Fire/explosion
7990
Unspecified distress
7992
Undesignated code
7994
Fire
7996
Medical help required
7998
No medical help required
8000
No position
8002
external navigation device
8004
internal navigation device
8006
Position data provided by
8008
no
8010
121.5 MHz auxiliary radio-locating device
8012
Position
8014
Additional data
8016
RLM-Request Type-1 only
8018
RLM-Request Type-2 only
8020
RLM-Request Type-1 + type-2
8022
test
8024
Message from EAS Participant
8026
Message from Civil authorities
8028
Message from National Weather Service
8030
Message from Primary Entry Point System
8032
Message from
8034
Administrative Message
8036
Avalanche Watch
8038
Avalanche Warning
8040
Biological Hazard Warning
8042
Boil Water Warning
8044
Blizzard Warning
8046
Child Abduction Emergency
8048
Civil Danger Watch
8050
Civil Danger Warning
8052
Civil Emergency
8054
Coastal Flood Watch
8056
Coastal Flood Warning
8058
Chemical Hazard Warning
8060
Contaminated Water Warning
8062
Dam Watch
8064
Dam Break Warning
8066
Contagious Disease Warning
8068
Practice/Demo
8070
Dust Storm Warning
8072
Emergency Action Notification
8074
Emergency Action Termination
8076
Earthquake Warning
8078
Evacuation Watch
8080
Immediate Evacuation
8082
Food Contamination Warning
8084
Flash Flood Watch
8086
Flash Flood Statement
8088
Flash Flood Warning
8090
Flood Watch
8092
Flood Statement
8094
Flood Warning
8096
Fire Warning
8098
Flash Freeze Warning
8100
Frost Warning
8102
Hurricane Statement
8104
Hazardous Materials Watch
8106
Hazardous Materials Warning
8108
Hurricane Watch
8110
Hurricane Warning
8112
High Wind Watch
8114
High Wind Warning
8116
Iceberg Warning
8118
Immediate Evacuation Warning
8120
Industrial Fire Warning
8122
Local Area Emergency
8124
Law Enforcement Warning
8126
Land Slide Warning
8128
National Audible Test
8130
National Information Centre
8132
National Hazard Warning
8134
Network Notification Message
8136
National Periodic Test
8138
National Silent Test
8140
Nuclear Power Plant Warning
8142
Power Outage Statement
8144
Radiological Hazard Watch
8146
Radiological Hazard Warning
8148
Required Monthly Test
8150
Required Weekly Test
8152
Special Marine Warning
8154
Special Weather Statement
8156
Shelter In-Place Warning
8158
Severe Thunderstorm Watch
8160
Severe Thunderstorm Warning
8162
Severe Weather Statement
8164
Tornado Watch
8166
911 Telephone Outage Emergency
8168
Tornado Warning
8170
Tropical Storm Watch
8172
Tropical Storm Warning
8174
Tsunami Watch
8176
Tsunami Warning
8178
Transmitter Backup On
8180
Transmitter Carrier Off
8182
Transmitter Carrier On
8184
Transmitter Primary On
8186
Volcano Watch
8188
Volcano Warning
8190
Wild Fire Watch
8192
Wild Fire Warning
8194
Winter Storm Watch
8196
Winter Storm or Blowing Snow or Freezing Drizzle or Freezing Rain or Snowfall or Snow Squall Warning
8198
Unrecognized Watch
8200
Unrecognized Emergency
8202
Unrecognized Statement
8204
Unrecognized Warning
8206
Unknown event:
8208
unknown area (perhaps for test)
8210
Northwest
8212
Northeast
8214
West
8216
Central
8218
Southwest
8220
South
8222
Southeast
8224
Message valid for
8226
minutes from the issue time of
8228
local time
8230
of the day:
8232
So this event is expected to last until
8234
at least, or longer.
8236
Radio or television station
8238
Originator:
8240
NNNN End of message
8242
Sent
8244
Low position accuracy (>10 m)
8246
High position accuracy (<10 m)
8248
RAIM (Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring)
8250
not used
8252
used
8254
Sync state
8256
UTC direct
8258
UTC indirect
8260
on a base station
8262
on another station
8264
Slot time-out
8266
last transmission in this slot
8268
frames until slot change
8270
Slot offset
8272
Slot number
8274
Received stations
8276
Slot increment
8278
Number of slots
8280
Offset
8282
Speed over ground (knots)
8284
not available
8286
102.2 knots or higher
8288
Course over ground
8290
Time stamp
8292
positioning system is in manual input mode
8294
electronic position fixing system operates in estimated mode
8296
the positioning system is inoperative
8298
True heading
8300
Status
8302
under way using engine
8304
at anchor
8306
not under command
8308
restricted manoeuvrability
8310
constrained by her draught
8312
moored
8314
aground
8316
engaged in fishing
8318
under way sailing
8320
reserved
8322
search and rescue
8324
not defined
8326
Rate of turn (/min)
8328
turning right at 10 /min  or higher
8330
turning left at 10 /min  or higher
8332
Special manoeuvre
8334
not engaged
8336
engaged
8338
Communication state
8340
Mode flag
8342
station operating in autonomous and continuous mode
8344
station fonctionnant en mode autonome et continu
8346
Class B unit flag
8348
Class B display flag
8350
No display available; not capable of displaying Message 12 and 14
8352
Equipped with integrated display displaying Message 12 and 14
8354
Class B DSC flag
8356
Not equipped with DSC function
8358
Equipped with DSC function (dedicated or time-shared)
8360
Class B band flag
8362
Capable of operating over the upper 525 kHz band
8364
Capable of operating over the whole marine band
8366
Class B message flag
8368
No frequency management via Message 22
8370
frequency management via Message 22
8372
Name
8374
Type of ship and cargo type
8376
Pilot vessels
8378
Search and rescue vessels
8380
Tugs
8382
Port tenders
8384
Vessels with anti-pollution facilities or equipment
8386
Law enforcement vessels
8388
Spare
8390
Ships and aircraft of States not parties to an armed conflict
8392
Wing in ground
8394
carrying dangerous goods
8396
Fishing
8398
Towing
8400
Towing (big tow)
8402
Dredging or underwater operations
8404
Diving operations
8406
Military operations
8408
Sailing
8410
Pleasure craft
8412
High speed craft
8414
Passenger ships
8416
Cargo ships
8418
Tanker(s)
8420
Other types of ship
8422
Dimensions
8424
bow
8426
stern
8428
port
8430
starboard
8432
length
8434
beam
8436
Position fixing device
8438
combined GPS/GLONASS
8440
integrated navigation system
8442
surveyed
8444
internal GNSS
8446
available
8448
Part
8450
Vendor ID
8452
Call sign
8454
Type of aids-to-navigation
8456
Default, Type of aids not specified
8458
Reference point
8460
Fixed structures off-shore, such as oil platforms, wind farms.
8462
Spare, Reserved for future use
8464
Light, without sectors
8466
Light, with sectors
8468
Leading Light Front
8470
Leading Light Rear
8472
Beacon, Cardinal North
8474
Beacon, Cardinal East
8476
Beacon, Cardinal South
8478
Beacon, Cardinal West
8480
Beacon, Port hand
8482
Beacon, Starboard hand
8484
Beacon, Preferred Channel port hand
8486
Beacon, Preferred Channel starboard hand
8488
Beacon, Isolated danger
8490
Beacon, Safe water
8492
Beacon, Special mark
8494
Cardinal Mark North
8496
Cardinal Mark East
8498
Cardinal Mark South
8500
Cardinal Mark West
8502
Port hand Mark
8504
Starboard hand Mark
8506
Preferred Channel Port hand
8508
Preferred Channel Starboard hand
8510
Isolated danger
8512
Safe Water
8514
Special Mark
8516
Light Vessel/LANBY/Rigs
8518
Floating navigation
8520
Fixed navigation
8522
Name of Aids-to-Navigation
8524
Indicator
8526
on position
8528
off position
8530
Aids-to-Navigation status
8532
Virtual aids-to-Navigation
8534
No (real)
8536
Differential correction data
8538
Position is the current GNSS position
8540
yes
8542
Number of channel
8544
Channel
8546
Tx/Rx mode
8548
high
8550
Upper right corner of the area
8552
Lower left corner of the area
8554
Broadcast geographical area message
8556
Addressed message to individual station(s)
8558
Bandwith of channel
8560
default
8562
Transitional zone size
8564
nautical miles
8566
all types of mobiles
8568
Class A mobile stations only
8570
all types of Class B mobile stations
8572
SAR airborne mobile station
8574
Class B SO mobile stations only
8576
Class B CS shipborne
8578
inland waterways
8580
Reporting interval
8582
as given by the autonomous mode
8584
Next shorter reporting interval
8586
Next longer reporting interval
8588
Quiet time
8590
Altitude
8592
or more
8594
Aircraft
8596
Altitude sensor
8598
barometric source
8600
Assigned mode flag
8602
station operating in assigned mode
8604
Date and time
8606
Message 27 transmission
8608
AIS Version
8610
compliant with ITU-R M.1371-1
8612
compliant with ITU-R M.1371-3
8614
compliant with future editions
8616
IMO number
8618
Estimated time of arrival
8620
at
8622
Maximum present static draught
8624
DAC and FI codes
8626
For test, non decoded message
8628
Text
8630
Number of persons onboard
8632
Onboard
8634
Interrogation on specific IFM
8636
Interrogation
8638
Capability interrogation
8640
Capability interrogation reply
8642
Reply
8644
Application acknowledgement to an addressed binary message
8646
Acknowledgement
8648
Non decoded message
8650
Inland ship static and voyage related data
8652
ENI number
8654
Length
8656
Beam
8658
Ship or combination type
8660
Hazardous cargo
8662
blues cones/lights
8664
Flag
8666
Draught
8668
Loaded/unloaded
8670
loaded
8672
unloaded
8674
should not be used
8676
Quality of speed information
8678
Quality of course information
8680
Quality of heading information
8682
Reply is required
8684
Sequence number
8686
Not used
8688
Requested DAC and FI codes
8690
Requested DAC code
8692
DAC code
8694
FI available
8696
Received DAC and FI codes
8698
AI available
8700
AI response
8702
reception acknowledged
8704
response to follow
8706
able to respond but currently inhibited
8708
persons
8710
Destination MMSI
8712
Retransmission flag
8714
Destination indicator
8716
Broadcast
8718
Addressed
8720
Binary data flag
8722
unstructured
8724
structured
8726
slots
8728
Message ID
8730
Increment
8732
Consecutive slots
8734
Consecutive
8736
Time-out
8738
To
8740
destination
8742
not sure decoding
8744
Position Report with SODMA
8746
Position Report with ITDMA
8748
UTC and position report from base station
8750
Ship static and voyage related data
8752
Addressed binary message
8754
Binary acknowledge
8756
Binary broadcast message
8758
Standard SAR (search and rescue) aircraft position report
8760
UTC and date inquiry
8762
UTC and position response from mobile station
8764
Addressed safety related message
8766
Safety related acknowledge
8768
Safety related broadcast message
8770
Assigned mode command
8772
GNSS broadcast binary message
8774
Standard Class B equipment position report
8776
Extended Class B equipment position report
8778
Data link management message
8780
Aids-to-navigation report (AtoN)
8782
Channel management
8784
Group Assignment Command
8786
Static data report
8788
Single slot binary message
8790
Multiple slot binary message with communications state
8792
Long-range AIS broadcast message
8794
No repetitions
8796
No more repetitions
8798
repetitions
8800
MMSI self-identifier
8802
News
8804
Sports
8806
Talk
8808
Rock
8810
Classic-Rock
8812
Adults-Hits
8814
Soft-Rock
8816
Top-40
8818
Oldies
8820
Soft
8822
Nostalgia
8824
Jazz
8826
Classical
8828
Rhythm and Blues
8830
Soft Rhythm and Blues
8832
Foreign Language
8834
Religious Music
8836
Religious talk
8838
Personality
8840
Public
8842
College
8844
Emergency test
8846
Emergency alarm!
8848
Current Affairs
8850
Education
8852
Drama
8854
Culture
8856
Science
8858
Varied
8860
Pop music
8862
Rock music
8864
Easy listening musique
8866
Light classical
8868
Serious classical
8870
Other music
8872
Finance
8874
Children's program
8876
Social Affairs
8878
Religion
8880
Phone In
8882
Travel
8884
Leisure
8886
Jazz music
8888
Country music
8890
National music
8892
Oldies music
8894
Folk music
8896
Documentary
8898
Alarm test
8900
Alarm!
8902
Traffic announcement in progress
8904
Speech in progress
8906
Musique in progress
8908
"UIVIEW Beacon comment" too long and/or "Add UI-VIEW tag" enabled (to disable). Trame really transmitted:
8910
The "PAX.TXT" file is incorrect, so re-initialization of this one.
8912
A field of the "PAX.TXT" file is incorrect, so re-initialization of this file.
8914
Pol:R/
8916
Calling:
8918
Message perhaps incomplete
8920
low f=
8922
high f=
8924
F=
8926
Shift=
8928
-> Standard=
8930
No picture reception at the moment
8932
Picture reception in progress
8934
Picture reception in progress...
8936
110A decoding available for 5 minutes in non-licencied version. Afterwards, only the sub-mode 75 bps, L.I., 8N1, in RX/TX.
8938
End of 110A frame
8940
End of 110A frame on multiple errors
8942
No interleave
8944
Short interleave
8946
Long interleave
8948
No more "110A mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version, except the sub-mode 75 bps, Long Interleave
8950
4285 decoding available for 5 minutes in non-licencied version.
8952
End of 4285 frame
8954
End of 4285 frame on multiple errors
8956
HFDL decoding available for 5 minutes in non-licencied version.
8958
Unknown Ground Station
8960
RLS used
8962
Version
8964
heavy
8966
Frequency utilization:
8968
ISO 8208 supported
8970
No change, same frequency, Ground Station up
8972
Channel down
8974
Upcoming frequency change
8976
Ground Station down
8978
Synchronized to UTC time
8980
Not synchronized to UTC time
8982
Ground Station Identifier
8984
TDMA frame index
8986
TDMA frame offset
8988
Slot Acknowledgement codes
8990
Frame Slot (Aircraft Identifier) Acknowledgement
8992
Slot Assignment codes
8994
Frame Slot Assignment (Aircraft Identifier)
8996
For Uplink
8998
Random Access
9000
System table version
9002
Operating frequencies (highest to lowest)
9004
Ground station  Operating frequencies
9006
UTC locked
9008
UTC not locked
9010
UTC unlocked
9012
Downlink
9014
Message originator
9016
Cabin Terminal 1
9018
Cabin Terminal 2
9020
Cabin Terminal 3
9022
Cabin Terminal 4
9024
User terminal
9026
AOC Applications
9028
HF Data Radio
9030
Message number
9032
Block sequence
9034
Airline identifier
9036
Flight number
9038
Change of status
9040
Establishment
9042
Loss
9044
Media Identification
9046
Number of frequencies
9048
SPDU version
9050
On slot
9052
Not within slot boundaries
9054
Downlink sent in uplink slot
9056
RLS protocol error
9058
Invalid aircraft identifier
9060
HFDL Ground Station Sub-system does not support RLS
9062
Other
9064
Aircraft identifier not available
9066
Aircraft ICAO address (hex)
9068
Reason
9070
[Unnumbered Acknowledged Data LPDU]
9072
[Unnumbered Data LPDU]
9074
Number of HFNPDUs
9076
Frequency number
9078
Previous frequency search count
9080
Current frequency search count
9082
Previous HF data disabled time
9084
Current HF data disabled time
9086
MPDUs received without error
9088
MPDUs received with errors
9090
SPDUs received without error
9092
SPDUs received with errors
9094
MPDUs transmitted
9096
MPDUs delivered
9098
First frequency search of the current flight leg
9100
Too many negative acknowledgements
9102
SPDUs no longer received
9104
HF data disabled
9106
Ground station frequency change notice
9108
Ground station down/channel down notice
9110
Poor uplink channel quality
9112
Frequency change code and reason
9114
No frequency change since the last "performance data" HFNPDU
9116
Frequencies propagating
9118
Frequencies tuned to
9120
LPDU CRC control: OK
9122
LPDU CRC control: error
9124
Number of aircrafts
9126
Aircraft Identifier
9128
Downlink data rate
9130
Number of medium priority slots
9132
Low priority slots
9134
Number of high priority slots
9136
Medium priority slots
9138
Number of frames in which one slot is requested
9140
Uplink data rate
9142
Incorrect SPDU
9144
SPDU CRC control: OK
9146
SPDU CRC control: error
9148
MPDU CRC control: OK
9150
MPDU CRC control: error
9152
1.8 sec
9154
4.2 sec
9156
No more "HFDL mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version
9158
Modified the
9160
Created the
9162
Correct message
9164
Parity error
9166
Open
9168
Destination address (hexa)
9170
Broadcast address (hexa)
9172
Source address (hexa)
9174
Ground Station, administred address
9176
Ground Station, delegated address
9178
All stations broadcast
9180
All aircraft
9182
All ground stations
9184
All stations, aircraft or ground ones
9186
Aircraft airborne
9188
command frame
9190
I (Information) frame
9192
RR (Receive Ready) frame
9194
RNR (Receive not Ready) frame
9196
REJ (Reject) frame
9198
SREJ (Selective Reject) frame
9200
XID (Exchange Identification) frame
9202
TEST frame
9204
FRMR (Frame Reject) frame
9206
UI (Unnumbered Information) frame
9208
UA (Unnumbered Acknowledgement) frame
9210
DM (Disconnected Mode) frame
9212
DISC (Disconnect) frame
9214
Positioning (identifier/altitude in feet), on SYNOP/SHIP maps
9216
World map: positioning after reception of a VDL2 position
9218
ADM identifier
9220
User field
9222
XID frame: Exchange Identification
9224
HDLC public parameter
9226
Classes of procedures
9228
HDLC functions
9230
I field length TX
9232
I field length RX
9234
T1 parameter
9236
Retries N2
9238
Window size TX
9240
Window size RX
9242
Public parameter
9244
Private parameters
9246
Private parameter set identifier
9248
Connection management parameter
9250
Signal Quality
9252
XID sequencing parameter
9254
AVLC specific options parameter
9256
Expedited Subnetwork Connection parameter
9258
Link connection request refusal cause parameter
9260
Modulations supported by the aircraft
9262
Ground stations DLS address filter
9264
Station operator mask (address)
9266
Replacement ground stations DLS address
9268
binary
9270
Destination Airport identifier
9272
Airports covered by the ground station
9274
Nearest airport from the ground station
9276
Current position (+/- 3') and altitude of the aircraft
9278
Ground station (+/- 3')
9280
Aircraft frequency and modulation
9282
Timer T4 (in minutes)
9284
Mac persistence parameter
9286
Counter M1 value
9288
Timer TM2 (in seconds)
9290
Initiating / responding timer TG5 value (in seconds)
9292
Timer T3min (in milliseconds)
9294
Aircraft Identifier called (hexa)
9296
M/I bit
9298
Logical channel or subnetwork identifier
9300
Close ground stations frequencies and modulations
9302
ATN router nets
9304
Lower bound / upper bound TG3 value (in half-seconds)
9306
TG4 value (in seconds)
9308
Parameter
9310
Data (hexa)
9312
FIS-B message
9314
Data (characters)
9316
ACARS message ("AOA")
9318
ISO 8208 message
9320
Funcube gain taken into account
9322
Failure on modification of the Funcube gain
9324
Funcube receiver not detected
9326
RTL-SDR gain taken into account
9328
TNT receiver connected
9330
TNT receiver not connected
9332
Carrier frequency
9334
Transceiver control through the Commander (or HRD) software
9336
From/to the transceiver
9338
Management of the ten available memories ("M1" to "M10")
9340
Store
9342
The "Store" button permits to store the frequency and the mode as displayed on the window "To the transceiver"
9344
The "Forward" button permits to forward the stored frequency and mode to the transceiver
9346
+ Band
9348
- Band
9350
Click with the right button of the mouse on an increment button (+ or -) to change the wheel mouse step
9352
Manual frequency
9354
Frequency (in KHz without decimals) can be manually entered (<Enter> or "Forward" to validate)
9356
The "Forward" button permits to forward the stored frequency to the SdR transceiver, through Commander (or HRD) and the Cat system.
9358
No mouse wheel
9360
No mouse wheel action to change frequency
9362
Alignment on an AF frequency
9364
HF and AF frequencies will be shifted in the opposite directions, so as to align the present reception frequency to the selected AF frequency (which can match to a CW filter, for example)
9366
Align
9368
Undo
9370
Undo the last alignment (i.e cancel the last alignment operation)
9372
M1 to M2 RX scanning
9374
M1 to M4
9376
M1 to M6
9378
M1 to M8
9380
M1 to M10
9382
Memories scanning, monitoring a determined time on each channel
9384
Attention to the relays which should click.
9386
If so, try:
9388
Permits to control the transceiver through a TCP/IP link instead a DDE link. TCP/IP help is obtained by clicking on the right button of the mouse, cursor over this button
9390
Permits to control the frequency of a Softrock I2C SdR transceiver thanks to the "cmdSR" commands freely proposed by KT6F.
9392
Permits to control the frequency and gain of a FunCube receiver
9394
Permits to control the frequency and gain of a RTL/SDR receiver (slowly)
9396
In dB, displayed if the RTL gains have been determined
9398
Gain
9400
Funcube gain adjustment between 6 and 48 dB (standard) or between 0 and 59 dB (Pro+)
9402
RTL/SDR gain adjustment: "Auto" (normal position, for "automatic level") or manual gain adjusted with the < > buttons. The gains are variable from an equipment to another.
9404
Correction
9406
For a FunCube receiver, to correct the frequency (in ppm, with a maximum of +/-9999 ppm), the normal being 0 ppm
9408
Enable or disable the internal digital AGC of the RTL2832
9410
For a FunCube or a RTL/SDR receiver, to shift the frequency (maximum +/-999999999 Hz) if a frequency converter is used, the normal being 0 Hz
9412
For a RTL/SDR receiver, to correct the frequency (in ppm, with a maximum of +/-9999 ppm), the normal being 0 ppm
9414
No transceiver control because no TCP/IP client is started.
9416
Multipsk is connected with Commander (or HRD)
9418
No transceiver control because Commander is not started.
9420
Error on DDE transmission or Commander stopped
9422
Softrock frequency taken into account
9424
Funcube frequency taken into account
9426
Failure on modification (perhaps on the correction) of the Funcube frequency
9428
RTL-SDR frequency taken into account
9430
RX/TX automatic management in this mode.
9432
No possibility to transmit, in this mode or in this type of operation.
9434
Mouse wheel: from band to band
9436
Mouse wheel step:
9438
Tune in progress at initial
9440
TX frequency of:
9442
End of tune
9444
Tune in progress at
9446
to open a repeater
9448
duration:
9450
Impossible working because there is no sound card.
9452
Impossible working because the minimum format required for the sound card is not available. See "Sound card" menu.
9454
ERROR: MultiPSK cannot function because the Line In of the sound card is in use by another program
9456
Impossible working because the speaker out of the sound card is yet used by another application.
9458
No selected serial port.
9460
Success when opening the serial port COM
9462
Failure when opening the serial port COM
9464
. May be, is'nt it the mouse? So, no selected serial port.
9466
No recording because a recording or a playing is yet in progress.
9468
Problem when writing the .WAV file
9470
No more room in the hard disk, so end of recording.
9472
Failure: no file name.
9474
The call has been forgotten!
9476
The frequency (in MHz) must be a positive number (for example: 14.100), with "." as decimal separation character.
9478
No QSO export because no TCP/IP client is started.
9480
No export because '+NOM_DU_LOGBOOK+' is not started.
9482
Error on DDE transmission or '+NOM_DU_LOGBOOK+' stopped
9484
No more room to write in the export file.
9486
No record to export
9488
No name file
9490
Problem to create
9492
Problem to create the file TEMPORARY_DXKEEPER_ADIF_FILE.
9494
No more room on the "log" file to write a new QSO.
9496
Nothing to delete
9498
This DSP mode needs a full-duplex sound card and your one is only simplex.
9500
This function needs a full-duplex sound card and your one is only simplex.
9502
DXAtlas is not installed
9504
Problem on the "CQ or QRZ" box, "Frequency" field erroneous.
9506
Problem on the "CQ or QRZ" box, "Call sign" field erroneous.
9508
Problem on the "CQ or QRZ" box, "Locator" field erroneous.
9510
Problem on the "Answer" box, "First call sign" field erroneous.
9512
Problem on the "Answer" box, "Second call sign": only one call sign can add a prefix or a suffix.
9514
Problem on the "Answer" box, "Second call sign" field erroneous.
9516
Problem on the "Answer" box, "Locator" field erroneous.
9518
Problem on the "Complete call" box, "Locator" field erroneous.
9520
Problem on the "Complete call" box, "Call sign" field erroneous.
9522
Problem on the "Complete call" box, "Foreign prefix" field erroneous.
9524
Problem on the "Complete call" box, "Suffix" field erroneous.
9526
Problem on the "Station info." box, "Locator" field erroneous.
9528
Problem on the "Station info." box, "Call sign" field erroneous.
9530
Problem on the "Station info." box, "Suffix" field erroneous.
9532
Problem on the "Meteo info." box, "Locator" field erroneous.
9534
Problem on the "Meteo info." box, "Call sign" field erroneous.
9536
Problem on the "Lat. / Long." box, "Latitude" field erroneous.
9538
Problem on the "Lat. / Long." box, "Longitude" field erroneous.
9540
Problem on the "Lat. / Long." box, "Call sign" field erroneous.
9542
Problem on the "Answer 1" box, "Locator" field erroneous.
9544
"HIS CALL" field is erroneous.
9546
"Your Call sign" field is erroneous.
9548
"Suffix" field is erroneous.
9550
The .WAV sound file is not valid
9552
The .WAV sound file format is not correct (11025 Hz, 8 bits, mono format required)
9554
The .WAV sound file format is not correct (11025 or 48000 Hz, 8 bits, mono format required)
9556
The rtlsdr.dll, libusb-1.0.dll and msvcr100.dll files are not present in the directory where Multipsk.exe can be found (these files must be in the same directory)
9558
Problem on a RTL DLL (rtlsdr.dll, libusb-1.0.dll or msvcr100.dll)
9560
No RTL-SDR stick detected
9562
For an unknown reason, the RTL DLL does not open
9564
The RTL_TCP.exe file is not present in the directory where Multipsk.exe can be found (both files must be in the same directory)
9566
RTL_TCP.exe file not detected
9568
Error in input capacity determination.
9570
Error in output capacity determination.
9572
Error on input header 1
9574
Error on input buffer 1
9576
Error on input header 2
9578
Error on input buffer 2
9580
Error on input header 1 of the auxiliary sound card
9582
Error on input buffer 1 of the auxiliary sound card
9584
Error on input header 2 of the auxiliary sound card
9586
Error on input buffer 2 of the auxiliary sound card
9588
Error on output header 1
9590
Error on output buffer 1
9592
Error on output header 2
9594
Error on output buffer 2
9596
Error on output header 1 aux
9598
Error on output buffer 1 aux
9600
Error on output header 2 aux
9602
Error on output buffer 2 aux
9604
Impossible to open the file '+fichier+' in writing mode.
9606
Impossible to write in the file, in writing mode.
9608
Impossible to open the file '+fichier+' in reading mode.
9610
Impossible writing of sound format.
9612
File format is not WAV type.
9614
File format is not "RIFF" type.
9616
File sound format is not "PCM" type.
9618
No data in the file
9620
Impossible to read file datas.
9622
Impossible to read file 2 datas .
9624
Incorrect format, must be in 48000 Hz, 16 bits stereo
9626
Error on the recording speed
9628
Incorrect format, must be in 8 bits mono or in 16 bits stereo
9630
Incorrect format, must be in 8 bits mono
9632
Error: recording speed must be 16200 samples/sec.
9634
Error: recording speed must be 12000 samples/sec.
9636
Error: recording speed must be 9600 samples/sec.
9638
Error: recording speed must be 8000 samples/sec.
9640
Error: recording speed must be 11025 samples/sec.
9642
Impossible working in 16 bits because your sound card is a 8 bits one.
9644
No more room on the radio mail file to write a new message.
9646
Problem (2) to write file
9648
No record to archive
9650
Problem (1) to write file
9652
Problem on the RADIO_MAIL.TXT file
9654
Problem (3) to write file
9656
Problem: too many messages!
9658
Problem (4) to write file
9660
No message
9662
Problem (5) to write file
9664
Problem (6) to write file
9666
No message to print
9668
No message to export
9670
Your call transmitted in 141A must not contain the "/" character (button "Personal")
9672
In ALE (141A), the callsign from the combobox list must not contain the "/" character)
9674
Your are still transmitting FAE APRS positions...
9676
Your are still transmitting a FAE message or an operation is in progress ...Click on an "End" button to finish.
9678
Your are still connected to Outlook express...
9680
Error: the name of the selected file has more than 230 characters.
9682
Error: the block mail+selected file has more than 999,999 characters.
9684
Error: the QSP-mail "Addressee" field is incorrect (for example, "F6CTE=F9XYZ=F9XXZ=").
9686
Error: the QSP-mail has more than 999,999 characters.
9688
There is neither subject nor message nor file to send...
9690
There is no message and the file that you have selected is not attached. Check "Attached file" to send this file.
9692
There is neither subject nor message to send...
9694
You are already transmitting...
9696
Your callsign for a mail transmission in 141A ARQ FAE must be limited to 9 characters (button "Personal")
9698
No possibility to transmit your call, because there is no call in your personal data (button "Personal").
9700
The 141A ARQ FAE call must be limited to 12 characters (button "Personal")
9702
You must choose a call in the combobox
9704
You are operating a QSO ARQ FAE operation.
9706
You are transmitting an APRS position.
9708
Your ARQ FAE beacon is working.
9710
Error: the selected file has more than 999,999 characters.
9712
You must select the attached file with the "File to send" button, mail and file will be sent in the same time.
9714
You are transmitting an ARQ FAE message.
9716
Your call transmitted in APRS 141A FAE transmission must be limited to 9 characters (button "Personal")
9718
No possibility to transmit your call and so APRS frame, because there is no call in your personal data (button "Personal").
9720
You are already transmitting a mail...
9722
Your call transmitted in 141A ARQ FAE must be limited to 12 characters (button "Personal")
9724
Disconnect first
9726
Close first the APRS window
9728
The local map (button "Local map") is not displayed and GoogleEarth or DXAtlas is not selected...
9730
Number of port incorrect
9732
Fill your e-mail address, by clicking on the "WEB Address" button
9734
MULTIPSK is in beacon mode. Please, start the RX/TX window.
9736
The '+FICHIER_CONFIGURATION_VOICE+' file has not the nominal length...
9738
The '+FICHIER_CONFIGURATION_VOICE+' file is altered.
9740
No '+FICHIER_CONFIGURATION_VOICE+' file...
9742
Your call (in "Personal data") must be absent or incorrect!
9744
The call must be incorrect!
9746
The frequency has been forgotten!
9748
The mode has been forgotten!
9750
The Locator is not correct!
9752
No frequency!
9754
The frequency is not correct!
9756
The repeater string is incorrect (must be of the form: "REPEA1-4,REPEAT2-4,...") with 8 repeaters maximum
9758
The destination in Unproto is incorrect (must be of the form: "CQ", "F6CTE" or "F6CTE-0")
9760
The generic destination in APRS is incorrect (must be of the form: "APZMU3" or "APZMU3-0")
9762
The repeater string is incorrect (must be of the form: "ECHO", "REPEA1" ou "REPEA1,REPEA2") with 2 repeaters maximum
9764
The destination in Unproto is incorrect (must be of the form: "CQ" or "PAX" or "F6CTE")
9766
No more room to write in the message file.
9768
Multipsk is not connected to Commander (or to a Funcube, to a RTL/SDR key or to a SoftRock SdR). Note that you can click on the green button "Commander" at the bottom of the RX/TX screen.
9770
The stations string is incorrect (must be of the form: "STAT0,STAT1,...") with 10 stations maximum
9772
problem: LENGTH(BUFFER_DES_NIVEAUX_DE_SORTIE)<(2*TAILLE_BUFFER)
9774
Error: the selected file has more than 40,000 characters.
9776
The text editor cannot contain more than 40,000 characters.
9778
The beacon mode cannot be done in FAX, SSTV or FILTERS MODE.
9780
The sound card must be full-duplex for DSP modes.
9782
Playing WAV file cannot be done in a DSP mode.
9784
Your callsign was not in your personal data (button "Personal"), when it is mandatory to be allowed to transmit
9786
Your callsign in your personal data (button "Personal") is not a radio-amateur callsign, when it is mandatory to be allowed to transmit
9788
No export spot because the QSO "Freq MHz" field is empty
9790
No export spot because the QSO "Mode" field is empty
9792
No callsign search because Pathfinder is not started.
9794
Error on DDE transmission or Pathfinder stopped
9796
No callsign search because DXView is not started.
9798
Error on DDE transmission or DXView stopped
9800
The call has been forgotten or is not correct!
9802
The sound card must be full-duplex for the DSP modes.
9804
Click on "Responder/beac." for the specific Packet beacon mode
9806
Click on "Responder/beac." for the specific PAX beacon mode
9808
The beaconing cannot be done in an only RX mode.
9810
The beaconing cannot be done in this mode. Use the 141A beacon
9812
PSK10
9814
Your are still transmitting a FAE message...
9816
Your are still transmitting a FAE QSP-mail...
9818
Your are still requesting your FAE QSP-mails...
9820
You must specify the e-mail address in your personal data ("WEB ADDRESS" field in the "Configuration" menu)
9822
Error: the selected file is too long (more than 30000 characters)
9824
The ITU WEB site is not loaded. There is a problem on your Internet link.
9826
Problem on the KVASD decoder (absent or erroneous). Switch on the hard-decision decoder.
9828
No sub-directory MAPS!?
9830
The picture is too wide ('+CHAINE+' maximum).
9832
The picture is too tall ('+CHAINE+' maximum).
9834
The picture is too small (25 pixels minimum).
9836
The destination call sign is incorrect (must be of the form: "F6CTE-0" or "F6CTE")
9838
The sender call sign is incorrect (must be of the form: "F6CTE-0" or "F6CTE")
9840
The repeater string is incorrect (must be of the form: "REPEA1-4,REPEA2-4,..."). Click on "Options".
9842
The "APRS.TXT" file is incorrect, so re-initialization of this one.
9844
The "Packet.TXT" file is incorrect, so re-initialization of this one.
9846
A field of the "Packet.TXT" file is incorrect, so re-initialization of this file.
9848
No ACARS.TXT file in the Multipsk.exe directory...
9850
Bouton DTR/RTS: no serial port selected in the "Serial port" menu of the Configuration screen
9852
It is not a valid TCP port number
9854
The destination call sign is incorrect (must be of the form: "F6CTE")
9856
The sender call sign is incorrect (must be of the form: "F6CTE")
9858
The repeater string is incorrect (must be of the form:  "ECHO", "ECHO,ECHO", "F6CTE" or "F6CTE,FN6CTE"). Click on "Options".
9860
The destination call sign must be different from the sender call sign.
9862
No header file (HEADER.BMP)!
9864
No initial TX picture file (PORT.BMP)!
9866
The selected serial port (COM '+CHAINE+') cannot be opened. May be, is'nt it the mouse?
9868
Incorrect "macros" file...reinitialization
9870
No more "Panoramic CW reception" function, in non-licencied version.
9872
No more "Panoramic RTTY reception" function, in non-licencied version.
9874
...No possibility to use the software adjustment mixer, for the SdR direct interface. The user adjustment mixer option is forced.
9876
No frequency forward towards the transceiver because Commander is not started  or connected ("Transceiver" button)
9878
You have 19900 messages. It is advised to compress (button "Compression").
9880
Last accepted message! You must compress the radio-mail file (button "Compression").
9882
The 141A call must be limited to 15 characters (button "Personal")
9884
There is no AMD message to send...
9886
Your call transmitted in 141A must be limited to 15 characters (button "Personal")
9888
There is no BBSLINK command to send...
9890
There is no DTM or DBM message to send...
9892
For information, you have selected a file but it is not attached so it will be not sent...
9894
You are doing a selective QSO in ARQ FAE message.
9896
You are transmitting an ARQ FAE QSP-mail.
9898
You are recovering your ARQ FAE QSP-mail.
9900
Transmission of the mails in progress...
9902
No mails to transmit...
9904
Your are transmitting. Wait the end of transmission to push the "End" button.
9906
You are linked in an ARQ FAE message operation.
9908
The addressee callsign is not correct
9910
No possibility to use this beacon, if the Call ID is in duty.
9912
No serial port for KISS selected (in the configuration screen)
9914
The button "Link opening" of the TCP/IP interface (button "TCP/IP") is not pushed. It must be to enable the TCP/IP link with client program
9916
Failure opening the serial port linked to the master program using the KISS mode
9918
No more "Definition of the country from the prefixe" function, in non-licencied version.
9920
No more "Automatic reception and location of a Ham on the world map" function, in non-licencied version.
9922
No alarm in limited version.
9924
Disconnection of the TCP/IP server. Return to normal working from the sound card.
9926
The APRS-IS server is no more connected to Multipsk...
9928
TCP/IP connection problem...click on the "Mdem" button to see the problem description and restart the connection.
9930
No possibility to answer, as the repeater PAX is on duty.
9932
No possibility to answer, as the repeater APRS or Packet is on duty.
9934
...No possibility to transmit, in this mode or in this type of operation.
9936
The panoramic colors are incorrect. Click on the "Fonts" button on the left bottom of the RX/TX screen to configure these colors
9938
No Call ID in connected mode
9940
No more "Super CW decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
9942
No possibility to be an repeater, being in PACKET responder.
9944
No possibility to be repeater, being in responder beacon.
9946
...No possibility to transmit, in this type of operation.
9948
Information: in CCW, Morse sound On, the sampling is done in 8 bits.  The sampling frequency must be re-determined for this 8 bits format ("Sampling freq." button).
9950
Information: in Voice, characters repeated, the sampling is done in 8 bits. The sampling frequency must be re-determined for this 8 bits format ("Sampling freq." button).
9952
No more "VDL2 mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
9954
Commander is not started!
9956
The TCP/IP client is not started!
9958
Alignment not possible in this mode
9960
Type of back-up
9962
Done at the Multipsk closure (standard)
9964
So one QSO file by Multipsk session. The QSO file name is stamped with the closure UTC date and time
9966
Daily back-up (based on the local date)
9968
So one QSO file by day (if Multipsk works all day). The QSO file name being stamped with the local date
9970
Daily back-up (based on the UTC date)
9972
So one QSO file by day (if Multipsk works all day). The QSO file name being stamped with the UTC date
9974
Waiting
9976
HF frequency display
9978
The HF frequency in MHz is displayed (in first position) on each received message, if the QSO field "Freq MHz" is filled with the HF frequency
9980
ARGOS uplink messages decoding (Earth towards satellites): as several proprietary protocols are used in ARGOS, which are never completly described, only the standard part (at the beginning of the message) is decoded
9982
Airliners (pictures)
9984
Airliners database with planes pictures "" (you need an Internet connection)
9986
Acars explanations
9988
TCP/IP server on port 3121, for received data transmission to a "TCP/IP client" application, as VDL2-Display or PlanePlotter
9990
Possible 20 bits identifier (hexadecimal)
9992
Probable 28 bits identifier (hexadecimal)
9994
Probable 20 bits identifier (hexadecimal)
9996
Possible 28 bits identifier (hexadecimal)
9998
ARGOS message
10000
Identifier ("ID") on 20 bits
10002
Identifier ("ID") on 28 bits
10004
World map: positioning of a satellite on a received or expected position
10006
ARGOS (beacons+satellites)
10008
Save all the ARGOS messages of the reception window in the "ARGOS_messages.txt" file (for exchange with other Hams and SWL, for example)
10010
Load the "ARGOS_messages.txt" file (if exists) and displays the containt in the reception window, after the already displayed text
10012
The field (20 characters maximum) can be filled if the user prefers to display only received positions of one satellite. If the field is empty, all received positions are displayed.
10014
RX of satellite
10016
Satellites
10018
Display the last positions, of all satellites or only one.
10020
Display the last RX positions of SWL or Ham in reception or only one. For this, the Locator ("Personal data") of the listener must be filled.
10022
Display all the received positions of the reception window, possibly filtered
10024
Information: no DLL for TNT receiver (RTL/SDR key)
10026
WXTrack not started.
10028
DDE error, WXTrack stopped
10030
DDE client of the satellites tracking soft WXTrack
10032
DDE link management
10034
DDE link with WXTrack which will determinate the satellite frequency, taking into account the Doppler shift.
10036
Multipsk, on reception of the frequency, will automatically control the receiver (configured in "Transceiver").
10038
Log of satellites passes
10040
This command closes the window but not the DDE connection
10042
Condensed information (satellite, frequency...) from frames received from WXTrack
10044
Number of DDE frames received from WXTrack
10046
Type the name of the satellite (with the same spelling as the WXTrack one) that you want to track
10048
Tracked
10050
If this button is pushed, Multipsk will control the receiver with the frequency given by WXTrack, during the satellite pass only
10052
If this button is pushed, it will ring high-pitched at the beginning of the pass for 2 seconds and low-piched for 1 second at the end of the pass
10054
not yet visible
10056
visible
10058
No more frequencies from WXTrack
10060
FM 3 KHz must be used to decode EPIRB and ARGOS modes. FM demodulation forces sampling frequency to 48 KHz
10062
ARGOS satellites positioning, on SYNOP/SHIP maps
10064
In QRP decoding, "Wide" means also very quick AFC and "Narrow" normal AFC
10066
The AFC level can be adjusted with this trackbar (very slow AFC to the left and very quick to the right)
10068
Satellites tracking in interface with WXTrack
10070
ARGOS downlink messages decoding (satellites towards Earth). Note that only the public protocol is decoded.
10072
ARGOS beacons uplink messages decoding (Earth towards satellites). As several proprietary protocols are used in ARGOS, which are never completly described, only the standard part (at the beginning of the message) is decoded
10074
Number of ARGOS beacon messages (without CRC control) or satellite messages (with CRC control) received
10076
Number of broadcast messages relative to the satellite orbit parameters, included the present position of the satellite, correctly deduced from the orbit parameters if the PC clock is on time
10078
High-pitched (2000 Hz) ring for 2 seconds on a satellite reception. Low-pitched (300 Hz) ring for a beacon reception
10080
To target the serial port DTR pin for 2 seconds on a satellite reception and the serial port RTS pin for 2 seconds on a beacon reception
10082
For ARGOS beacons reception, if your receiver has no squelch or if you use a SdR receiver (without squelch), you can use the digital squelch here proposed
10084
Display all the received ARGOS satellite positions, on the local map (which must be open), or on Google Earth or in DXAtlas. These positions are correctly deduced from the orbit parameters if the PC clock is on time
10086
Position of the ARGOS satellite on a local map chosen by the user
10088
Display all received ARGOS satellite positions on GoogleEarth, if this one exists on the PC
10090
Position of the ARGOS satellite on DXAtlas, if this one exists on the PC
10092
Display all the last received satellite ARGOS positions, collected by a specific WEB server
10094
On world
10096
Position of the ARGOS satellite on the world map (it can be a received or an expected position)
10098
Positions forecast
10100
Once received a satellite position, future satellite positions for the next 24 hours can be proposed, using the spinbutton
10102
The future positions are calculated by step of 5 minutes
10104
Broadcasting
10106
Only the broadcast messages (the only ones interpreted) are displayed
10108
satellites
10110
Instrument
10112
Downlink transmitter OFF
10114
Transmitter in reduced mode
10116
Transmitter bit rate=200 bits/s
10118
Transmitter bit rate=400 bits/s
10120
Satellite in global mode only
10122
Satellite in regional mode only
10124
Satellite in global+regional modes
10126
Satellite out of service
10128
Bulletin
10130
Equator crossing time
10132
Longitude of the ascending node
10134
Angular separation between two successive ascending nodes
10136
Nodal period in minutes
10138
Semi-major axis in meter
10140
Semi-major axis decay in meter/day
10142
Inclination
10144
Satellite position
10146
Downlink ARGOS message
10148
Broadcast service message relative to the satellites constellation status
10150
Broadcast message relative to the satellite orbit parameters
10152
Broadcast message relative to the time (UTC)
10154
Interactive session go-ahead message (to the ARGOS platform)
10156
Interactive session rejection message or directive or command towards the ARGOS platform
10158
Interactive session (with the ARGOS platform) acknowledgement message, error free reception of uplink data
10160
Undefined message
10162
Broadcast identifier
10164
Contacted ARGOS platform identifier
10166
Satellite instrument
10168
Uplink ARGOS message
10170
GPS serial port speed in bauds
10172
To select the serial port speed (NMEA 183 interface) configured on your GPS apparatus
10174
Transmission/reception of a text as a Message ID
10176
The text will appear on the waterfall and will be visible by all Hams on the band, if the
10178
"RX Call ID" or "TX Message ID" button is pushed. The text will also appear in the "RX"
10180
window. Sequences (macros) can be used if the focus is in the "-->TX" window.
10182
Send the text in a Message ID way (9 characters by 9 characters)
10184
Stop immediatly the text transmission
10186
Configuration of the Call ID and the initial Message ID
10188
ADSB mode can only work with a RTL/SDR key connected and if the SdR interface ("Direct via the sound card" button) is started. Playing or recording are not allowed in this mode. So the program switches to BPSK31.
10190
This RTL/SDR key does not permit to decode the ADSB mode, because the samplng rate of 2000000 Hz is not available. So, the program switches to BPSK31.
10192
End of connection with
10194
Options are proposed on the way to send frequencies determined by WXTrack
10196
Export of the only first frequency determined by WXTrack when the satellite appears
10198
This option is recommended if an "AFC" function can, afterwards, follow the Doppler drift (in ARGOS for example)
10200
All frequencies determined by WXTrack (each 5 seconds) are sent to the receiver. This option is not recommended if an "AFC" function is working (in ARGOS for example).
10202
Offset of the frequency proposed by WXTrack, up to a maximum of +/-9999 Hz
10204
This offset can be useful to make coincide the WXTrack frequency and the transmission displayed on the SdR waterfall ("I/Q direct interface" window). 5 different offsets are proposed, for the different bands used
10206
at limit of visibility
10208
FM 2 KHz must be used to decode EPIRB and ARGOS modes. FM demodulation forces sampling frequency to 48 KHz
10210
Delay
10212
Transmission/reception of a text as a Message ID, in parallel to the selected mode. Multipsk must be in reception ("RX" button pushed). The addressee must push either the "RX Call ID" or the "Text" button.
10214
Start the meeting
10216
For the originator Ham (Master), to start the meeting. As long as this button is pushed, the meeting is supposed to be in progress
10218
End the meeting
10220
For the originator Ham (Master), to end the meeting with all the users.
10222
Retries
10224
Number of retries of frames on two consecutive cycles, without acknowledgement of the user x (at 6, the link with the user x is closed)
10226
Enter the meeting
10228
Quit the meeting
10230
Users state window
10232
Stop, for any reason, the LENTUS reception or the transmission in progress. So this also permits to change the Lentus frequency band on the waterfall.
10234
In "Master" mode, this displayed frequency is the Master frequency on which all Lentus transmissions will be done. In "RX" or "TX" phase, to change the Lentus frequency band and so the Master frequency, it is necessary to click on "Stop RX TX"
10236
TCP/IP server on port 3121, for received data transmission to a "TCP/IP client" application, as PlanePlotter
10238
This mode is only demodulated and decoded if a RTL/SDR key is connected to Multipsk and if the SdR interface is started (on the Configuration screen)
10240
Display all the received ADSB positions, on the local map (which must be open), or on Google Earth or in DXAtlas
10242
Correction 1 error
10244
If this button is pushed, an isolated error in the received message can be corrected. This will give more messages decoded, however at the price of a bigger CPU load and a decrease of the decoding reliability.
10246
If this button is pushed, more details are given about the received messages.
10248
It rings 20 ms on reception of a ADSB message
10250
Aircraft mode S dowlink messages from aircraft transponders are decoded, included ADS-B (extended squitters)
10252
TCP/IP server on port 3121, for received data transmission to a "TCP/IP client" application, the exported data being raw or yet processed, depending on the "RAW" button
10254
If this button is pushed, it is exported (if the "TCP/IP" button is also pushed) ADSB raw data in the same format as ADSB# (but on the port 3121 and not 47806) to a "TCP/IP client" application as ADSBscope, for example
10256
The first number displayed is incremented each time an ADSB transmission is detected correct (and will be possibly displayed). The second number indicates the number of frames detected correct per minute.
10258
Surface
10260
Surface ADS-B positions
10262
Airborne
10264
Airborne ADS-B positions
10266
Other ADS-B
10268
Other ADS-B frames (all except positions ones)
10270
Not ADS-B
10272
All the mode-S frames except the ADS-B ones
10274
level 1 transponder (surveillance only)
10276
level 2 transponder (for on the ground)
10278
level 2 transponder (for airborne)
10280
level 2 transponder (for on the ground and airborne)
10282
transponder (for on the ground and airborne)
10284
Capability
10286
Aircraft identifier (hexa)
10288
no alert and no SPI, aircraft is airborne
10290
no alert and no SPI, aircraft is on the ground
10292
alert, no SPI, aircraft is airborne
10294
alert, no SPI, aircraft is on the ground
10296
alert and SPI, aircraft is airborne or on the ground
10298
no alert and SPI, aircraft is airborne or on the ground
10300
not assigned
10302
Flight status
10304
no request
10306
request to send Comm-B message
10308
Comm-B broadcast message 1 available
10310
Comm-B broadcast message 2 available
10312
ELM segments present
10314
Downlink request
10316
Interrogator identifier
10318
Type of reservation
10320
no information
10322
Comm-B II code
10324
Comm-C II code
10326
Comm-D II code
10328
Message, Comm-B (hexa)
10330
Identity (mode A code) (octal)
10332
downlink ELM transmission
10334
uplink ELM acknowledgement
10336
Number of D-segment
10338
Message, Comm-D (hexa)
10340
Vertical status
10342
the aircraft is airborne
10344
the aircraft is on the ground
10346
airborne
10348
on the ground
10350
Cross-link capability
10352
Sensitivity level ACAS
10354
ACAS inoperative
10356
Reply information, air-air
10358
no maximum airspeed data available
10360
maximum airspeed <=140 km/h (75 kt)
10362
maximum airspeed between 140 km/h (75 kt) and 280 km/h (150 kt)
10364
maximum airspeed between 280 km/h (150 kt) and 560 km/h (300 kt)
10366
maximum airspeed between 560 km/h (300 kt) and 1110 km/h (600 kt)
10368
maximum airspeed between 1110 km/h (600 kt) and 2220 km/h (1200 kt)
10370
maximum airspeed >=2220 km/h (1200 kt)
10372
Message, ACAS (hexa)
10374
ADS-B for standard EN/NT devices
10376
ADS-B for non-standard EN/NT devices
10378
Fine format TIS-B message
10380
Coarse format TIS-B message
10382
Reserved for TIS-B management messages
10384
TIS-B messages that relay ADS-B messages
10386
ADS-B rebroadcast
10388
Application
10390
Even airborne position frame
10392
Odd airborne position frame
10394
Even surface position frame
10396
Odd surface position frame
10398
Message synchronised with UTC time
10400
World map: positioning after reception of an ADSB position
10402
Surveillance
10404
no condition
10406
permanent alert (emergency condition)
10408
temporary alert
10410
SPI condition
10412
Diversity transmitting antennas
10414
Format
10416
No position information but with barometric altitude frame
10418
Airborne position frame with barometric altitude
10420
Airborne position frame with GNSS altitude frame
10422
accuracy
10424
without
10426
aircraft stopped
10428
Ground speed
10430
No ground track
10432
Ground track
10434
Surface position frame
10436
Category
10438
light (<15500 lbs or 7031 kg)
10440
small (15500 to <75000 lbs or 7031 to <34019 kg)
10442
large (75000 to 300000 lbs or 34019 to 136078 kg)
10444
high vortex aircraft
10446
heavy (>300000 lbs or >136078 kg)
10448
high performance (>5g acceleration) and high speed (>400 kt)
10450
rotorcraft
10452
glider/sailplane
10454
lighter-than-air
10456
parachutist/skydiver
10458
ultralight/hang-glider/paraglider
10460
unmanned aerial vehicle
10462
space/trans-atmospheric vehicle
10464
surface vehicle - emergency vehicle
10466
surface vehicle - service vehicle
10468
fixed ground or tethered obstruction
10470
cluster obstacle
10472
line obstacle
10474
Aircraft identification information
10476
Identification frame for standard types of aircraft
10478
Identification frame for non-standard air vehicles
10480
Identification frame for surface vehicles and fixed installations
10482
Unassigned identification frame
10484
Subtype
10486
velocity over ground / normal aircraft
10488
velocity over ground / supersonic aircraft
10490
airspeed, heading / normal aircraft
10492
airspeed / supersonic aircraft
10494
Groundspeed
10496
Airspeed
10498
Intent change flag
10500
IFR capability flag
10502
Uncertainty
10504
No velocity Est-West available
10506
Est-West velocity
10508
No velocity North-South available
10510
North-South velocity
10512
Velocity over ground
10514
Direction
10516
feet/min
10518
No vertical velocity available
10520
upward
10522
downward
10524
GNSS vertical velocity
10526
Vertical velocity by barometric altimetry
10528
No GNSS/barometric altitudes difference available
10530
GNSS altitude-barometric altitude
10532
Magnetic heading not available
10534
Magnetic heading
10536
Indicated airspeed
10538
True airspeed
10540
No velocity available
10542
Airborne velocity frame
10544
Emergency-priority status
10546
ACAS RA broadcast
10548
no emergency
10550
general emergency
10552
lifeguard medical
10554
minimum fuel
10556
no communications
10558
unlawful interference
10560
downed aircraft
10562
Emergency state
10564
"Active RA" field
10566
"RACs record" field
10568
"RAT" field
10570
"MTE" field
10572
"TTI" field
10574
"TID" field
10576
Aircraft status frame
10578
Message empty
10580
Empty
10582
not decoded
10584
Extended squitter
10586
Short air-air surveillance (ACAS)
10588
Surveillance altitude reply
10590
Surveillance identity reply
10592
All-call reply
10594
Long air-air surveillance (ACAS)
10596
Extended squitter (ADS-B)
10598
Extended squitter - Supplementary
10600
Extended squitter - Military application
10602
Comm-B altitude reply
10604
Comm-B identity reply
10606
Connection attempt...
10608
No possibility to transmit, if the ALE/ALE400 beacon is in duty.
10610
It's better to change of mode (and come back to the initial mode) to take into account these new data
10612
No more "ADSB mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
10614
To determinate pertinent surface positions, it is necessary that you give your QTH coordinates or your Locator in the "Personal data" window ("Configuration" menu)
10616
Your are already transmitting...
10618
Your call transmitted in AUTEX must be limited to 14 characters (button "Personal")
10620
No "CQ MEETING" received recently (<5 minutes)
10622
Failure opening the KISS serial port
10624
Failure writing the KISS serial port communication parameters
10626
Re-validate QSOs
10628
Re-validate deleted QSOs. Works only for QSOs stored with Multipsk 4.3 or more, since the last compression
10630
Acknowledgment not received from the Master
10632
End of meeting request sent by me
10634
End of meeting acknowledgment sent
10636
End of link acknowledgment sent to
10638
End of link request sent to
10640
End of meeting information sent by me
10642
End of link acknowledgment sent to the Master
10644
End of link request sent by me
10646
Connection faillure with
10648
No user frame received
10650
Disconnection of the user (too much difficult QSO)
10652
Disconnection of
10654
(too much difficult QSO)
10656
No Master frame received (except RS ID)
10658
No complete reception of the Master
10660
Answer to CQ (or no complete Master frame)
10662
"RX/TX" for "main"
10664
Help in German only given for information, because obsolete
10666
Help (complete handbook). Note also that, in the RX/TX screen, a contextual help can be obtained with a right click on the mouse, while the mouse pointer is over a "Mode" button ("BPSK31" one for example)
10668
Panoramics
10670
Parameters
10672
Save Parameters
10674
Load Paramtres
10676
Screen open after start-up
10678
End of meeting by loss of the Master
10680
End of meeting by loss of the user
10682
Sets
10684
To undo the last operation on the transmission editor: for example, to erase a macro or a sequence loaded by error in the editor. It can also be done with the combination of two keys <Left Alt Z>.
10686
Number of participants to the meeting
10688
To change the number of participants (and hence AUTEX mode), you must finish the meeting in progress, if any
10690
Resets to 0 of the three counters (Uplink, Downlink and Positions)
10692
To avoid displaying Uplink (airport to planes) messages which can be a great many (however counting continues)
10694
No Downlink
10696
To avoid displaying Downlink (planes to airport) messages which can be a great many (however counting continues)
10698
Ring on SELCAL
10700
It rings one (or three if "3 sec" is pushed) second on reception of a SELCAL code
10702
Duration of ring of 3 seconds instead of one second
10704
Connected to S
10706
End of link completed, with
10708
No reception of
10710
It misses acknowledgments from
10712
End of meeting completed
10714
No reception of the user
10716
Pseudo-acknowledgement to a next user
10718
End of meeting, the Master ignoring my messages
10720
End of link, the Master ignoring my messages
10722
Failure of the attempt
10724
End of connection by loss of the Master
10726
End of meeting considered after 3 retries
10728
End of link considered after 3 retries
10730
End of link considered after 3 retries, with
10732
End of link
10734
End of meeting by loss of
10736
End of meeting required by the Master
10738
End of meeting required by the user
10740
End of meeting accepted
10742
Acknowledgment received
10744
No acknowledgment received
10746
Acknowledgment from
10748
End of link required by the Master
10750
End of link accepted
10752
Connection confirmed
10754
Personal acknowledgment from the Master
10756
No personal acknowledgment from the Master
10758
Complete message acknowledgment received
10760
No complete acknowledgment yet
10762
End of link required by
10764
End of link accepted by
10766
Not connected to
10768
Reception of
10770
Acknowledgment received for my message
10772
Acknowledgment received for
10774
Deconnection on CQ
10776
Connected (on condition)
10778
Connexion attempt to
10780
Message received from
10782
Connection failure
10784
End of meeting required by me
10786
End of link required by me
10788
End of link required by me, with
10790
No callsign defined: click on "<MY CALL>" field
10792
Frequency not compatible (too much low)
10794
Frequency not compatible (too much high)
10796
Frequency too much high to enter in the RX SSB bandwidth
10798
Display and control window for the AUTEX modes (at 2, 4, 7 or 13 participants)
10800
This delay is an indicator of the delay introduced by the PC. It must be superior but close to 128 ms (ideally for fast PC)
10802
With this button, this window can remain on top or, reversely can be hided by the main window
10804
Minimizes the size of this window. Once minimzed, re-click twice on its "icon" to make this window normal (to its standard size)
10806
To close the options window, re-click on this button
10808
Erase all
10810
This button permits to erase all the reception windows ("Master" and "Slaves") and the secondary channels (callsigns,...)
10812
Save all
10814
This button permits to save all the texts and callsigns received, in a dated file ("AUTEX date time.TXT") located in the sub-directory \AUTEX
10816
The "Up Down" control permits to adjust the windows height, according to the screen height
10818
On 3 columns
10820
Display of the users panels on 3 columns instead of 2, to better match the screen sizes
10822
Your secondary channel (callsign and various information)
10824
32 characters max (with 14 characters max callsign included)
10826
<MY CALL> field
10828
To define your callsign and, possibly, your other information
10830
Various information (name, QTH, Locator...)
10832
Users state
10834
Call sign of the connected user
10836
Number of consecutive frames not received or frames received but without all the expected acknowledgements, from a given user (at 3, this one is automatically disconnected)
10838
"Master" (the one who initiates and controls the meeting)
10840
Enter
10842
For a user, to enter the meeting. As long as this button is pushed, the connection with the other participants is supposed to be in progress
10844
For the user, to end his/her partipation to this meeting
10846
"S" for "Slave" (User) followed by its order number
10848
Displays a "CQ de " callsign on reception of a "CQ meeting DE " transmitted by a Ham ("Master")
10850
No CQ
10852
Useful for the Master to reserve the channel 2 for someone
10854
Even if absence of message, transmission of your data
10856
The data permanently sent will be the one transmitted through the secondary channel (i.e. your callsign and the other data)
10858
Transmission of the typed text on line feed (key "Enter")
10860
This option can be useful for the Hams who want to check their text before sending it (typing on the "Enter" key)
10862
Sampling forced to 8 bits at the next start up (recommended)
10864
In AUTEX mode, 8 bits sampling, experimentally, is much better than 16 bits. This option gives the possibility to sample on 16 bits (see "Adjustments" menu)
10866
No callsign: click on the "<MY CALL> field"
10868
The beaconing is not available in this mode.
10870
Impossible to create the sub-directory AUTEX
10872
You are still connected...
10874
You cannot be "Master" and user in the same time
10876
No "CQ meeting" received recently (<1 minute)
10878
A meeting is in progress. You must finish it first
10880
CPU and memory
10882
To apply only in RX before TX. To start with the CAT system controlled by Multipsk via Commander (the AF align frequency being adjusted in the "Transceiver" form). This action is equivalent to push on the "Align" button of the "Transceiver" form
10884
Unique identifier on 12 characters, given by Multipsk to identify this computer.
10886
Pan: %ddB
10888
PARAMETERS SELECTION
10890
(Grey)
10892
(Color)
10894
You are still connected, are you sure?
10896
Awaiting connection...
10898
Awaiting disconnection...
10900
stereo
10902
Mono
10904
Data volume (RX/TX):
10906
SpotC. On
10908
OK
10910
Beacon message transmission...
10912
You are in "Slave". It is recommended to be in "Master" ("Mode" panel) to fix the frequency.
10914
It is recommended to check the ARQ FAE "RS ID" option in the "Options" window to make benefit the other Ham from the automatic tuning on the ALE400 transmission.
10916
You are in "Master". It is recommended to be in "Slave" ("Mode" panel) to permit the "Master" to fix the frequency.
10918
It is recommended to push on the "RS ID detection" button to benefit from the automatic tuning on the ALE400 transmission.
10920
Problem
10922
Beacon mode in progress
10924
Repeater mode in progress
10926
Fill the MMSI field (click on a displayed MMSI (9 figures) to upload it on the MMSI field)
10928
Push the "ITU connection" button first, to connect to the ITU WEB server
10930
The connection with the ITU WEB server is not yet completed
10932
Re-initialization of the IMD measurement
10934
No IMD measurement done
10936
click right on the IMD label to re-initialize the best IMD measurement
10938
Message mode
10940
For all "ARQ" modes (Packet, PAX, 141A, ALE400, AUTEX), in "message mode", the message is prepared and then sent when it is ready (with the "Send" button or <Esc> key)
10942
The "CPU" button gives the number of cores of the CPU, followed by the CPU theoretical speed and the volume of data (RX/TX). It allows the activation of the CPU and memory measurements of the PC.
10944
Position of the ship or the coast station on DXAtlas, if this one exists on the PC
10946
Position of the ship or the coast station a local map chosen by the user
10948
Display all the received positions (ships or identified coast stations), on a local map (which must be open) or on Google Earth or on DXAtlas
10950
Number of ship received positions followed by the number of coast stations positions identified
10952
Unknown text format of QSP-mail, for this Multipsk version
10954
No QSP mail to recover
10956
QSP mail(s) to recover.
10958
QSP mail(s) recovered.
10960
The last one.
10962
QSP mail(s) transmitted.
10964
Link established
10966
[FAE CQ]
10968
[FAE APRS]
10970
Connection with
10972
Connection started with
10974
Processing of the QSP mails recovery demand in progress
10976
Reception of a message and an attached file in progress
10978
QSP mails recovery in progress
10980
FAE QSP-mail received (look at the "Received mail" mailbox)
10982
DTM message received (look at the "Received mail" mailbox)
10984
not displayed because
10986
repetition]
10988
(click on "Received mail" to see it)
10990
S/N max=
10992
Stop of mail reception (order given by the other Ham)
10994
[CRC OK]
10996
[CRC NOT OK]
10998
his
11000
Selective "Anycall", last call character:
11002
Selective "Allcall", last call character:
11004
Selective "Anycall", last call characters:
11006
[DBM EXT. non decoded]
11008
DBM acknowledgment received
11010
Receiving a DBM frame
11012
DTM acknowledgment received
11014
Receiving a DTM frame
11016
my:
11018
my
11020
Global "Anycall"
11022
Success of the message transmission (in ARQ mode)
11024
The "141A.TXT" file is incorrect, so re-initialization of this one.
11026
A field of the "141A.TXT" file is incorrect, so re-initialization of this file.
11028
Cargo
11030
Search and rescue ship
11032
Floating Crane
11034
Mine Layer or Mobile offshore unit
11036
Livestock Carrier
11038
Roll on / Roll off vessel
11040
Coaster
11042
"OCT" (?) ship
11044
Time  Sync  dB  DT  DF   Received message
11046
CPU usage by Multipsk:
11048
Global memory utilization:
11050
Available physical memory:
11052
Total physical memory:
11054
Current memory usage of Multipsk:
11056
Peak memory usage of Multipsk:
11058
Problem with the DSOUND.DLL file.
11060
Problem with DirectSoundCaptureCreate function.
11062
Problem with DirectSoundCaptureBuffer function.
11064
Problem with DirectSoundCreate function.
11066
Problem with SetCooperativeLevel function.
11068
Problem with "events" creation.
11070
Problem with the "start" function.
11072
Not authorized operation
11074
The beaconing cannot be done in a graphical mode, in FILTERS mode or JT65.
11076
Please, disconnect first.
11078
Enable your sound card first.
11080
Please, first switch to reception  first.
11082
Please, first quit the play mode.
11084
Please, first quit the recording mode.
11086
Please, first quit the beacon mode.
11088
The text editor cannot contain more than 65,536 characters.
11090
You call is not informed (button "Personal")
11092
No call on the "Call" field.
11094
No frequency on the "Freq MHz" field.
11096
No outgoing sport export because SpotCollector is not started.
11098
Error on DDE transmission or SpotCollector stopped
11100
The map (button "on local map") is not displayed and GoogleEarth or DXAtlas is not selected...
11102
You must choose a call or a net adress in the combobox
11104
The map (button "on map") is not displayed and GoogleEarth or DXAtlas is not selected...
11106
The local map (button "Position on local map") is not displayed and GoogleEarth or DXAtlas is not selected...
11108
No Data_Acars.txt file...
11110
The local map (button "Position on local map") is not displayed and GoogleEarth is not selected...
11112
No message to send
11114
Your call (in "Personal data") is absent or incorrect!
11116
Incorrect message
11118
None ARGOS position has been received, so no future position can be calculated
11120
First, select the "ARQ FAE" mode
11122
Problem to create the folder (sub-directory)
11124
Problem to find a free file
11126
Problem to create the file
11128
Information: in CCW, Morse sound On, the sampling must be done in 8 bits.  In that case, the sampling frequency must be re-determined for this 8 bits format ("Sampling freq." button).
11130
Sf=11025 Hz (samples/sec) not applicable for MT63
11132
Sf=8000 Hz (samples/sec) only applicable for MT63
11134
While recording at 48 KHz, changing of mode is not possible
11136
Beacon stop on manual mode change
11138
No more "1382 mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
11140
No more "110A mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version, except the sub-mode 75 bps, Long Interleave, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit, in RX/TX.
11142
No more "4285 mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version
11144
No more "COQUELET mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version
11146
No more "NWR SAME mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
11148
No more "POCSAG SAME mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
11150
No more "ACARS VHF mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
11152
No more "AIS mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
11154
No more "EPIRB mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
11156
No more "ARGOS mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
11158
No more "GMDSS DSC mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
11160
No more "BIIS mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
11162
No more "baudmeter" function, in non-licencied version.
11164
No possibility to be a repeater, being in PACKET beacon.
11166
No more "Repeater" function, in non-licencied version (10 minutes maximum).
11168
No possibility to be repeater, being in PAX beacon.
11170
The "APRS frames decoding" function is not available in connected mode.
11172
No more "SYNOP and SHIP messages decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
11174
Information: in Voice, characters repeated, the sampling is done in 8 bits.
11176
Information: in CCW, Morse sound On, the sampling is done in 8 bits.
11178
Information: in Voice, characters repeated, the sampling must be done in 8 bits.  In that case, the sampling frequency must be re-determined for this 8 bits format ("Sampling freq." button).
11180
Information: in JT65, characters repeated, the sampling must be done in 8 bits (switch to PSK31 and extract the "16 bits" button).  In that case, the sampling frequency must be re-determined for this 8 bits format ("Sampling freq." button).
11182
No more "QRP decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
11184
No available sound-card
11186
The dual trace oscilloscope 0-20 KHz is limited to licensed copies
11188
Your sound card is not a 48000 samples/s, stereo, 16 bits one.
11190
The dual trace spectrum analyzer 0-20 KHz is limited to licensed copies
11192
No more "ARQ_E mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
11194
No more "DGPS mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
11196
No more "110A mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version, except the sub-mode 75 bps, Long Interleave, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit, en RX/TX.
11198
No more "SELCAL mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
11200
No more "AUTEX mode" function, with this test version
11202
No more "POCSAG mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
11204
You must choose a call or a net adress
11206
It is not a standard call or a sounding but a FAE message. If it is an ARQ FAE CQ, you can answer pushing the "Answer" button.
11208
It is not a standard call or a sounding but an Unproto message. If it is an Unproto CQ, you can answer pushing the "Unproto" button then "TX".
11210
There is no destination in the "FRM" field. You need to have receive a call.
11212
No frequency forward towards the transceiver because Commander is not started.
11214
No frequency to scan (see "Options")
11216
No possibility to scan because Commander is not started or connected ("Transceiver" button).
11218
Your call transmitted in 141A must be limited to 12 characters (button "Personal")
11220
This option must be used only for JT65 beacons and on different frequencies that the standard JT65 ones. It is reminded that the standard options are either "Odd minutes" and "Even minutes".
11222
This function will permit for a QRP station to transmit his JT65 frames through a powerful stations which will repeat the QRP frames to other Hams or to an amateur net.  It must be used on different frequencies that the standard JT65 ones
11224
All is correct
11226
You can't work in repeater being in KISS mode.
11228
You can't be in APRS being in KISS mode.
11230
You can't be connected being in KISS mode.
11232
You can't be in responder (button "Resp./beac") being in KISS mode.
11234
You can't be in beacon (button "Resp./beac") being in KISS mode.
11236
No more "ARQ_E/E3 mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
11238
...PSE, come back to reception (RX) to send this ID.
11240
...PSE, wait for the end of the present transmission.
11242
Information: in JT65, characters repeated, the sampling is done in 8 bits. The sampling frequency must be re-determined for this 8 bits format ("Sampling freq." button).
11244
World map: positioning of a Ham station after reception of an AUTEX Locator or position
11246
No latitude or longitude
11248
(voluntar)
11250
RTL and mode selection
11252
RTL/SDR key selection, if several are present and sampling mode selection: in quadrature (normal) or direct (experimental, by the I branch or the Q one)
11254
Problem on the file
11256
Sampling mode selection
11258
Sampling mode selection: in quadrature (normal) or direct (experimental, via the I branch or the Q one)
11260
Quadrature (standard)
11262
Normal working (without key modification)
11264
Direct (via I branch)
11266
Experimental mode which permits, after key modification, to receive between 0 and 14.4 MHz (HF frequencies). However, the modification is difficult and the key sensitivity is very bad
11268
Direct (via Q branch)
11270
Key selection
11272
Noise reduction filter
11274
Inverted
11276
Inversion of bits polarity on only asynchronous formats. Normally, inversion is rarely used and only in ITA2 (i.e. with 5 dat bits formats)
11278
Auto
11280
Automatic detection of the bits polarity on only asynchronous formats. To use if the display shows a certain regularity but characters are incorrect.
11282
error
11284
Incorrect position
11286
Problem on the position frame
11288
Error on file callsign
11290
Error on file name
11292
Error on file containt
11294
File of
11296
bytes
11298
completed
11300
File transmission:
11302
This delay is an indicator of the delay introduced by the PC. It must be superior but close to 128 ms (ideally for fast PC). If the delay is superior to 500 ms, it means that the PC is not sufficiently powerful and random problems can occur.
11304
Your callsign must not contain spaces. It is supposed to be unique.
11306
If you click on this button, your transmission in progress (message, position or file) will be immediatly stopped.
11308
TX position
11310
RX position
11312
Your position
11314
To edit your position (latitude/longitude or Locator) in the "Personal data" window
11316
Transmission
11318
To transmit to the group your position (latitude/longitude or in default of them your Locator), data to edit in your personal data
11320
Display all the received AUTEX positions, on the local map (which must be open) or on Google Earth or on DXAtlas
11322
TX file
11324
RX file
11326
Your file
11328
Selection of the file (limited to a maximum size of 10 Kbytes) to send to the other Ham(s)
11330
To transmit to the group your file (at reception, it will be stored in the "AUTEX" sub-directory of the Multipsk directory)
11332
File opening
11334
After a file reception, click on this button to open this file
11336
The receive file is stored in the "AUTEX" sub-directory of the Multipsk directory
11338
Save a report containing all the messages displayed in this window, in the "REPORT date time.TXT" file of the sub-directory "Reports"
11340
Messages sequential display
11342
All received and transmitted messages are displayed in a "SMS" shape
11344
You must be connected
11346
No latitude or longitude, nor LOCATOR
11348
LOCATOR correct
11350
Latitude/longitude correct
11352
Select the local map, GoogleEarth or DXAtlas
11354
The selected file is larger than 10Kbytes
11356
The name of the selected file has more than 230 characters.
11358
Error: the file has not been selected
11360
No need of <Stop!> as you must be connected
11362
No need of <Stop!> as no transmission in progress
11364
<Stop!> taken into account
11366
No more room to write in the file
11368
Your call must not contain space
11370
Your call is the same one as the Master station! Correct it.
11372
Problem to create or write the file
11374
It is displayed only the GMDSS / ATIS frames with a correct chek-sum
11376
Received GMDSS codes are displayed, for information. Interpretation of codes is freely done by the user (PSE, don't ask the author to do it).
11378
Fast broad sub-mode: 32 tones, B=2000 Hz, 62.5 bauds, 48.8 wpm in Olivia
11380
To decode the VHF GMDSS DSC transmissions, on the channel 70 (156.525 MHz) or the ATIS ones between 156.025 and 161.950 MHz
11382
The "Automatic Frequency Control" function forces the SdR frequency to shift around the mean VDL2 transmission frequency used by aircrafts. It takes about 2 to 30 min (or more), depending on the offset and the VDL2 transmissions number
11384
ATIS code:
11386
<ATIS call>
11388
Selection of the file (limited to a maximum size of 63 Kbytes) to send to the other Ham(s)
11390
Compression of the file before transmission
11392
Compression (up to 4) to reduce the transmission time (but the transmitted characters of a text file will be unreadable)
11394
The selected file is larger than 63 Kbytes
11396
ORBCOMM (satellites)
11398
Transmission of your call sign (6 characters max) + Locator
11400
Stop and answer on call of this station, or else answer without stop
11402
Stop and answer on HFL or QRZ call, or else answer without stop
11404
Data not public
11406
Error in the TLE data
11408
Error in the calculation
11410
Extraction of the satellites data from the "TLE" text files
11412
The maximum number of satellites tracked is
11414
Failure, no TLE text files in the "TLE_SATELLITES" sub-directory
11416
Failure, no "TLE_SATELLITES" sub-directory (correct installation?)
11418
Failure, concerned satellites not found in TLE text files
11420
Oldest prediction
11422
days
11424
It's time to download new data
11426
Your position is known
11428
Your position is not known (so Paris). Click on "Personal" then on "Reset"
11430
Map not available on the MAPS sub-directory
11432
This file is not a picture file JPG
11434
No receiver frequency control
11436
Satellites tracking (positions and frequencies)
11438
Reset
11440
Click it to reinitialize the satellites positions and distance from QTH calculations, in case you change your own position or in case of files change (TLE or satellites frequencies)
11442
Automatic determination of the satellite position and its frequency taking into account the Doppler shift
11444
Multipsk, with this frequency, will automatically control the receiver (configured in "Transceiver")
11446
List of the satellites positions (from the closest to the farest)
11448
Stop display
11450
This button prevents display without preventing the normal tracking work
11452
Fr. control
11454
Frequency control (by automatic HF or AF tuning). AF tuning is the standard option. TCP/IP transmissions are allowed if HF or AF tuning is selected
11456
HF
11458
Frequency control by automatic HF tuning (through a change of the receiver frequency)
11460
BF
11462
Frequency control by automatic AF tuning (through a change of the frequency on the SdR waterfall). AF tuning is the standard option
11464
No frequency control (either AF or HF) and so no TCP/IP transmission
11466
Pass predictions
11468
Pass predictions of the satellites (from the earliest to the lastest), for the next 24 hours with an accouracy of +/- about 10 seconds
11470
Save/Open
11472
Save the predictions in the PASS_PREDICTIONS.TXT file, then open it
11474
Type the name of the satellite that you want to track, according to the same spelling of the name as it appears on the map (for example "FM11" or "NOAA 19")
11476
If this button is pushed, Multipsk will control the frequency of the receiver, during the sole selected satellite pass
11478
If this button is pushed, it will ring high-pitched at the beginning of the pass for 1 second
11480
Export of the sole frequency proposed when the satellite appears
11482
In SdR Multipsk mode, this option is recommended if an "afc" or "AFC" function can, afterwards, follow the Doppler drift
11484
In the "Offset" box, it is proposed the offset of the frequency sent to the receiver, determined from the frequency clicked on the SdR waterfall, by the user
11486
This offset (max +/- 9999 Hz) is used to make coincide the carrier RX frequency as displayed on the SdR waterfall ("I/Q direct interface" window) with the satellite transmission frequency
11488
The offset can be forced to "0 Hz" (after a finished passage), in case of re-initialization need
11490
Minimum elevation
11492
In this box, it is proposed, to the user, to give the minimum satellite elevation (0 to 30, with 10 par dfaut) for which it is considered that the satellite has appeared and the frequency tracking can begin
11494
Selection of a map
11496
Europe
11498
South America
11500
Asia
11502
Oceania
11504
Africa
11506
Personal data to store your position (latitude/longitude) or your Locator. This is necessary to compute the distance between you QTH and the satellite. By default, Paris is considered as being your QTH
11508
Downloading
11510
In case of previsions too old, this button starts the automatic downloading of the updated TLE files, according to the chosen digital mode
11512
Several satellites transmit on different frequencies. In this case, all the known frequencies (in the SATELLITES_FREQUENCIES.TXT file) are proposed to the user, to possible change of frequency (the first if the one by default)
11514
Selection of the satellites tracked
11516
Satellites decoded by Multipsk ("ORBCOMM" mode)
11518
Satellites decoded by Multipsk ("ARGOS" mode)
11520
"International Space Station" to receive PD120 or PD180 pictures decoded by Multipsk ("SSTV" mode)
11522
NOAA satellites decoded by Multipsk ("FAX" mode -> "APT")
11524
Radio-amateur satellites (with many modes used)
11526
Your choice
11528
All the satellites present in the TLE text files located in the TLE_SATELLITES sub-directory are considered. The downloading of the TLE text files must be manually done by the user
11530
Load the satellites frequencies file (SATELLITES_FREQUENCIES.TXT), to see or to modify it
11532
Only one track
11534
Only one satellite, among those of the group of satellites, is tracked
11536
Your position is not known (Paris by default). Click on "Personal"
11538
No receiver control
11540
for
11542
is currently visible
11544
will not pass over your QTH before 12 hours
11546
Download
11548
Download succes.
11550
Download failure.
11552
FM 5 KHz must be used to decode ORBCOMM mode. FM demodulation forces sampling frequency to 48 KHz
11554
ORBCOMM satellites positioning, on SYNOP/SHIP maps
11556
If Multipsk + the server are on the same PC:127.0.0.1
11558
If this button is pushed, it is open a window allowing the automatic management of the APT satellites reception (NOAA 15,18, 19), from your position or your Locator.  The automatic recording (diskette with "A") must be pushed
11560
If this button is pushed, it is open a window allowing the automatic management of the ISS station reception (which sends pictures in PD120 format), from your position or your Locator, as entered in your personal data
11562
Satellites tracking in position and frequency
11564
Slow sub-mode: 64 tones, B=1000 Hz, 15.62 bauds, 29.3 wpm in Contestia
11566
If this button is pushed, it is open a window allowing the automatic management of the ARGOS satellites reception (NOAA 19, METOP-A/B, SARAL), from your position or your Locator, as entered in your personal data
11568
Packets selection
11570
Selection of the Orbcomm packets type
11572
Number of ORBCOMM validated paquets received
11574
Number of broadcast paquets relative to the satellite positions
11576
High-pitched (2000 Hz) ring for 50 msec on a satellite reception.
11578
Display all the received ORBCOMM satellite positions, on the local map (which must be open), or on Google Earth or in DXAtlas.
11580
Position of the ORBCOMM satellite on a local map chosen by the user
11582
Display all received ORBCOMM satellite positions on GoogleEarth, if this one exists on the PC
11584
Position of the ORBCOMM satellite on DXAtlas, if this one exists on the PC
11586
Position of the ORBCOMM satellite on the world map
11588
Filling
11590
If this button is pushed, the filling packets will be displayed (a priori, without interest)
11592
If this button is pushed, the decoded but unknown packets will be displayed (a priori, without interest because the meaning  of these packets is unknwon)
11594
Uplink
11596
If this button is pushed, the uplink packets will be displayed, the point of interest being the uplink transmission frequencies
11598
If this button is pushed, the downlink packets will be displayed, the point of interest being the downlink transmission frequencies
11600
If this button is pushed, the NCC packets will be displayed (a priori, without interest)
11602
If this button is pushed, the "message" packets will be displayed (a priori, without interest because encrypted)
11604
Orbit
11606
If this button is pushed, the "orbit" packets will be displayed, the point of interest being for the orbital elements
11608
If this button is pushed, the position packets will be displayed, the point of interest being for the satellite positions compared with the monitoring station one and the possibility to display them on maps
11610
Synchronisation
11612
If this button is pushed, the synchronization packets will be displayed (a priori, little interest)
11614
Each display of ORBCOMM packet is preceded by the UTC time and date
11616
Short display
11618
Short display of the received ORBCOMM packets
11620
Noisy signals
11622
In case of noisy (but not distorded) signals difficult to decode, try with this option selected. By default, this option is automatically activated in SdR demodulation.
11624
If this button is pushed, it is open a window allowing the automatic management of the ORBCOMM satellites reception (FMxxx), from your position or your Locator, as entered in your personal data
11626
Maximum distance between the farest satellite decoded and your station, which position must be given either as a Locator or as latitude/longitude in the "Personal data" under the "Configuration" menu
11628
FM 30 KHz must be used to decode FAX APT mode. FM demodulation forces sampling frequency to 48 KHz
11630
Minor frame synchronisation
11632
Spacecraft Identifier
11634
Downlink channel number
11636
Minor frame counter-Flag
11638
Message counter-Number
11640
Uplink channel packet
11642
Packet counter-Number
11644
Number of retries
11646
Number of "Acquire/Communicate" slots available
11648
Uplink channels
11650
Downlink channel packet
11652
Downlink channels
11654
NCC Packet
11656
Fill packet
11658
Fill Packet
11660
Ephemeris packet
11662
Ephemeris
11664
Orbital elements Packet
11666
Orbital elements
11668
Mean anomaly
11670
Mean motion
11672
revolutions/day
11674
Packet
11676
FM 25 KHz must be used to decode SSTV (PD120 or PD180) transmissions coming from the ISS station. FM demodulation forces sampling frequency to 48 KHz
11678
No more "ORBCOMM mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
11680
Search of a call among the last QSO's  (button "Search")
11682
Frequency in the "Freq MHz" field
11684
Frequency displayed on the "Freq MHz" field (located in the RX/TX screen, "QSO" part): the user selects either the receiver frequency (normal) or the carrier frequency (for a specific need)
11686
Receiver frequency
11688
Digital mode video identifier which can be seen on the waterfall of the other Ham. You can also use rhe extended macro, as <VIDEO ID 73>
11690
Offset on duty
11692
This offset must correspond to the one that you have, perhaps, set on your SdR receiver (offset=VFO (dial) frequency  SdR local frequency)
11694
TCP/IP management (DNS adress / Port 14580 or 10152)
11696
Port 14580
11698
Port 10152
11700
DNS address of the server:
11702
CW TX speed adjustment. It can be also adjusted with the keys "Left Alt" + "Up and down arrows" of the keyboard.
11704
To decode APT pictures transmitted by NOAA satellites in VHF (in the 137 MHz band).
11706
For all "ARQ" modes (Packet, PAX, 141A, ALE400, AUTEX), in "message mode", the message is prepared and then sent when it is ready (with the "Send" button or <Esc> key or <Alt> key)
11708
Alpha forcing
11710
This option permits to force numeric messages in alphanumeric ones, as several numeric messages being, in fact, alphanumeric
11712
Future use
11714
For licencied users, it is possible to regularly and automatically save the QSO in progress, the interval in minutes/seconds being defined by the user. By default, the QSO is stored only at the Multipsk closure.
11716
Problem to append in the QSO file.
11718
Name and address not displayed on this window (for licensees)
11720
Useful if you want to make videos or a Multipsk presentation
11722
Number of ship positions received followed by the number of coast stations positions identified
11724
Reset of the number of ship positions and the number of coast stations positions
11726
On the ground
11728
In RTTY and AMTOR, the short bell is noted "*"
11730
In non-licencied version, the capacity is limited to 65000 characters
11732
Complete back-up
11734
Daily back-up
11736
Load Parameters
11738
SdR TCP/IP
11740
Exchange of data (RX/TX) with a TCP/IP SDR server, through a TCP/IP link, in local or remote (via Internet), according to the "SDR TCP/IP interface" protocol
11742
Click for help about RX/TX operations through signals exchanged with a TCP/IP server
11744
Remote
11746
The standard is a local server (SDR_TCP_IP_xyz.EXE) in "local loop" using the standard IP address 127.0.0.1 and located in the Multipsk directory of your PC. However, it is possible to use a remote server via Internet (with any IP address or DNS).
11748
TCP/IP server file found and started up
11750
Server
11752
Pause requested
11754
Server absent from more than 10 seconds, so automatic disconnection
11756
Disconnection from the server due to a too long waiting time
11758
SDR TCP/IP frequency taken into account
11760
TCP/IP client for exchange of data with a SDR TCP/IP server
11762
Client TCP/IP management (IP 127.0.0.1 / Port 3020)
11764
For a server (SDR_TCP_IP_xyz.EXE) located in
11766
the Multipsk directory of your PC, leave the standard
11768
IP address 127.0.0.1. For a distant server,
11770
paste the server WEB IP adress or the DNS
11772
Note that the server is ready, in listening position.
11774
Click on "Link opening" on the server, if needed.
11776
From Multipsk, click on "Connection".
11778
This "TCP/IP client" interfaces with a TCP/IP SDR server following the "SDR TCP/IP INTERFACE" protocol V.0
11780
Multipsk + the server are on the same PC: 127.0.0.1
11782
Exchange of data (RX/TX) with a TCP/IP SDR server, through a TCP/IP link, in local or via Internet, according to the "SDR TCP/IP interface" protocol
11784
None SDR_TCP_IP_*.EXE TCP/IP server detected
11786
TCP/IP server detected but unable to start
11788
SDR TCP/IP connection problem. The reception has switched to the sound card input.
11790
Disconnection from the SDR TCP/IP server. Automatic return to normal working from the sound card. You can close the "TCP/IP client" window becoming useless
11792
Disconnection from the SDR TCP/IP server. Automatic return to normal working from the sound card
11794
Central frequency
11796
SDR spectrum analyzer on 250 KHz (limited to licensed copies)
11798
The mouse cursor over the spectrums will show you the HF frequency. Click to tune the RX with this frequency.
11800
Number of averaged spectrums (5 to 40)
11802
Max
11804
Mean
11806
The spectrum can be removed to reduce the window size. It will remain the waterfall.
11808
AERO (satellites)
11810
North-East
11812
North-West
11814
South-East
11816
ice crystals
11818
hail
11820
small hail
11822
smoke
11824
volcanic ash
11826
widespread dust
11828
sand
11830
well developped dust - sand whirls
11832
spray
11834
squalls
11836
funnel clouds (tornadoes or waterspouts)
11838
sandstorm
11840
duststorm
11842
shallow
11844
patches
11846
partial
11848
low drifting
11850
blowing
11852
thunderstorm
11854
freezing
11856
Moderate intensity
11858
Light intensity
11860
Heavy intensity
11862
Vicinity
11864
No significant clouds (clear sky)
11866
Vertical visibility
11868
not estimated
11870
Nebulosity
11872
few clouds
11874
scattered clouds
11876
broken clouds
11878
overcast
11880
clear sky
11882
cloud height not estimated
11884
cloud height
11886
Cumulo-nimbus
11888
Cumulo-congestus
11890
Station above clouds
11892
Recent
11894
No wind (speed < one knot)
11896
Wind of variable direction
11898
Wind of fixed direction
11900
Wind at high speed (> 100 knots)
11902
Gusts at high speed (> 100 knots)
11904
Gusts speed
11906
General horizontal visibility superior to 10 km
11908
General horizontal visibility
11910
less than 1/4 a mile
11912
and
11914
Gradual change between
11916
Temporary change between
11918
Standard weather message
11920
Exceptional weather message
11922
correction
11924
Forecast weather message
11926
amendment
11928
Weather report from Airport
11930
Forecast canceled
11932
Forecast lost
11934
Validity from
11936
Automatic report
11938
Missing report
11940
Extreme directions
11942
Minimum horizontal visibility
11944
Runway number
11946
left
11948
right
11950
centre
11952
Runway visual range
11954
more than
11956
less than
11958
raising
11960
reducing
11962
between
11964
No significant weather
11966
Current weather
11968
Expected weather
11970
No significant cloud
11972
Probabilitic forecast evolution (not decoded)
11974
Maximal temperature
11976
Minimal temperature
11978
Wind shear on all runways
11980
Wind shear on the runway
11982
Sea temperature
11984
Significant change expected
11986
Expected change
11988
Temporary change
11990
No significant change
11992
Gradual change
11994
Rapid change
11996
Frequents change
11998
Tendancy
12000
Changing
12002
till
12004
Aerodrome closed due to snow
12006
Contamination conditions have disappeared
12008
State of all runways
12010
No new data about the runway state
12012
Runway state
12014
Runway
12016
Deposition
12018
dry and clear
12020
damp
12022
wet or water patches
12024
frost or rime covered
12026
dry snow
12028
wet snow
12030
slush
12032
ice
12034
compacted or rolled now
12036
frozen ruts or ridges
12038
no data
12040
Contamintion
12042
less that 10% of runway
12044
11-25% of runway
12046
26-50% of runway
12048
51-100% of runway
12050
Deposition depth
12052
less than 1 mm
12054
equal or more than 40 cm
12056
one or more runways are out of operation
12058
Friction coefficient or braking action
12060
poor
12062
between poor/medium
12064
medium
12066
between medium/good
12068
unreliable measurement
12070
no data/runway out of operation
12072
A "remarks"  part exists after "RMK" (but decoded partly, because not standard)
12074
Tornado
12076
Waterspout
12078
Funnel
12080
beginning at
12082
Automated station
12084
Peak wind
12086
Wind shift
12088
with frontal passage
12090
Tower report
12092
Surface report
12094
runway
12096
No sea-level pressure
12098
Sea-level pressure
12100
Pressure on field
12102
or
12104
By default
12106
Record all the actual parameters in a configuration sub-directory which name ("FAX", "VDL2", for example) is displayed in the caption just below this button
12108
Current parameters
12110
Load Par.
12112
Load all the parameters stored on a configuration sub-directory ("FAX", "VDL2", for example)
12114
This RTL/SDR key does not permit to decode this mode, because the sampling rate of 1 or 2 MHz is not available. So, the program switches to BPSK31.
12116
Impossibility to create CONFIGURATIONS sub-directory
12118
The following selected sub-directory is not correct
12120
Do you want to overwrite the previous files ?
12122
Transfer in progress...
12124
End of the parameters recording in the directory
12126
No parameters recorded
12128
No CONFPSER.SER file! Are you sure to transfer files ?
12130
End of the parameters loading in the main directory and interpretation of new parameters
12132
Drive :
12134
Directory:
12136
Creation of a new configuration sub-directory
12138
Double-click on an existent sub-directory of the CONFIGURATIONS directory
12140
To create a new configuration sub-directory, click on this button:
12142
or create a new sub-directory of the CONFIGURATIONS directory.
12144
Selection or creation of a new configuration sub-directory
12146
Selection of a configuration sub-directory
12148
Create a new configuration sub-directory
12150
New sub-directory with 255 characters maximum without \ / : * ? " < > |
12152
The RTL DLL does not work, due to error:
12154
AF
12156
FM 600 Hz must be used to decode AERO at 600 bauds. FM demodulation forces sampling frequency to 48 KHz
12158
FM 1200 Hz must be used to decode AERO at 1200 bauds. FM demodulation forces sampling frequency to 48 KHz
12160
PSK 10 KHz must be used to decode AERO at 10500 bauds. This demodulation forces sampling frequency to 48 KHz
12162
This RTL/SDR key does not permit to decode the ADSB mode, because the sampling rate of 2000000 Hz is not available. So, the program switches to BPSK31.
12164
This RTL/SDR key does not permit to decode the AERO/EPIRB mode, because the sampling rate of 1000000 Hz is not available. So, the program switches to BPSK31.
12166
SdR spectrum
12168
250 KHz bandwidth SDR spectrum and waterfall (-125 KHz to 125 KHz), only available for RTL/SDR keys, for licencied copies (5 minutes otherwise)
12170
Expl./Weather
12172
If possible, explanations are given between square parenthesis ( ). They follow the abbreviations (/XYZ type) to explain. Uplink messages giving airport weather (METAR/SPECI/TAF) are also decoded.
12174
If this button is pushed, it is open a window allowing the automatic management of the LEOSAT satellites (NOAA 15, 18, 19, METOP-A/B) reception, from your position or your Locator, as entered in your personal data
12176
If the CRC (detection code) is ignored, all packets will be taken into account and it will be displayed all characters included the erroneous ones. It will be simply displayed "Bad CRC" is case of erroneous CRC.
12178
If possible, explanations, about ACARS abbreviations, are given between parenthesis. They follow the abbreviations (/XYZ type) to explain.
12180
Selection of the Aero packets type
12182
If the "AFC" button is pushed, the Automatic Frequency Control is started (in standard reception, not in SdR reception)
12184
The "Speed (bauds)" box permits to select the speed in bauds. Note that the 10500 bauds decoding is only available in SdR reception (FM). Note also that 600 and 1200 bauds are demodulated in FM in SdR reception and in USB in standard reception.
12186
Weather messages decoding
12188
This box permits to set in duty the METAR/SPECI/TAF messages decoding, selecting the wished airports
12190
If this button is pushed, weather messages decoding will be set on duty
12192
Airport filter
12194
This filter permits to select an airport (defined by the 4 characters ICAO code) or a group of airports (defined by the first or the two first characters of the ICAO code). For example, "K" for airports in USA or "KOWY" for the  OWYHEE airport.
12196
Number of AERO frames (detected by "unique word") / validated packets received
12198
Number of received airports ACARS weather messages (METAR, SPECI or TAF)
12200
ACARS messages
12202
If this button is pushed, the "ACARS messages" and text type packets will be displayed
12204
Others
12206
If this button is pushed, the received airports ACARS weather messages (METAR, SPECI or TAF) are partly decoded and displayed.
12208
No. of frame
12210
If this button is pushed, the number of each frame in the superframe will be displayed
12212
If this button is pushed, the reserved and filling packets (i.e. messages type 38 and empty "AES system table broadcast (index)" packets) will be displayed (a priori, without interest)
12214
Each display of an AERO packet is preceded by the UTC time and date
12216
Plane database
12218
If this button is pushed, it is open a window allowing the automatic management of the AERO geostationary satellites reception, from your position or your Locator, as entered in your personal data
12220
Fast PC
12222
Permits, on 10500 bauds, to increase the decoding quality of about 15 %, but the CPU load will be the double.
12224
Other 10500 bauds set of parameters
12226
For test only, option non memorized
12228
Each display of an ORBCOMM packet is preceded by the UTC time and date
12230
Explanations are given between square parenthesis ( ). They concern text of "Enveloped Data HFNPDU". Uplink messages giving airport weather (METAR/SPECI/TAF) are also decoded.
12232
Distress/Urgency
12234
Flight safety
12236
Other "safety"
12238
Non safety
12240
Complete ACARS message
12242
Incomplete ACARS message
12244
Plane identifier
12246
Type
12248
Reference no.
12250
No. of frequencies
12252
Sequence no.
12254
P channel bit rate
12256
unassigned
12258
R channel bit rate
12260
P channel frequency (global beam)
12262
P channel frequency (spot beam) no.
12264
Revision no.
12266
Satellite ID
12268
Satellite inclination
12270
Information for this satellite
12272
Information not for this satellite
12274
Satellite right ascension (from 00:00 UTC)
12276
Satellite longitude (east) (+/- 0.75)
12278
Satellite frequency 1 (global beam)
12280
Satellite frequency 1 (spot beam)
12282
Satellite frequency 2 (global beam)
12284
Satellite frequency (spot beam)
12286
<missing>
12288
<end of message lost>
12290
Beginning of message missing
12292
Bytes in last SSU
12294
From station
12296
towards plane
12298
User data
12300
User data (SSU)
12302
Unknown SSU with Q=
12304
Frame n
12306
Bad CRC
12308
No more SDR 250 KHz spectrum analyzer, in non-licencied version.
12310
No more "AERO mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
12312
The SDR 250 KHz spectrum analyzer is limited to licensed copies
12314
The SDR spectrum analyzer 0-250 KHz is not available in ADSB mode
12316
EGC (Inmarsat C satellites)
12318
PSK 2 KHz must be used to decode EGC at 1200 bauds. This demodulation forces sampling frequency to 48 KHz
12320
This RTL/SDR key does not permit to decode, because the sampling rate of 1000000 Hz is not available. So, the program switches to BPSK31.
12322
Internet database "https://www.itu.int/mmsapp/ShipStation/list" (you need an Internet connection). From the MMSI identifier, the ship data can be seen, for example.
12324
Partial decoding of Inmarsat C EGC transmissions
12326
Messages
12328
If this button is pushed, the broadcast messages will be displayed
12330
If this button is pushed, information supplied by the other known packets will be displayed
12332
If this button is pushed, the hexadecimal data carried by the unknown (unknown by Multipsk) packets will be displayed
12334
Selection of the EGC packets type
12336
If the "AFC" button is pushed, the Automatic Frequency Control is started
12338
Each display of an EGC frame (containing several packets) is preceded by the UTC time and date
12340
If this button is pushed, it is open a window allowing the automatic management of the EGC geostationary satellites reception, from your position or your Locator, as entered in your personal data
12342
Number of validated EGC packets received
12344
Permits, for slow PC, to decrease the CPU load if the decoding is difficult (in that case, a led will light)
12346
PC too slow!
12348
MMSI field used for the "MMSI filter". Click on a displayed MMSI (9 figures) to upload it on this MMSI field.
12350
Satellite
12352
South Korea
12354
USA
12356
Vietnam
12358
Bulletin Board
12360
Network version
12362
Frame number
12364
Signalling channel
12366
Count
12368
Ch<annel type
12370
600 bps return link
12372
Operational satellite
12374
In service
12376
Terrestrial links open
12378
Services
12380
ALERT (Maritime Distress Alerting
12382
SafetyNET Traffic
12384
STD-C (Inmarsat-C Traffic)
12386
Store & Forward
12388
Closed Network
12390
FleetNET Traffic
12392
Prefixed Store & Forward
12394
Land Mobile Alerting
12396
Aero-C Service
12398
ITA2 supported
12400
DATA supported
12402
Basic X.400 supported
12404
Enhanced X.400 supported
12406
Low Power C MES supported
12408
Signalling Board
12410
Uplink channel
12412
Channel number
12414
Acknowledgement Request
12416
Channel clear
12418
Channel assignment
12420
Inbound message acknowledgment
12422
MES Identifier
12424
Distress alert acknowledgement
12426
Distress test results
12428
Broadcast message
12430
Unknown packet
12432
Disconnection of the TCP/IP server.
12434
No more "EGC mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
12436
End of reception of a photo
12438
End of reception
12440
Reception of a photo in progress
12442
Transmission of a photo in progress
12444
Auxiliary functions: AMD, DTM and DBM messages and answer to open net calls)
12446
Auxiliary functions: Selective call / APRS / Beacon / Transmission of a message (+file) / QSP mails)
12448
See the "CALL_141A.TXT" file (which stores the calls)
12450
Permits to up-to-date the combo list with the last "CALL_141A.TXT" file
12452
It is displayed the mail percentage sent or received and the time remaining before the end of the mail transmission or reception
12454
Photo
12456
Stop of transmission
12458
Stop of photo transmission
12460
Enlargement
12462
Enlargement possible from 1 to 10
12464
Display of a photo received in ARQ FAE
12466
Display all characters
12468
Display of all the characters received: (" $xy " for characters<CHR(32) and >126). This option can be useful to understand the protocol or reconstitute complete messages
12470
Transmission finished!
12472
The user is in "slave" mode if he fears a too big frequency drift of his correspondent. If the operator answers, he normally selects the "slave" mode
12474
The user is in "master" mode if he wishes to impose his frequency
12476
Options for the parameters of this mode. Help on right click
12478
Once connected, the user can send a small photo, in the form of a JPG file of less of 2 Kb. The file must be, first, selected, then sent.
12480
JPG file selection
12482
The user must select a small photo, in the form of a JPG file of less of 2 Kb
12484
Once selected, the photo can be sent by clicking this button (if a connection is established)
12486
In case of user error, permits to stop immediatly the photo transmission, without losing the link
12488
It is displayed the photo percentage sent or received  and the time remaining before the end of the photo transmission or reception
12490
Photo display
12492
Display of the photo if the display window has been closed
12494
You are already transmitting a photo
12496
Error: the selected file has more than 2048 bytes (2 Kb)
12498
Error: authorised only during a QSO
12500
Error: you are not connected.
12502
Error: you have not selected a JPG file.
12504
Error: APRS position being transmited.
12506
Error: you are already transmitting...
12508
Error: your ARQ FAE beacon is working.
12510
Error: you are transmitting an ARQ FAE message.
12512
Error: you are transmitting an ARQ FAE QSP-mail.
12514
Error: you are recovering your ARQ FAE QSP-mail.
12516
Selection of the SDR TCP/IP server (called "MP" in the protocol). It is external to the Multipsk directory by default. Otherwise, it is internal to the Multipsk directory with a name of the form "SDR_TCP_IP_xyz.EXE" (XYZ is associated to the SDR)
12518
If the server (MP) is internal (but external by default), the SDR TCP/IP connection can be automatically done pushing on the "Auto" button
12520
External
12522
Selection of the SDR TCP/IP server (called "MP" in the protocol). It is external to the Multipsk directory by default. Otherwise, it is internal to the Multipsk directory with a name of the form "SDR_TCP_IP_xyz.EXE" (XYZ is associated to the SDR). Then the box proposes the liste of the different SDR available
12524
Client TCP/IP management (IP 127.0.0.1 / Port 50001)
12526
Select the same TCP/IP port number that
12528
the one used by the server (50001 by default).
12530
This "TCP/IP client" interfaces with a TCP/IP SDR server following the "SDR TCP/IP INTERFACE" protocol V.1
12532
The port used, by default, is the number 50001, but it can be changed with spin button (from 50001 to 50020). So several occurrences of Multipsk can be started, each one connected to a different client program
12534
Panor.
12536
Decoding of NDB beacons (7 to 10 wpm)
12538
CW (Morse) or NDB beacons
12540
WEB list of all NDB beacons
12542
N/C America
12544
WEB list of NDB beacons of North and Central America
12546
WEB list of NDB beacons of Europe
12548
Rest of the world
12550
WEB list of NDB beacons of the rest of the world (mainly Asia and Australia)
12552
There are two official frequencies: 400 Hz +/-25 Hz (1020 Hz +/-50 Hz). Click on this button to go directly to 400 Hz
12554
There are two official frequencies: 400 Hz +/-25 Hz (1020 Hz +/-50 Hz). Click on this button to go directly to 1020 Hz
12556
NDB lists
12558
It is proposed mainly the signal to Noise ratio and 4 lists (databases) relative to NDB beacons
12560
NDB Speed in wpm
12562
NDB Speed in words par minute ("wpm"). 8 mpm is the most common speed followed by 9 mpm (in UK)
12564
Permits to display the received Morse signs (limited to 10 mn for non-licencied versions). This function can be useful if the user is able to decode graphically Morse
12566
Permits to stop the display to leave time for the user to graphically decode the Morse characters
12568
Position of the radiosonde on the world map
12570
Position of the radiosonde on DXAtlas, if this one exists on the PC
12572
Position of the radiosonde on a local map chosen by the user
12574
It rings one second on reception of an M10 message
12576
Display all the last received radiosonde position messages, collected by a specific WEB server
12578
Noisy
12580
This option must be used only for very noisy signal. The decoding will not work with a normal signal (not very noisy)  (limited to 10 mn for non-licencied versions)
12582
The specified local SDR TCP/IP server has not been detected
12584
No more "QRP decoding" and "Morse display" functions, in non-licencied version.
12586
No more "M10 mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
12588
No more "Morse display" function, in non-licencied version.
12590
Writing of the eQSL string to eQSL.txt
12592
Writing of the eQSL string to the eQSL.txt file, each time a QSO is transmitted to eQSL
12594
Writing of the eQSL string to eQSL.txt without TX to eQSL
12596
Writing of the eQSL string to the eQSL.txt file, each time a QSO is transmitted to eQSL, but without transmission to eQSL
12598
Save all the M10 messages of the reception window in the "M10_messages.txt" file (for exchange with other Hams and SWL, for example)
12600
Load the "M10_messages.txt" file (if exists) and displays the containt in the reception window, after the already displayed text
12602
Radiosonde
12604
Display the last positions of the radiosonde.
12606
Display all the received positions of the reception window, possibly filtered by "Receivers"
12608
Display the last RX positions of SWL or Ham in reception. For this, the Locator ("Personal data") of the listener must be filled.
12610
Positions display of transmitters on maps GE, local and DXAtlas
12612
Radiosonde M10 positioning, on SYNOP/SHIP maps
12614
WEB database 2
12616
Display of data relative to the received SELCAL, by using the "SELCAL_DICTIONARY.txt" file (several planes can correspond to the same SELCAL). It is possible, afterwards, to call the Flightaware WEB site for information about the flight and the plane.
12618
Once a SELCAL selected on the Combo box, by clicking on this button, you call the Flightaware WEB site to fetch information about the flight and the plane (from the registration number).
12620
This label indicates also the number of frames with correct check-sum. If this number is large and if the number of decoded frames is equal to 0, change of GPS format (push the "GPS GTop" button)
12622
This label indicates also the number of decoded frames, this to inform about decoding in progress.
12624
GTop GPS
12626
This button permits to select the GPS used by the radiosonde. It can be used, for the M10, either the GTop GPS (for the Trappes site, for example) or the Trimble GPS
12628
This button permits to display altitude in feet. The initial unity used for altitude, by the radiosonde M10, is the meter
12630
Speeds in knots
12632
This button permits to display speeds in knots. The initial unity used for speeds by the radiosonde M10 is the m/s
12634
Compact display permits to limit the CPU load
12636
Sunday
12638
Monday
12640
Thuesday
12642
Wednesday
12644
Thursday
12646
Friday
12648
Saturday
12650
W
12652
Horizontal speed
12654
Vertical speed
12656
Save all the RS messages of the reception window in the "RS_messages.txt" file (for exchange with other Hams and SWL, for example)
12658
Load the "RS_messages.txt" file (if exists) and displays the containt in the reception window, after the already displayed text
12660
Lock the frequency (so neither addressee RS ID frequency control nor AFC)
12662
The compass rose indicates the balloon mean direction (averaged on the last 10 received directions)
12664
This label indicates the number of frames with correct check-sum. If this number is large and if the number of decoded frames is equal to 0, change of GPS format (push the "GPS GTop" button)
12666
This label indicates the number of frames with correct check-sum
12668
This label indicates the number of decoded frames, this to inform about decoding in progress.
12670
It rings one second on reception of a message
12672
This button permits to display speeds in knots. The initial unity used for speeds by the radiosonde is the m/s
12674
No more "RS41 mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
12676
Reset to 0 the number of received positions, this to limit the number of positions displayed on the map
12678
This label indicates the number of correct received frames
12680
This button permits to display altitude in feet. The initial unity used for altitude, by the radiosonde, is the meter
12682
It is displayed the distance (at ground level) in km or in miles (depending on the choice done between "km" and "mi.") between your station position (given in your "Personal data") and the last radiosonde position
12684
It is displayed the maximum detected distance (at ground level) in km or in miles (depending on the choice done between "km" and "mi.") between your station position (given in your "Personal data") and the radiosonde positions
12686
Display of distances in miles
12688
Display of distances in km
12690
No more "DFM06-09 mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
12692
Transmission/reception of an EM (Extended Message)
12694
Send the text in an Extended Message way (47 characters by 47 characters)
12696
1 line = 1 transmission
12698
An elementary message of 47 characters maximum is exactly contained in one line, so if you don't pass one line, the message will be sent in one message transmission. If the message is contained in two lines, two transmissions will be necessary, etc.
12700
RX editor dimensioning ("13" is the standard), to see more or less messages
12702
Capitals
12704
The decoded message is displayed in capitals. Otherwise it is displayed in small letters
12706
<Enter>
12708
If the <Enter> button is pushed, the message in the editor is sent once the <Enter> key is typed (otherwise the button "Send" must be clicked)
12710
A timestamp with local time will be added at the beginning of each new message
12712
TX (yet sent)
12714
Common activation of the RQS (RTS) and DTR pins (option by default)
12716
"OK" to go to the EM -->
12718
Transmission/reception of a text as an Extended Message ("EM"). The message will be displayed on the adressee waterfall and will be seen by all having this function in service.
12720
If the "Others" button is pushed, the other packets (than ACARS messages or filling paquets) will be displayed. They are, in general, control packets
12722
P channel (L band)
12724
Standard decoding of 1200 bauds "P channel" transmissions in the L band (around 1545 MHz)
12726
R/T channel (C band)
12728
Experimental (i.e. non checked in real reception) decoding of 1200 bauds "R or T channel" transmissions in the C band (3600  3629 MHz). They are burst transmissions from planes to ground stations via satellites).A fast PC is needed to the decoding
12730
...PSE, come back to reception (RX) to send this EM.
12732
No EM in connected mode
12734
Preceded by the "Notes" field
12736
To replace the sole "QSL comment"by "NOTES field for the current QSO + a space+ the QSL comment"
12738
messages
12740
It is indicated the number of characters to send followed by the number of messages to send (a message can contain 47 characters maximum)
12742
Dimensioning of both TX editors ("7" is the minimum)
12744
RX editor dimensioning ("13" is the minimum), to see more or less messages
12746
No mixer found, which would be normal for LINUX PC. Change the option on the "Mixer" menu to avoid this message
12748
For PC with Windows XP only
12750
Preceded of the "Notes" field
12752
To export towards eQSL "NOTES field for the current QSO + a space+ the eQSL comment" instead of the sole "QSL comment"
12754
AF levels + Sound card
12756
AF frequency adjustment
12758
HF frequency adjustment, by 10 kHz steps
12760
TCP/IP Ser.
12762
Request
12764
Mixer adjustments ("Input" for PC with Windows XP only)
12766
Mixer input - For PC with Windows XP only
12768
Junzis
12770
Internet database "https://junzis.com/adb/" (you need a connction to the WEB). From the last plane identifier received by Multipsk, information about the plane is automatically supplied by the Junzis WEB site.
12772
Internet database "https://www.flightradar24.com/data/" (you need a connction to the WEB). From the last plane identifier received by Multipsk, information about the plane is automatically supplied by the Flightradar24 WEB site (with possibly a photo).
12774
Weath.
12776
If this button is pushed, the reserved and filling packets will be displayed (a priori, without interest)
12778
L band
12780
C band
12782
To connect a server on the same PC (as Virtual Radar Server, for example) able to plot plane positions through a local loop ("127.0.0.1") TCP/IP connection then send plane positions to this server, where they will be seen
12784
TCP/IP client
12786
The local loop TCP/IP port number between 30001 and 30030 can be selected by the user with the spinbutton. Of course, it must be the same as the one selected on the server (for example "127.0.0.1:30003").
12788
State of the connection between Multipsk and the server and the number of frames sent to the server
12790
Internet database "https://www.flightradar24.com/data/" (you need a connction to the WEB)
12792
Junzis data
12794
Display all the received positions, on the local map (which must be open), or on Google Earth or in DXAtlas
12796
Flight
12798
Vertical rate change event
12800
Altitude range event
12802
Waypoint change event
12804
Towards station
12806
Multipsk is not connected to Commander (or to a Funcube, to a RTL/SDR key or to a SoftRock SdR). Note that you can click on the button "Commander" at the bottom of the RX/TX screen.
12808
Neither the local map nor GoogleEarth nor DXAtlas is selected...
12810
Transmission in progress. Stop it first, with the "Stop" button.
12812
APRS repeaters ("RELAY,WIDE"): click on the "Options" button.
12814
PAX repeaters ("ECHO"): click on the "Options" button.
12816
South-West
12818
The TCP/IP link is on duty
12820
Success of a QSP mail reception from
12822
No ITU ship information.
12824
CW Morse (200 to 2500 Hz or 200 to 3800 Hz) (limited to 5 mn for non-licencied versions)
12826
RTTY 45 bauds (200 to 2500 Hz or 200 to 3800 Hz) (limited to 5 mn for non-licencied versions)
12828
If pushed, all positions are transmitted, via a NMEA GPS frame, to any application able to manage GPS frames in real time (as Google Earth). The user must first select a serial port (physical or virtual) in the "Serial port for GPS" menu
12830
Radiosonde for 403 MHz and around, not 1680 MHz
12832
Coordinates time acquisition not given
12834
Acceptable alternate ground stations DLS address
12836
First, select the "Unproto" mode or connect to a BBS
12838
Your are not yet connected...
12840
No more "LMS6 mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
12842
World map: positioning of an ORBCOMM satellite
12844
World map: positioning of a plane after reception of a position
12846
World map: positioning of the search area after reception of an urgency frame
12848
World map: positioning of a ship after reception of a position
12850
World map: positioning of a radiosonde after reception of a position
12852
Open this screen after start up
12854
If pushed, for any TNT or compatible receiver, the I/Q signal is taken from the key through the "rtl_tcp.exe" TCP/IP server. On the RX/TX screen, click on the "Transceiver" button to control this SdR receiver (in frequency and, possibly, in gain).
12856
If pushed, for any SDRplay or compatible receiver, the I/Q signal is taken from the key through the "rsp_tcp.exe" TCP/IP server. On the RX/TX screen, click on the "Transceiver" button to control this SdR receiver (in frequency only).
12858
Options (port/adress)
12860
IP (figures) of the server (standard: 127.0.0.1):
12862
The standard local IP address is 127.0.0.1. For a distant server, paste the server WEB IP adress
12864
The TCP/IP port used, by default, is the number 1234, but it can be changed with the spin button, from 1231 to 1250. So several occurrences of Multipsk can be started, each one connected to a server and so to a different receiver.
12866
RSP2 bias-tee
12868
The bias-tee (4.7 V / 100 mA at the ANT-B antenna output) of the SDRplay RSP2 can be set ("On") or reset ("Off")
12870
RTL key/DLL
12872
If pushed, the TNT receiver presence is checked, the SdR interface is forced, the I/Q signal being taken from the TNT key through the RTL DLL. On the RX/TX screen, click on the "Transceiver" button to control this SdR receiver.
12874
ADSB mode can only work with a TNT or a SDRplay receiver connected via the DLL or TCP/IP and if the SdR interface ("Direct via the sound card" button) is started. Playing or recording are not allowed in this mode. So the program switches to BPSK31.
12876
The receiver is not yet connected to Multipsk, via TCP/IP link
12878
RSP_TCP.exe file detected, TCP/IP connection in progress
12880
Wait
12882
Direct connection to Commander. "Connected" is displayed on this button if successful. Reversely, once connected, by clicking on this button, the connection with Commander is stopped.
12884
Radius
12886
LES TDM channel number
12888
Gain and frequency
12890
SDRplay receiver detected and TCP/IP connection done
12892
SDRplay receiver disconnected
12894
Failure of the TCP/IP connection, the SDRplay receiver is probably not connected.
12896
250 KHz bandwidth SDR spectrum and waterfall (-125 KHz to 125 KHz), only available for TNT and SDRplay receivers, for licencied copies (5 minutes otherwise)
12898
If this button is pushed, the broadcast messages (B1 and B2 packets) will be displayed. Note that B1 and B2 packets can be issued from splitted packets carried by the BD/BE packets.
12900
Urgencies with position
12902
If this button is pushed, the broadcast messages (B1 and B2 packets) relative to urgencies, search and rescue will be displayed with the concerned position on the world map.
12904
If this button is pushed, information supplied by the other known packets (except "LES list" packets (92 and AB)) will be displayed (i.e. packets 08, 19, 27, 2A, 5E, 6C, 7D, 81, 83, 90, 91, 93, 99, 9A, 9C, A0, AA, AC, AD, A2, A3, A8, A9, BD, BE)
12906
List LES
12908
If this button is pushed, the 92 and AB packets including a LES list will be displayed. They are very long and lead to a big CPU load (so to avoid, a priori).
12910
Number of valid EGC packets received
12912
EGC frame number being received (a frame contains at least 2 packets)
12914
LES TDM channel
12916
Standby NCS common channel
12918
Alerting supported
12920
Data transmission supported
12922
Store and forward messaging
12924
Maritime distress traffic
12926
Land mobile alerting traffic
12928
AERO-C traffic
12930
Low Power C exclusively
12932
Data - with ARQ
12934
Performance verification
12936
Service
12938
Priorit
12940
Status code
12942
Network identifier
12944
Network Version
12946
INMARSAT system message
12948
Coastal warning
12950
Shore-to-Ship distress alert
12952
EGC system message
12954
Urgency message
12956
Warning or forecast
12958
SAR coordination
12960
Chart correstion
12962
Repetition number
12964
Gain taken into account
12966
AGC taken into account
12968
AGC deleted
12970
SDRplay receiver not connected
12972
Permits to control the frequency and the gain of a SDRplay receiver
12974
Permits to control the frequency and the gain of a TNT receiver
12976
Either in dB or in level: "0/9" (min) to "9/9" (max)
12978
RTL/SDR gain adjustment: "Auto" (normal position, for "automatic level") or manual gain adjusted with the < > buttons. The gains (between about -1 to 49 dB) are variable from an equipment to another.
12980
Gain adjustment: "Auto" (normal position, for "automatic level") or manual gain adjusted with the < > buttons. The gain is adjustable between "0/9" (min) to "9/9" (max).
12982
Frequency taken into account
12984
The RSL_TCP.exe file is not present in the directory where Multipsk.exe can be found (both files must be in the same directory)
12986
RSP_TCP.exe file not detected
12988
It is proposed an option to select the sole modes really used by the user. The panels of modes (amateur and professional) will, hence, propose a choice among the sole selected modes.
12990
All modes are selected and, consequently, checked (default option)
12992
Appliquer
12994
"d-m.h" for "degrees-minutes.hundredth of minute". For example for "08 09.70' North": "08-09.70N". The latitude must be 9 characters long.
12996
"d-m.h" for "degrees-minutes.hundredth of minute". For example for "002 01.08' West": "002-01.08W". The longitude must be 10 characters long.
12998
Transmission of a DSTAR message
13000
Send the DSTAR message (20 characters by 20 characters maximum)
13002
It is indicated the number of characters to send followed by the number of messages to send (a message can contain 20 characters maximum)
13004
DSTAR beacon with transmission interval between 15 seconds and 30 minutes
13006
Activation
13008
When the button is pressed, activation of the DSTAR beacon according to the selected interval (between 15 seconds and 30 minutes). When the button is released, the beacon is deactivated
13010
A transmission at seconds 0, 15, 30, 45 of the PC clock
13012
A transmission at seconds 0, 30 of the PC clock
13014
A transmission at each minute of the PC clock
13016
A transmission at minute 0, 2, 4,.., 56, 58 of the PC clock
13018
A transmission at minutes 0, 5, 10,.., 50, 55 of the PC clock
13020
A transmission at minutes 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50 of the PC clock
13022
A transmission at minutes 0, 30 of the PC clock
13024
Parrot
13026
Transmits immediatly any valid DSTAR frame, once received (like a parrot which repeats what he is hearing). No modification is done to the received frame, which is re-transmitted as it is. For tests and modulation adjustment.
13028
TCP/IP management: DNS adress/Port 14580 or 10152
13030
Data decoding of the "DV" sub mode frames only
13032
It rings one tenth of a second on reception of a DSTAR frame
13034
Each display of a DSTAR frame is preceded by the UTC time and date
13036
If this option is selected, pieces of data located after the 20 characters message are all displayed (the message is always displayed irrespective to this option)
13038
Transmission of a DSTAR message in base band (so not in SdR configuration) . This message will be 20 characters maximum. Macros (sequences) can be used.
13040
Direct transmission between terminals
13042
Communication with interruption
13044
Repeater control
13046
Auto reply
13048
Resend request
13050
ACK flag
13052
No response available
13054
Unavailable relay
13056
No particular information
13058
From
13060
Wait to be in reception (RX) to send this message
13062
Transmission in progress. Wait the end of transmission
13064
Data decoding of the "DV" sub mode frames data only (not the voice)
13066
Data decoding of the callsigns only (not the voice)
13068
This label indicates also the number of correct received frames ("FICH" or "DCH"), this to inform about decoding in progress.
13070
It rings one tenth of a second on reception of new C4FM data (transmission type, callsigns and, possibly, repeaters used)
13072
Each display of new C4FM data (transmission type, callsigns and, possibly, repeaters used) is preceded by the UTC time and date
13074
Transmission via VoIP station
13076
Uplink repeater
13078
Automatic received picture record in the "Sstv_RX" sub-directory (standalone working)
13080
Source
13082
Downlink repeater
13084
FM 9 KHz must be used to decode the DMR mode
13086
FM 12 KHz must be used to decode the POCSAG, ACARS, C4FM mode or to listen to FM on 12.5 KHz channels. FM demodulation forces sampling frequency to 48 KHz
13088
DMR stations positioning, on SYNOP/SHIP maps, if a position Hytera is sent
13090
Data decoding of the callsigns and messages only (not the voice)
13092
This label indicates also the number of correct DMR received frames, this to inform about decoding in progress.
13094
Repeater colour code
13096
It rings one tenth of a second on reception of new DMR data (identifier, callsign and, possibly, message)
13098
Each display of new DMR data (identifier, callsign and, possibly, message) is preceded by the UTC time and date
13100
Validated messages
13102
Only validated messages will be displayed. Otherwise, all messages validated or not will be displayed
13104
The "Hexa" button permits, for a time limited need, to also display validated messages in hexadecimal
13106
If a position is received (and if it is decodable by Multipsk) then the position of the last received station is displayed on a local map chosen by the user
13108
Position on DXAtlas
13110
If a position is received (and if it is decodable by Multipsk) then the position of the last received station is displayed on the DXAtlas map
13112
Filtering on string
13114
If the "On" button is pushed, it is only displayed data lines which contain the string specified by the user (callsign or TG,...) in the small editor
13116
Number of positions received and displayed
13118
Filtering on service
13120
validated
13122
not checked/not decoded
13124
Frequency displayed (if RX or XCVR connected)
13126
This option permits to display, for memory, the frequency adjusted in the transceiver. But it is necessary that Commander or any receiver (RTL-SDR, SDRplay...) be connected to Multipsk
13128
FM 9 KHz must be used to decode the P25 mode
13130
Mode P25 Phase 1 - Data decoding of the callsigns only (not the voice)
13132
This label indicates also the number of correct P25 received frames, this to inform about decoding in progress.
13134
It rings one tenth of a second on reception of new P25 data (identifier and callsign)
13136
Each display of new P25 data (identifier and callsign) is preceded by the UTC time and date
13138
Error: recording speed must be 16200 samples/sec for this mode.
13140
Error: recording speed must be 12000 samples/sec for this mode.
13142
Error: recording speed must be 48000 samples/sec for this mode.
13144
Error: recording speed must be 9600 samples/sec for this mode.
13146
Error: recording speed must be 8000 samples/sec for this mode.
13148
Error: recording speed must be 11025 samples/sec for this mode.
13150
List of the limited functions and modes
13152
Functions and modes which can be only run with the registered version
13154
Options (port/address)
13156
To select IP address and port (for SDRplay and RTL/SDR) plus the rsp_tcp.exe version 1.1 (for "RSPdx" receiver)
13158
The rsp_tcp.exe version 1.1 (compatible with SDRuno V.1.4 only) is indispensable to make work the "RSPdx" receiver
13160
RSP_TCP_V_1_1.exe file detected, TCP/IP connection in progress
13162
If this button is pushed, it will be displayed the speed in kts (knots)
13164
Region
13166
Beijing/China
13168
Aussaguel/France
13170
Pune/India
13172
Fucino/Italy
13174
Yamaguchi/Japan
13176
Burum/Netherlands
13178
Eik/Norway
13180
Nudol/Russia
13182
Hai Phong/Vietnam
13184
Saving and presentation
13186
Save the predictions in the PASS_PREDICTIONS.TXT file, then show all of them, by opening the file
13188
With minimum distance
13190
If this option is selected, it is displayed the minimum distance between the satellite and the user during the pass, plus the azimuth and the elevation when this minimum distance is reached. Useful to determine the closest pass from the user, if several
13192
Advance
13194
In this box, it is proposed to advance the satellites on their trajectories (and hence in the future), so to have the possibility to see where the satellites are going to exactly pass. This completes the "Pass predictions" function
13196
The advance can be configured between 0 (the present) and 4h 14mn in the future
13198
Remove the advance. So the trajectories are displayed in real time (standard way)
13200
Minimum distance
13202
"Slow" sub-mode: 16 tones, B=250 Hz, 15.62 bauds, 19.5 wpm in Contestia
13204
If this button is pushed, it will be displayed, on GoogleEarth or on the traffic window, the airplane speed in kts (knots)
13206
If "RAW" is pushed, it is exported (if the "TCP/IP" button is also pushed) ADSB raw data (on the port 3121) to a "TCP/IP client" application as ADSBscope, Virtual radar Server or Plane-Plotter, for example
13208
The RSP_TCP.exe file is not present in the directory where Multipsk.exe can be found (both files must be in the same directory)
13210
The RSP_TCP_V_1_1.exe file is not present in the directory where Multipsk.exe can be found (both files must be in the same directory)
13212
RSP_TCP_V_1_1.exe file not detected
13214
Incorrect format, must be in 16 bits stereo
13216
Error: recording speed must be 192000 samples/sec for this mode.
13218
The upper decoding panel where messages are displayed in red, can be sized with this spinbutton
13220
Reception of a QSP mail in progress
13222
Stop of photo reception (order given by the other Ham)
13224
Stop of reception
13226
Radio mail (AMD, DBM and DTM messages sent and received through messages transmission or individual or net calls)
13228
Radio mail (ARQ FAE messages sent and received)
13230
"AnyCa" ("Anycall" (CQ)), "Allcall", Call", "SoTW" ("Sounding with THIS WAS"), "So TI" ("Sounding with THIS IS"), "DTM" ("DTM message"), "DBM" ("DBM message"), "AMD" ("AMD message" in a call) or "TX" (transmission)
13232
"FAE" ("ARQ FAE") or "TX" (transmission)
13234
Last call received
13236
Message no
13238
not given
13240
Not available
13242
Data frame
13244
Transmission towards a repeater
13246
Control signal
13248
Urgent priority signal
13250
Through repeaters
13252
Towards
13254
Frame repeated by the "parrot"
13256
Direct transmission
13258
Transmission via repeater
13260
Ham
13262
Start of
13264
Stop of
13266
via
13268
not validated
13270
Colour code
13272
Data type
13274
last block
13276
World map: positioning after reception of an AERO position
13278
Controlled by FIR
13280
Plane Identifier
13282
Cancel all contracts and terminates connection (not decoded)
13284
Cancel contract (not decoded)
13286
Cancel emergency mode (not decoded)
13288
Periodic contract (not decoded)
13290
Event contract (not decoded)
13292
Emergency periodic contract (not decoded)
13294
Lateral deviation change (not decoded)
13296
Reporting interval (not decoded)
13298
Flight identifier (not decoded)
13300
Predicted route (not decoded)
13302
Reference to Earth (not decoded)
13304
Reference to air (not decoded)
13306
Meteo (not decoded)
13308
Airframe Identifier (not decoded)
13310
Vertical rate change (not decoded)
13312
Altitude range (not decoded)
13314
Waypoint change (not decoded)
13316
Aircraft intent (not decoded)
13318
exported
13320
Acknowledgement of ADS contract
13322
Negative acknowledgement of ADS contract
13324
Noncompliance notification of ADS contract
13326
Cancel emergency mode
13328
Basic report
13330
Emergency basic report
13332
Lateral deviation change event
13334
Flight identifier
13336
Next waypoint
13338
By reference to Earth
13340
Track
13342
feet/mn
13344
By reference to air
13346
Mach speed
13348
Meteo (wind/air)
13350
True direction
13352
Intermediate Intent
13354
Distance
13356
Fixed intent
13358
from plane
13360
2-F count
13362
TDM number
13364
Channel type
13366
NCS common channel
13368
Joint common and TDM
13370
Enhanced data reporting
13372
Slotted Aloha access
13374
Beginning of splitted packet
13376
End of splitted packet
13378
TDM frame number
13380
Slot number for the MES
13382
Frame length
13384
Hexa errors
13386
Channel clear (to mobile)
13388
Channel clear (from mobile)
13390
Forced clear
13392
Reason for clear (number)
13394
Short announcement
13396
Long announcement
13398
Half-duplex data
13400
Data - no ARQ
13402
To-mobile
13404
From-mobile
13406
To and from mobile
13408
Hexa Information
13410
Logical channel assignment
13412
from mobile
13414
Request status
13416
Request rejected
13418
Request pending
13420
Distress test request
13422
Test results
13424
Confirmation
13426
Message status
13428
Message reference number
13430
Hexa message status
13432
Slot logical channel assignment Control-Query
13434
Hexa information
13436
Network monitor
13438
Individual poll
13440
Hexa data
13442
Group poll
13444
Login acknowledgement
13446
Common channel
13448
Number of LES
13450
Enhanced data report acknowledgement (
13452
report(s)
13454
Hexa report
13456
Network update
13458
Logout acknowledgement
13460
General call
13462
Group call
13464
Extent to the North
13466
Extent to the East
13468
Priority
13470
Failure opening the GPS serial port necessary to the position output
13472
Failure to transmit the position through the GPS serial port
13474
Apply
13476
To select IP address and port (for the SDRplay) plus the rsp_tcp.exe version 1.1 (for "RSPdx" receiver)
13478
LRPT mode can only work if the SdR interface ("Direct via the sound card" button) is started. The program switches to BPSK31
13480
FM-RDS mode can only work if the SdR interface ("Direct via the sound card" button) is started and not in recording mode. The program switches to BPSK31
13482
Satur
13484
I/Q is inverted
13486
I/Q is not inverted
13488
Detection in progress
13490
None satellite visible
13492
Picture decoding
13494
At the end of reception (no more "Synchro" displayed), click on this button to decode the picture with the "M2_LRPT_Decoder.exe" program. Then, on this program, click on the "72K" button and load the 72k_LRPT_METEOR.s file
13496
It is displayed "Synchro" on reception of a synchronization LRPT signal. Ideally, it must permanently appear "Synchro", while receving the METEOR-M2 satellite transmission
13498
The square white picture gives an idea of the received QPSK signal quality, showing the phase and the magnitude of signals. On doit voir quadre tches spares.
13500
the "Ring" button permits a one second ring on reception of the first synchronization signal ("Synchro" is displayed for the first time). However some laptops cannot ring for an unknown reason
13502
Time-stamped LRPT file
13504
This button permits to time-stamp the reception file name so as to have "72k_LRPT_METEOR date time.s" instead "72k_LRPT_METEOR.s". In this case, these "s" files are stored in the "METEOR_M2" sub-directory
13506
In SdR Multipsk mode, this option is recommended if an "afc" or "AFC" function can, afterwards, follow the Doppler drift. However the tuning must be in "AF" or "HF".
13508
Attention: this option removes the Doppler automatic follow-up.
13510
To TCP/IP
13512
If this button is pushed, the position given in broadcast messages (B1 and B2 packets) relative to urgencies, search and rescue is displayed on DXAtlas with a big black dot. The zone is not displayed.
13514
For METEOR-M2 (137.1 MHz). The transmission is only demodulated (decoded by "M2_LRPT_Decoder.exe") if a SdR receiver is connected to Multipsk and if the SdR interface is started (on the Configuration screen)
13516
Image decoding
13518
This button permits to time-stamp the reception file name so as to have "72k_LRPT_METEOR_date_time.s" instead "72k_LRPT_METEOR.s". In this case, these "s" files are stored in the "LRPT" sub-directory
13520
Number of regular synchronisation signals received. For one satellite passage, the number of "synchros" received is about 7000
13522
Option to select if your PC is relatively slow (the red caption "Slow PC!" pops up frequently). However, if under noise your PC is slow, perhaps on a true LRPT signal, it will be sufficiently fast, so it is worth to try to demodulate
13524
Stop demodulation
13526
Except when reading a WAV file, this option permits to stop the LRPT demodulation, which will make drop the CPU load of the PC. It can be useful for tests or to make an audio recording aimed to LRPT or RDS (FM), with very few risk to lose data
13528
It is displayed the estimated percentage of the data received compared to a complete reception. If the maximum size of data storage has been reached (100 %), it is displayed "Saturated". In this case, old data are removed and replaced by new data
13530
Detection of an I/Q inversion
13532
This function, running on LRPT starting up, permits to detect if the I/Q signals are reversed or not, in reception (i.e normal order I/Q or reversed order: Q/I). This state (reversed or not) depends on your receiver
13534
Once the detection done for a given receiver, it is useless to do it at each LRPT starting up. In that case, to avoid this systematic detection, push on this button
13536
Received data are sent to a TCP/IP server on port 3121, for direct transmission to the decoding application M2_LRPT_Decoder.exe
13538
To file
13540
Received data are stored in internal memory before being exported to the "72k_LRPT_METEOR.s" file on user demand ("Image decoding" button)
13542
Flush
13544
Once the image completely received, click on the "Flush" button, to send towards "M2_LRPT_Decoder.exe", through the TCP/IP link, all what remains in memory so as see all the received image
13546
PLL Freq.
13548
Frequency locked by the PLL (phase-locked loop). If the receiver is well tuned on 137.1 MHz, this frequency must be equal to about 2.5 kHz at the beginning of the pass and to about -2.5 kHz at the pass end
13550
You can't make work "M2_LRPT_Decoder.exe" in both modes (TCP/IP and file). You must first finish the work with "M2_LRPT_Decoder.exe" in TCP/IP link, then close the decoder
13552
It misses the decoding program "M2_LRPT_Decoder.exe" (see the Multipsk handbook for details)
13554
The decoding program "M2_LRPT_Decoder.exe" is stillstarted up. Stop it first
13556
I/Q are inverted
13558
I/Q are not inverted
13560
MODE
13562
The panel opened by this button concerns the CW, CCW and RTTY parameters, plus the mode selection en progress
13564
TX video ID
13566
Submode
13568
In bauds
13570
Open POCSAG.TXT
13572
Permits to open the POCSAG.TXT file to consult it or to manually add new correspondance "Adress name". In this case, don't forget to record the modified file. It's a personal file, limited to 2000 correspondences
13574
RX/TX characters font (standard: Arial, bold, size:8)
13576
Twice bigger spectrum or waterfall
13578
Four times bigger spectrum or waterfall
13580
Button to push, in case of UTF8 (Fldigi) transmission, i.e. if odd double characters appear instead of accented characters. Even if started, this function permits to also decode the ANSI characters, if there no ambiguity
13582
Sonde type
13584
This button permits to display the type of radiosonde (4 hexa characters) followed by the model (M10 Gtop GPS, M10 Trimble Copernicus GPS or M20 Trimble Copernicus GPS)
13586
Detection of an extension Fldigi
13588
Detection of an extension Fldigi RS ID
13590
Tune+AF
13592
Tune on initial frequency or on a repeater frequency + AF generator (for licensed copies). Help on right click
13594
No duplicate
13596
If this option is selected, it will not be displayed a message which would be the same as the previous one. So the successive repetitions of the same message will not be displayed, regardless of the message origin
13598
as AF generator
13600
The "67", "88.5", "1750" buttons allows the user to open repeaters by transmitting a tone at the frequency displayed on the button (during about 2 seconds)
13602
AF generator
13604
This AF generator (limited to licensed copies) permits to generate a sinusoidal signal at any frequency between 10 and 4300 Hz, under a given signal to noise ratio ("S/N"), between "no noise" (for "100" selected) to "no signal" (for "0" selected)
13606
Frequency tuning between 10 and 4300 Hz
13608
Noise level
13610
The noise level can be adjusted between 0 and 100 %: "no noise" for "100" selected to "no signal" for "0" selected. The signal to noise ratio ("S/N") is displayed
13612
S/N
13614
Received text
13616
QR Code decoding in progress...
13618
No QR Code decoded
13620
Force the HF frequency to 0 Hz for a VLF receiver on the sound card
13622
Detection of an "End Of Transmission" FLdigi RS ID
13624
QR Code insertion
13626
If this button is pushed, it is proposed to insert a QR Code (V.2) transmitting your text, in the SSTV picture. The text length (47 characters maximum) will define the error correction level used, so from the weakest to the strongest: L, M, Q and H
13628
Small format
13630
The small QR Code format is, in area, 4 times smaller than the standard format, but it is also 4 times less sensitive (in terms of Signal to Noise ratio)
13632
Text (47 characters max)
13634
Type your text in this editor, as in the exemple "FX9XYZ PIERRE JN18FT". The authorized characters are: 0..9, A..Z, space, "$", "%", "*", "+", "-" , ".", "/", ":"
13636
The error correction levels are:  "H" for 20 characters maximum (the strongest), "Q" for 29, "M" for 38, "L" for 47 characters maximum (the weakest). So the best is to limit the text to 20 characters, as in the example: "FX9XYZ PIERRE JN18FT"
13638
If the automatic QR code decoding does not work, it is possible, after having correctly positioned the received picture and hence the QR Code (in slant and in shift), to decode manually the QR Code, by clicking on this button
13640
If this button is pushed, the position of the Ham transmitting the SSTV picture is displayed on the local map, this if the Ham call sign and his/her Locator (separated by spaces) are given in the QR Code
13642
One error fixed
13644
If this button is pushed (default position), one error (on a bit) can be fixed. Reversely (button extracted), no error is fixed and, consequently, the probability to decode a not valid frame becomes extremely weak
13646
not valid position
13648
No header file (HEADER_QR_CODE.BMP)!
13650
No BMP, PNG, GIF or JPG file with the label
13652
Import the co-ordinates .TXT, .INF (from UI-VIEW) or .CLB (Sailwx maps) file corresponding to the .BMP, .JPG, .PNG or .GIF file
13654
Export the co-ordinates in a .TXT (and a .INF) file corresponding to the .BMP, .JPG, .PNG or .GIF file
13656
Latitude/longitude file ('+FICHIER+') is not valid.
13658
Import the co-ordinates .TXT, .INF (from UI-VIEW) or .CLB (http://www.sailwx.info/maps/shipplotter.phtml maps) file corresponding to the .BMP, .JPG, .PNG or .GIF file.
13660
Export the co-ordinates in a .TXT (and in a .INF) file corresponding to the .BMP, .JPG, .PNG or .GIF file.
13662
World map
13664
By pushing the "loudspeaker" button, you will listen the pass-band filtered sound located between the two blue dashes on the waterfall. The CW filtered signal will be easier to decode "with the hears" (in parallel to the Multipsk decoding)
13666
"DFM" for "Graw radiosondes: DFM06 / DFM09 / DFM17 / PS-15"
13668
No more "DFM mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
13670
To use this function, the "+Speaker" button of the SdR interface window "I/Q direct interface via the sound card, for SdR transceivers" on the Configuration screen, must not be pushed
13672
This function does not work on WAV file playing
13674
Dimensioning of both TX editors ("7" is the standard)
13676
Ham calls with Multipsk
13678
This window displays the last 15 CQ sent from Multipsk by Hams (UTC date-time / call sign / mode / XCVR frequency / Locator) and you will have the possibility to see their positions on a map
13680
Website:
13682
Manual update or automatic periodic update (each 10 sec) of the "Ham calls with Multipsk" website
13684
Export your CQ to the WEBsite
13686
Your CQ will be exported to the "Ham calls with Multipsk" WEBsite and will be seen by all users on the panel below
13688
Always visible window
13690
Manual update the "Ham calls with Multipsk" website
13692
Every 10 sec
13694
Automatic periodic update (each 10 sec) of the "Ham calls with Multipsk" website
13696
Reinitialization and display of all the Ham positions displayed on the panel, which will permit to change of local map
13698
Display of the Ham positions (Locators) on the local map
13700
Display of the Ham positions (Locators) on the DXAtlas map, if this one exists on the PC
13702
Locators positions on:
13704
The new Ham calls containing a Locator can be displayed on a local or a DXAtlas map
13706
To directly display the "Ham calls with Multipsk" webpage on your webbrowser
13708
Capture of the last call
13710
A click on this button permits to capture the data of the last call (mode and frequency) and to switch in the mode and the frequency of this call. Moreover, the detection of RS ID is put into operation to automatically tune to the CQ AF frequency
13712
Beeps on new CQ
13714
It beeps for one second, if a new CQ call appears. This function has only an interest if the button "Update" or "Every 10 sec" is pushed
13716
Other options for GMDSS
13718
Ham calls
13720
Failure of the capture!
13722
Capture of the last call (mode and frequency)
13724
Positions of Hams calling, on SYNOP/SHIP maps
13726
CQ EXPORT
13728
This option gives the possibility to send your CQs to the "Ham calls with Multipsk" website, where other users will see your CQs and possibly your position
13730
ATTENTION: don't move or resize the window while decoding EM, so as not to lose the synchronization
13732
Transmission/reception of a text as an Extended Message (EM), in parallel to the selected mode. Multipsk must be in reception ("RX" button pushed). The addressee must also have pushed the "EM RX/TX" button. The message will be displayed on the adressee waterfall and will be seen by all having this function in service.
13734
Decoding of either all the spectrum visible on the waterfall, as on the RX panel of the EM window (rather for SWLs), or the sole transmission pointed on the waterfall (rather for HAMs)
13736
All the spectrum
13738
Decoding of all the spectrum visible on the waterfall, as on the EM window (rather for SWLs)
13740
Only the pointed frequency
13742
Decoding of the sole transmission pointed on the waterfall (rather for HAMs). However, the whole spectrum remains decoded on the EM window
13744
With information
13746
Additional displaying of the following pieces of information: the AF frequency / possibly the time (according to the chosen option in the EM window)  / the signal-to-noise ratio in dB. Note that this information is yet displayed on the EM window
13748
Erroneous frames display
13750
It is displayed, between two "?" (to show that the frames are incorrect), detected but erroneous frames, the channel being too much noisy. This because, even incorrect, these frames can be more or less readable and so must be of interest for the Ham
13752
Reversed waterfall
13754
With a waterfall scrolling upwards, it is easier to read the long messages displayed on the waterfall
13756
Without carriage returns
13758
No artificial carriage returns will be added, which will make easier messages reading. However, the "Only the pointed frequency" button must be pushed and the "With information" button must be extracted
13760
It beeps for 2 seconds, if an EM message is decoded. Once the beep finished, this button is extracted.
13762
For all "ARQ" modes (Packet, PAX, 141A, ALE400, AUTEX) in "message mode" and in EM mode, the message is prepared and then sent when it is ready (with the "Send" button or <Esc> key or <Alt> key)
13764
Problem, the first line of the "Ham calls" WEB site is incorrect
13766
Attention, your call sign given in the "Personal data" window is not valid (3 characters minimum)
13768
Attention, your call sign given in the "Personal data" window is not valid (14 characters maximum)
13770
Attention, your call sign given in the "Personal data" window is not valid ("A..Z", "0..9", "/" characters only)
13772
Attention, the frequency in MHz displayed in the "Freq MHz" field is not valid or superior to 4162
13774
The "rg16.free.fr" and "multipsk.r-bender.de" servers are replaced by the "http://multipsk.fr/" server. This replacement is automatically done in Multipsk.
13776
Attention, no Locator is given in the "Personal data" window
13778
Attention, your Locator given in the "Personal data" window is not valid
13780
Transmission in progress. The transmission will be stopped.
13782
client(s)
13784
TCP/IP server for exchanges (RX/TX) with one or several "TCP/IP client"
13786
TCP/IP management (Port 3122)
13788
ATTENTION: don't move or resize the window while decoding, so as not to lose the synchronization
13790
Additional displaying of the following pieces of information: the UTC time / the signal-to-noise ratio in dB / the AF frequency
13792
With a waterfall scrolling upwards, the new messages appear at the bottom and not at the top
13794
Display of all the FT8 positions stored (256 maximum). This will permit to change of local map
13796
Display of the call sign
13798
Display of the Signal-to-Noise ratio in dB following the call sign (if present)
13800
The new Ham messages containing a callsign and a Locator can be displayed on a local or a DXAtlas map
13802
Number of FT8 frames received, followed by the number of positions received
13804
This option permits to force numeric messages in alphanumeric ones, as several numeric messages being, in fact, alphanumeric. It also permits to accept not standard (but used) message types 1 and 2 as alphanumeric messages
13806
Error: recording speed must be 6400 samples/sec for this mode.
13808
Error: recording speed must be 21333 samples/sec for this mode.
13810
Display of the transmission power in Watt, but only in WSPR
13812
Number of frames received, followed by the number of positions received
13814
No WSPR message type 2
13816
No display of the WSPR message type 2, as this one does not contain any Locator position and is not reliable
13818
Permanent WSPR decoding
13820
If the decoding is not permanent, it is only done at the end of the odd minute (+/- 5 sec). In this case there are much less random decodes. But the PC clock must be synchronized with the true UTC time (by using CLOCK, for example)
13822
The "WSPRnet" button permits to see the map associated to the Internet WSPR database "https://www.wsprnet.org/drupal/wsprnet/map". You need a connection to the WEB. Afterwards, you will have to choose a call sign and a Ham band.
13824
WSPR beacon
13826
The call sign and the Locator are extracted from your personal data. They are immediately checked.
13828
The call sign is extracted from your personal data. It is immediately checked.
13830
The Locator is extracted from your personal data. It is immediately checked.
13832
The transmission power must be specified, between 1 mW to 1000 W
13834
Checking display label
13836
Beacon on duty. Remember that, this transmission to be decoded by other Hams, it is compulsory that the PC clock must be synchronized with the true UTC time (by using CLOCK, for example)
13838
Time interval between 2 WSPR transmissions (2 to 30 minutes)
13840
Central frequency of the WSPR transmissions
13842
It is displayed the maximum detected distance in km or in miles (depending on the choice done between "km" and "mi.") between your station position (given in your "Personal data") and the positions of the received stations
13844
Internet database "https://junzis.com/adb/" (you need a connection to the WEB). From the last plane identifier received by Multipsk, information about the plane is automatically supplied by the Junzis WEB site.
13846
Internet database "https://www.flightradar24.com/data/" (you need a connection to the WEB). From the last plane identifier received by Multipsk, information about the plane is automatically supplied by the Flightradar24 WEB site (with possibly a photo).
13848
Internet database "https://www.flightradar24.com/data/" (you need a connection to the WEB)
13850
Call sign incorrect
13852
Locator incorrect
13854
Correct data
13856
It is not possible to activate the beacon because either the call sign or the Locator is incorrect
13858
More robust
13860
This option permits do decrease the number of false decodings by a factor equal to about 3, but then the decoding is less sensitive
13862
The standard SELCAL could be used until the 31th of March 2023. Note that the accuracy in the reception frequency adjustment of SELCAL is +/- 10 Hz
13864
The SELCAL32 will normally be used on the 1st of April 2023. From this date, it will be necessary to monitor in SELCAL32. Note that the accuracy in the reception frequency adjustment of SELCAL32 is only +/- 5 Hz
13866
Dot display
13868
Affichage altitude
13870
Small dot display
13872
knot(s)
13874
GPS: On
13876
GPS: Off
13878
Are you sure to wish to come back to the 10 first maps?
13880
Transmission/reception of an EM (Extended Message)+Beacons
13882
positions
13884
Minimized window
13886
Locator and GPS beacons management
13888
This mode proposes 2 types of beacon, one transmitting the 6 characters Locator (and other information), the other transmitting the exact GPS position (and other information)
13890
Ham messages management (RX/TX)
13892
Common data
13894
Time interval between 2 EM transmissions (15 seconds to 30 minutes)
13896
Central frequency of the EM beacon (200 to 2500 Hz)
13898
The call sign is extracted from your personal data. It is immediately checked (12 characters maximum).
13900
Antenna (type / direction)
13902
The type or the gain of the antenna must be chosen among the "Vertical whip", "Vertical helical", "Discone", "Horizontal Halo", "Horizontal Loop", "Magnetic loop", "Dipole"  or for directional antennas among the proposed gains (4 to 16 dBi)
13904
The directivity of the antenna must be chosen among the 8 proposed directions (for example, "NW" for "North West"). Omnidirectional antennas are not concerned by this data.
13906
Locator beacon
13908
Locator beacon on duty
13910
Locator beacon off duty
13912
Reception of the GPS frames to determine the position of your mobile Ham station, this to automatically determine the Locator 6 characters
13914
State of the GPS positions reception : "On" or "Off"
13916
Free text (26 characters max)
13918
GPS beacon
13920
GPS beacon on duty
13922
GPS beacon off duty
13924
Reception of the GPS frames. The received GPS pieces of information will be transmitted by the EM GPS beacon
13926
Free text
13928
Free text (10 characters max)
13930
Knot
13932
Speed (over ground for boats) expressed in knots, mph, km/h or m/s)
13934
Feet
13936
Altitude in feet ("ft"), rather than in m
13938
Vertical whip
13940
Vertical helical
13942
Discone
13944
Horizontal Halo
13946
Horizontal Loop
13948
Magnetic loop
13950
Dipole
13952
Gain: 4 dBi
13954
Gain: 7 dBi
13956
Gain: 10 dBi
13958
Gain: 13 dBi
13960
Gain: >=16 dBi
13962
>2971 knots
13964
Correct callsign
13966
Magnetic Loop
13968
Omnidrectional
13970
Incorrect call sign
13972
Incorrect Locator
13974
Incorrect antenna
13976
Latitude incorrecte
13978
Incorrect longitude or altitude
13980
Click, first, on "Local map" or "DXAtlas"
13982
Click, first, on "Reception of GPS frames"
13984
Reception of the GPS frames to determine the position and different pieces of information
13986
Reception of GPS frames
13988
Received GPS positions are converted in 4 characters Locators and are transmitted to the WSPR beacon. The received UTC time is used to transmit the WSPR frames at the right time
13990
All GPS data are transmitted to the EM beacons. Received GPS positions are possibly converted in 6 characters Locators.
13992
Number of visible satellites ("Sat"), UTC date/time, latitude, longitude, altitude, speed and course received
13994
Date (d/m/y)
13996
The date format is day / month / year
13998
Click on the "mm/dd" ("Month/Day") button to switch on the american way to display dates, i.e. mm/dd instead dd/mm
14000
Tracking in real time of the GPS positions on a local map or on DXATlas
14002
The display of the GPS positions on the map can be done in the form of sole dots or dots+altitude
14004
Tracking in real time on a map
14006
To make work this function, it is necessary to have first clicked on the "Local map" or on the "DXAtlas" button, at the "WSPR" panel of controls level, on the "RX/TX" screen
14008
The display of the GPS positions on the map can be done in the form of sole dots or dots+altitudes (if known)
14010
Altitude display
14012
Call sign display
14014
Display of a dot and of the call sign
14016
If the GPGGA frame includes a check-sum and if it is validated, a "V" (for "Valid") is displayed. If there is no check-sum, a "?" (for "Uncertain") is displayed. This also applies to the number of visible satellites
14018
Display of positions on GoogleEarth
14020
Display of the past GPS positions on GoogleEarth, so without any tracking in real time
14022
Course
14024
Course (over ground for boats) expressed in  (0 to 359.9)
14026
Directional gain: 4 dBi
14028
Directional gain: 7 dBi
14030
Directional gain: 10 dBi
14032
Directional gain: 13 dBi
14034
Directional gain: 16 dBi and more
14036
Decoding of all the spectrum visible on the waterfall, as on the EM window (default option)
14038
One frequency
14040
Decoding of the sole transmission pointed on the waterfall (to decode a particular EM beacon for example). However, the whole spectrum remains decoded on the EM window
14042
This mode proposes 2 types of beacon, one transmitting the 6 characters Locator (and other information), the other transmitting the exact GPS position (and other information). Configure the beacon on the EM window, this to start it or to stop it
14044
Beacon on duty: "None" or "Locator" or "GPS". Configure the beacon (Locator or GPS) on the EM window, this to start it or to stop it
14046
0 positions
14048
Number of positions received, issued from the EM beacon (Locator or GPS)
14050
It is displayed the maximum detected distance in km or in miles (depending on the choice done between "km" and "mi.") between your station position (given in your "Personal data") and the positions of the received EM beacons
14052
Display of distances in miles, between your station position (given in your "Personal data") and the positions of the received EM beacons
14054
Display of distances in km, between your station position (given in your "Personal data") and the positions of the received EM beacons
14056
Positions of EM beacons on:
14058
The positions of EM beacons (Locator or GPS position) can be displayed on a local or a DXAtlas map
14060
Display of the EM beacons positions on the local map
14062
Display of the EM beacons on the DXAtlas map, if this one exists on the PC
14064
Display on the map
14066
Display of a dot on the map
14068
Display of a dot and the altitude on the map
14070
Display of a dot and the call sign on the map
14072
Clicking on the "GoogleEarth" button permits to display, from all the the received positions, the path of the mobile stations (defined by their name and altitude), if GoogleEarth exists on the PC
14074
Beacon on duty. Remember that, this transmission to be decoded by other Hams, it is compulsory that the PC clock must be synchronized with the true UTC time (by using CLOCK, for example). In GPS tracking, the synchronization is automatic
14076
Central frequency of the WSPR beacon (400 to 600 Hz)
14078
Reception of the GPS frames to determine the position of your Ham station and the UTC time, this to automatically determine the Locator and the right time for the transmissions of WSPR frames by the beacon
14080
The GPS beacon is yet activated
14082
It is not possible to activate the Locator beacon because either the call sign or the Locator is incorrect
14084
The Locator beacon is yet activated
14086
The GPS reception is not in service. Click on the "GPS" button and then on the "Rception..." button
14088
The GPS reception is in service but none GPS frame has been received. Check the location where is set the GPS receiver
14090
It is not possible to activate the GPS beacon because the call sign is incorrect
14092
You have chosen a CW transmission by the serial port. Now, none serial port has been selected, so the CW transmission will not work.
14094
You have chosen a CW transmission by the serial port. Now, none serial port has been detected, so the CW transmission will not work.
14096
Sound card 48 kHz
14098
Sound card 44.1 kHz
14100
Type the list of the MMSI's (9 figures by MMSI) that you don't want to see displayed. A space must separate two MMSI.
14102
GMDSS filter
14104
If this button is pushed, the user can specify the list of MMSI (9 figures by MMSI) that he/she does not want to see stored in the QSO file. A space must separate two MMSI. The limit is 100 MMSI maximum. Example: 123456789 234567890
14106
Display on map of the called coast stations
14108
On the local map and real time display, the called coast stations will be displayed on red whereas the ones calling will be displayed in black
14110
HF frequency (kHz)
14112
Expl/Weather
14114
Opensky
14116
Internet database "https://opensky-network.org/aircraft-database". You need a connection to the WEB. From the last plane identifier received by Multipsk, information about the plane is automatically supplied by the Opensky WEB site.
14118
Opensky data
14120
Internet Database for aircraft. You need an Internet connection. From the last plane ICAO identifier (6 hexadecimal characters) received by Multipsk, information about the plane is automatically supplied by the Opensky WEB site
14122
The OMM file is incorrect
14124
Display the received positions, also on OMMap, if OMMap one has been started
14126
The number of parameters of '+FICHIER+') is incorrect.
14128
The first parameter of '+FICHIER+') is incorrect.
14130
The correction factor along X of the file ('+FICHIER+') is not valid.
14132
The correction factor along Y of the file ('+FICHIER+') is not valid.
14134
The latitude of the file ('+FICHIER+') is not valid.
14136
The longitude of the file ('+FICHIER+') is not valid.
14138
OMMap not started
14140
No connection because OMMap is not started.
14142
Error on DDE transmission or OMMAP stopped
14144
OMMap connected
14146
Mapping program
14148
It can chosen the exterior mapping program where positions can possibly be displayed: either the "OMMap" program (part of the Multipsk package) or "DXAtlas"
14150
Direct connection to OMMap (mapping program), which must be previously started. "OMMap connected" is displayed on this button if successful. Reversely, once connected, by clicking on this button, the connection with OMMap is stopped.
14152
Positions display of transmitters on maps GE, local and OMMap
14154
Morse langage learning
14156
Number of dots between two successive characters
14158
The number of dots between two successive characters can be adjusted between 3 (standard) and 12 dots. Note that the Multipsk CW decoding only works well in the "standard" way (3 dots)
14160
standard
14162
Type of words to send in Morse
14164
Abbreviations
14166
It is transmitted international CW abbreviations, in a random way
14168
Call signs
14170
It is transmitted random Ham call signs
14172
Noise
14174
The signal can be more or less drowned in the noise. At 0%, there is no noise whereas at 100% there is no more signal
14176
The Keying CW speed is adjustable between 7 and 52 words/mn
14178
Start of the Morse learning
14180
The Morse sound is transmitted to the sound card output selected in the Configuration screen menu. Take care not to switch your transceiver on TX
14182
It can be transmitted, in a random way, either international CW abbreviations or random Ham call signs
14184
The initial tone is chosen on the Configuration screen ("TX Fr.:") (1000 Hz by default). The tone can also be punctually modified by clicking on the waterfall
14186
Display of the Ham positions (Locators) on OMMap, if OMMap one has been started
14188
The new Ham calls containing a Locator can be displayed on a local or an OMMap map
14190
Display of the Ham positions (EM beacons) on the DXAtlas map, if this one exists on the PC
14192
The positions of EM beacons (Locator or GPS position) can be displayed on a local or a OMMap map
14194
Display of the Ham positions (EM beacons) on OMMap, if OMMap one has been started
14196
The new Ham messages containing a callsign and a Locator can be displayed on a local or an OMMap map
14198
Display all the received GPS positions, on the map (which must be open) or in Google Earth or on OMMap
14200
Display all received GPS positions (GPRMC) on OMMap, if OMMap one has been started
14202
From the stored information in the Data_acars.txt file, display all the received ACARS positions, on the local map (which must be open), on OMMap or in Google Earth
14204
Display all the received ACARS positions, on the local map (which must be open), or on Google Earth or in OMMap
14206
Position of the aircraft on OMMap, if OMMap one has been started
14208
Display all the received EPIRB/ELT/PLB beacon positions, on the local map (which must be open), or on Google Earth or in OMMap
14210
Position of the EPIRB/ELT/PLB beacon on OMMap, if OMMap one has been started
14212
Display all the received ARGOS satellite positions, on the local map (which must be open), or on Google Earth or in OMMap. These positions are correctly deduced from the orbit parameters if the PC clock is on time
14214
Position of the ARGOS satellite on OMMap, if OMMap one has been started
14216
If this button is pushed, the position given in broadcast messages (B1 and B2 packets) relative to urgencies, search and rescue is displayed on OMMap. The zone is not displayed.
14218
Display all the received ORBCOMM satellite positions, on the local map (which must be open), or on Google Earth or in OMMap.
14220
Position of the ORBCOMM satellite on OMMap, if OMMap one has been started
14222
Position of the NWR SAME broadcast station on OMMap, if OMMap one has been started
14224
Display all the received positions (ships or identified coast stations), on a local map (which must be open) or on Google Earth or on OMMap
14226
Position of the ship or the coast station on OMMap, if OMMap one has been started
14228
Position of the DGPS station on DXAtlas, if this one exists on the PC
14230
Position of the DGPS station on OMMap, if OMMap one has been started
14232
Display all the received HFDL positions, on the local map (which must be open), or on Google Earth or on DXAtlas
14234
Display all the received HFDL positions, on the local map (which must be open), or on Google Earth or on OMMap
14236
Display all the received JT65 positions, on the local map (which must be open) or on Google Earth or on OMMap
14238
Position of the Ham station on OMMap, if OMMap one has been started
14240
Display all the received LENTUS positions, on the local map (which must be open) or on Google Earth or on OMMap
14242
Position on OMMap
14244
If a position is received (and if it is decodable by Multipsk) then the position of the last received station is displayed on OMMap
14246
Display all the received positions, on a local map (which must be open) or on Google Earth or on OMMap
14248
Position of the radiosonde on OMMap, if OMMap one has been started
14250
Stations
14252
Option to display either all the positions of ground stations in communication with the planes, on the local map or on OMMap/DXATlas or only the ground stations associated with planes transmitting their position
14254
Display all the received ADSB positions, on the local map (which must be open), or on Google Earth or in OMMap
14256
Position of the received Ham station on OMMap, if OMMap one has been started
14258
Display all the received AUTEX positions, on the local map (which must be open) or on Google Earth or on OMMap
14260
Select the local map, GoogleEarth or OMMap
14262
The local map (button "Local map") is not displayed and GoogleEarth or OMMap is not selected...
14264
Packet APRS frames decoding/coding (several functions are limited to 10 mn for non-licencied versions)
14266
PAX APRS frames decoding/coding (several functions are limited to 10 mn for non-licencied versions)
14268
The number of parameters of
14270
is incorrect.
14272
The first parameter of
14274
The correction factor along X of the file
14276
is not valid.
14278
The correction factor along Y of the file
14280
The latitude of the file
14282
The longitude of the file
14284
Latitude/longitude file
14286
is not available.
14288
The directory associated to the file "SNDVOL32.EXE" or "SNDVOL.EXE" has not been found... So the mixer control by the user from Multipsk is not possible
14290
Call too short
14292
Call too long
14294
Incorrect callsign
14296
Incorrect free text
14298
Telemetry
14300
Beacon (Ft)
14302
Received GPS positions are converted in 6 characters Locators and are transmitted to the FT8 beacon. The received UTC time is used to transmit the FT8 frames at the right time
14304
To make work this function, it is necessary to have first clicked on the "Local map" or on the "DXAtlas" button, at the panel of controls level, on the "RX/TX" screen
14306
Push one of both options
14308
Rebuilding accepted
14310
Rebuilding to cancel
14312
Useful if you want to add a short comment (50 characters maximum) to your messages transmitted (RX) to the WEB server
14314
Useful if you want to add a short comment (50 characters maximum) to your messages transmitted (RX or TX) to the WEB server
14316
Fill the <MY CALL> and <MY LOCATOR> fields ("Personal" button) and the "Freq MHz" QSO field. Click on "TEST TX" to send "TEST" + your data. 5 seconds after, click on "TEXT RX". "TEST" + your data must appear.
14318
Save all the FT8 messages of the reception window in the "FT8_messages.txt" file (for exchange with other Hams and SWL, for example)
14320
Load the "FT8_messages.txt" file (if exists) and displays the containt in the reception window, after the already displayed text
14322
Positions display of monitoring stations and/or transmitters on a map
14324
Monitoring stations
14326
Display of all the monitoring stations (SWL or Ham) positions or only one (to specify in the contiguous field), if their Locator is present
14328
The field (20 characters maximum) can be filled if the user prefers to display only one station or these of a country as "F" for France, for example. If the field is empty, all received positions are displayed.
14330
Display the positions of all the transmitters (planes, ships, balloons, beacons, satellites or Hams, according to the mode) or only one (to specify in the contiguous field)
14332
Display all the received positions of the reception window, possibly filtered by the fields associated to "Monitoring stations" or "Transmitters"
14334
Do you accept the rebuilding?
14336
Reconstruction
14338
The call sign and the Locator are extracted from your personal data. They are immediately checked. If the call sign is incorrect, it is not possible to activate the beacon
14340
The call sign is extracted from your personal data. It is immediately checked. Its length must be between 3 and 6 characters. If the call sign is incorrect, it is not possible to activate the beacon
14342
The Locator 6 characters is extracted from your personal data. It is immediately checked. If the Locator is incorrect, it is not possible to transmit it
14344
Beacon on duty. Remember that, this transmission to be decoded by other Hams, it is compulsory that the PC clock must be synchronized with the true UTC time (by using CLOCK, for example
14346
Time interval between 2 FT8 transmissions (15 seconds to 30 minutes)
14348
Central frequency of the FT8 beacon (200 to 2700 Hz)
14350
To transmit the Locator
14352
To transmit the free text
14354
Reception of the GPS frames to determine the position of your Ham station and the UTC time, this to automatically determine the Locator and the right time for the transmissions of FT8 frames by the beacon
14356
Display all the last received beacon FT8 position messages, collected by a specific WEB server
14358
When Fax RX stopped: -->
14360
For registered versions -->
14362
It is proposed two ways to rebuilt the fax/APT image. To use both functions, the fax/APT reception (or the reading of an audio file) must be finished. The received fax/APT must be a good quality black/white picture
14364
This function tries to rebuild a fax/APT picture which contains lines horizontally shifted. To use this function, the fax/APT reception must be finished ("Stop down" button pushed)
14366
Automatic vertical drift rebuilding of a fax/APT picture, if the drift is not linear (bad recording for example). To use this function, the fax/APT reception must be finished ("Stop down" button pushed)
14368
Display the satellite pictures in false colors (only for registered version). This function can also be used once the APT fax reception is finished ("Stop down" button pushed))
14370
For FSK transmissions (AMTOR, PACKET...), but also for ARQ E and RTTY (with a small error): baudmeter, frequencymeter and shiftmeter. It is necessary to wait until stabilization of the displayed frequency.
14372
It is not possible to activate the beacon because the call sign is incorrect. This can come from the characters or from the length which must be between 3 and 6 characters
14374
It is not possible to use the Locator 6 characters because it is incorrect
14376
It is not possible to use the free text because the characters are incorrect. The authorized characters are " 0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ+-./?"
14378
Exporting a QSO via UDP to a WEB server
14380
The call sign (3 to 15 characters) and the Locator (4 or 6 characters) are extracted from your personal data. They are immediately checked. The call sign is compulsory, but not the Locator
14382
Automatic transmission of the QSO via UDP to a WEB server, after having clicked on one of the yellow buttons "QSO-->Log" or "DXKeeper"
14384
IP (figures) of the server or FQDN address
14386
Write the server WEB IP address (figures separated by dots) or the FQDN address (characters separated by dots)
14388
The TCP port used, by default, is the number 52001, but it can be changed with the editor, from 1024 to 65535. So several occurrences of Multipsk could be started, each one connected to a different UDP server.
14390
Port (1024 to 65535)
14392
Incorrect
14394
and, possibly, send this QSO to the eQSL WEB site or to a WEB server via UDP (see the "Logbook" options)
14396
Strength of reception (S1 to S9) of NCDXF beacons, by time step of an hour, for each of the 5 bands
14398
History per hour
14400
By using the arrow button, one can access hour by hour, over 24 hours, to all the results averaged over one hour. The current hour is the last rolling one-hour, which is stored when a new hour is reached
14402
History by beacon
14404
By using the arrow button, one can access beacon by beacon, hour by hour, over 24 hours, to all the results averaged over one hour, for the selected beacon and for the 5 bands
14406
History by band
14408
By using the arrow button, one can access band by band (14 MHz to 28 MHz), hour by hour, over 24 hours, to all the results averaged over one hour, of the 9 most powerful beacons in reception
14410
Print the curves
14412
Record the curves in the "NCDXF_Curves" sub-directory, in PNG format
14414
Display with one decimal
14416
The force display is done with one decimal (for example "S8.1" instead "S8
14418
Selection of the frequencies to scan
14420
The Ham selects the frequencies to scan (all by default). Then he/she pushes on the "Scan" button
14422
NCDXF beacons state
14424
The "NCDXF beacons state" button permits to fetch the present state of the NCDXF beacons, according to the official WEB site https://www.ncdxf.org/beacon/index.html
14426
until
14428
Current hour
14430
Strength level curves (S0 to S9) according to the UTC time
14432
14 MHz band
14434
18 MHz band
14436
21 MHz band
14438
24 MHz band
14440
28 MHz band
14442
Strength level curves (S0 to S9) for the 9 strongest beacons
14444
Current date/time
14446
Printing in progress
14448
Recorded
14450
Add this QSO to the log book and, possibly, send this QSO to the eQSL WEB site or to a WEB server via UDP (see the "Logbook" options)
14452
CW (Morse), NDB beacons (LF and MF) and NCDXF beacons (HF)
14454
Decoding of the NCDXF beacons, at 22 wpm, with an AF frequency of 700 Hz. This function is limited to 10 mn for non-licencied versions.
14456
Decoding of the NCDXF beacons on 14.100 MHz, so dial your receiver to 14.0993 MHz (USB) for an AF frequency of 700 Hz
14458
The automatic tuning of the frequency on the receiver is done if there is a way to control it
14460
Decoding of the NCDXF beacons on 18.110 MHz (USB), so dial your receiver to 18.1093 MHz for an AF frequency of 700 Hz
14462
Decoding of the NCDXF beacons on 21.150 MHz (USB), so dial your receiver to 21.1493 MHz for an AF frequency of 700 Hz
14464
Decoding of the NCDXF beacons on 24.930 MHz (USB), so dial your receiver to 24.9293 MHz for an AF frequency of 700 Hz
14466
Decoding of the NCDXF beacons on 28.200 (USB) MHz, so dial your receiver to 28.1993 MHz for an AF frequency of 700 Hz
14468
Decoding of the NCDXF beacons on all the 5 bands (or less). The automatic tuning of the 5 frequencies on the receiver is made if there is a way to control it from Multispk (via Commander for example)
14470
Beacons state
14472
State of reception of NCDXF beacons, for each of the 5 bands + Configuration
14474
Band
14476
Panoramic decoding
14478
No mode displayed in the "Mode" field
14480
No frequency displayed in the "Freq MHz" field
14482
No call displayed in the "Call" field
14484
No IP or FQDN address for the UDP server
14486
No more "NCDXF decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
14488
No scan is possible because Multipsk is neither connected directly to the receiver (SDRplay or RTL/DLL) nor interfaced through Commander ("Transceiver" button)
14490
Capture of the last message
14492
Cluster for Hams and SWL using Multipsk
14494
This window permits exchange of pieces of information between Multipsk users (UTC date-time / Ham or SWL call sign / mode / XCVR frequency / Locator / Subject / Possible message) and you will have the possibility to see their positions on a map
14496
Manual update or automatic periodic update (each 10 sec) of the "Multipsk cluster" website
14498
Automatic export of CQ calls
14500
Your CQ calls will be automatically exported to the "Multipsk cluster" website and will be seen by all users on the panel below
14502
Manual update the "Multipsk cluster" website
14504
Automatic periodic update (each 10 sec) of the "Multipsk cluster" website
14506
Reinitialization and display of all the SWL/Ham positions displayed on the panel, which will permit to change of local map
14508
Display of the SWL/Ham positions (Locators) on the local map
14510
Display of the SWL/Ham positions (Locators) on the DXAtlas map, if this one exists on the PC
14512
The new SWL/Ham messages containing a Locator can be displayed on a local or a DXAtlas map
14514
Display of the SWL/Ham positions (Locators) on OMMap, if OMMap one has been started
14516
The new SWL/Ham messages containing a Locator can be displayed on a local or an OMMap map
14518
To directly display the "Multipsk cluster" webpage on your webbrowser
14520
Subject of the message to export
14522
CQ in progress
14524
For a piece of information about a CQ call that you are transmitting
14526
Beacon in progress
14528
For a piece of information about a beacon that you have activated
14530
Ham received
14532
For a piece of information about a Ham received (by default in the QSO "Call" field), in the specified mode and frequency
14534
Transmitter received
14536
For a piece of information about a transmitter, other than a Ham, received, in the specified mode and frequency
14538
For a test
14540
Manual export towards the cluster
14542
Text (24 characters max)
14544
To clear the message
14546
Export
14548
Export the line of information towards the "Multipsk cluster" webpage
14550
A click on this button permits to capture the data of the last message (mode and frequency) and to switch in the mode and the frequency of this call. Moreover, the detection of RS ID is put into operation to automatically tune to the CQ AF frequency
14552
Beeps on new message
14554
It beeps for one second, if a new message appears. This function has only an interest if the button "Update" or "Every 10 sec" is pushed
14556
No Rref
14558
Data backup over 24 hours
14560
One-time
14562
All the data acquired over the last 24 hours will be one-time stored in the NCDXF_DATA_date_time.TXT file located in the sub-directory NCDXF_data
14564
Daily
14566
All the data acquired over the last 24 hours will be, each day, stored in the NCDXF_DATA_date_time.TXT file located in the sub-directory NCDXF_data
14568
Positions of Hams or SWL, on SYNOP/SHIP maps
14570
CQ export
14572
Decoding of all the spectrum visible on the waterfall, as on the EM window
14574
Characters on 8 bits
14576
To chat in languages using 8 bits tables as Polish, Russian, French, Greek, Turkish, Estonian, Vietnamese, etc
14578
The indicator is red if the RQI calculation is in progress. It is white otherwise.
14580
It is displayed the Ham band in acquisition
14582
It is displayed the acquisition time (in "hour:minute"). A measurement lasts 24 hours, so as to obtain a reliable RQI. Once elapsed the 24 hours, the RQI display is fixed and switches to yellow.
14584
The RQI in dB is related to the set "Omnidirectional antenna + Noise environment". A good result is around 0 dB or positive. It is displayed if the "Freq MHz" field is filled (limited to the Ham HF bands). The measurement lasts 24 hours
14586
It is displayed the number of FT8 receptions since the FT8 decoding beginning on the selected Ham band
14588
Permits to reset the counting in progress, to resume a new counting. For example to change of Ham band and restart the counting
14590
If the "Rref" button is pushed, it will be displayed the "Rref" value for the ones who want to create a specific RQI reference table for a station other than Twente (details in the FT8 manual). This value is useless for a RQI standard use
14592
When the "F(t)" button is pushed, it is given the number of FT8 decodes and the RQI (in dB) for each hour, for the 24 hours of measurement. These pieces of data can give a rough idea of the propagation according to the time
14594
Each 100 receptions, it is displayed an updated radiation pattern. A minimum of 1000 receptions is necessary to obtain a reliable radiation pattern (supposing that the FT8/FT4 stations be located in an homogeneous way around the reception station)
14596
By clicking on this button, it is given the possibility to save the RQI data, once the measurement finished (i.e. after 24 hours). The RQI data will be stored in the RQI_date_time.TXT file located in the sub-directory RQI
14598
If this button is clicked, a copy of the received SSTV picture is copied/pasted in the top-right corner of the SSTV picture to transmit. This function is used to acknowledge the reception of a SSTV picture transmitted by another Ham
14600
The default area of the RX picture is 1/4 of the TX area. However, it can be reduced to 1/16 by pushing this button
14602
Cluster
14604
This option gives the possibility to inform the other users of your radio activity (sending a CQ, inform of a QSO, operate a beacon, monitoring a transmission) to the "Activity on Multipsk" website, and possibly of your position
14606
"iMet-4" and "iMet-1-RS" radiosondes
14608
Satellites number
14610
T atmosphere
14612
Battery voltage
14614
T interior
14616
T pressure sensor
14618
T humidity sensor
14620
Export not done because the minimum interval between two successive exports is equal to 20 sec
14622
Attention, this mode does not permit a CQ call
14624
No "RQI_references_txt" file found. So Twente reference values by default.
14626
No more "IMET4 mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
14628
Basic QSO in FT4/FT8 or free text (13 characters) or chat
14630
No QSO in progress
14632
Central frequency of the FT8 transmission (200 to 2700 Hz)
14634
TX frequency
14636
The call sign and the Locator are necessary. They are extracted from your personal data. They are immediately checked.
14638
The call sign is extracted from your personal data. It is immediately checked. Its length must be between 3 and 11 characters.
14640
Reception of the GPS frames to determine the position of your Ham station and the UTC time, this to automatically determine the Locator and the right time for the transmissions of FT8 frames
14642
It is added the suffix "/P" to the Ham call sign, for a portable station
14644
It is added the suffix "/R" to the Ham call sign, for a mobile station
14646
Ring on QSO
14648
Once a response from another station has been received (on TX1 response to a CQ or TX2 on response to a CQ response), a ringtone of 0.5 s is produced. This ring indicates that a QSO is now in progress
14650
Possibility of automatic recording of the QSO on a logbook
14652
At the end of the QSO, the Ham can manually record his/her QSO. However, it is proposed that Multipsk automatically records the QSO, on the sole internal logbook ("QSO->log") or on both the external one ("DXKeeper" for example) and the internal logbook
14654
Add the QSO to the Multipsk log book and, possibly, send the QSO to the eQSL WEB site or to a WEB server via UDP (see the "Logbook" options)
14656
This button permits to log the QSO on both the external and intenal logbooks and, possibly, to send this QSO to the eQSL WEB site or to a WEB server via UDP (see the "Logbook" options)
14658
CQ call or response to a CQ
14660
CQ call
14662
An automatic CQ call will be transmitted. Before, you must indicate if responses to your CQ call will be subject to a distance threshold or not and if the first response will be automatically selected or if you prefer to select the station (in 2 s!)
14664
CQ call off duty
14666
Response to a CQ
14668
An automatic response to a CQ call will be transmitted. Before, you must indicate if the CQ calls will be subject to a distance threshold or not and if the first CQ call will be automatically selected or if you prefer to select the station (in 2 s!)
14670
Response to a CQ call off duty
14672
Distance threshold for the stations calling CQ or responding to your CQ
14674
No distance threshold (all relevant stations will be proposed)
14676
Otherwise the stations to contact must be located at a distance superior or equal to:
14678
Transmission of your response either at the first proposal or at your choice
14680
Automatic response at the first proposal
14682
In that case, the first received station is contacted
14684
Response at your choice
14686
In that case, the user must select the station on the "Selection of the station" panel. There are two options for the selection: a slow one (by default) and a fast one.
14688
Immediate response (2 s to click)
14690
In that case, the user has about 2 seconds to select the station. Once the selection done, the answer to the other Ham is immediate
14692
Selection of the station
14694
Transmission of a free text of 13 characters maximum 0-9 A-Z +-./?
14696
Text checking
14698
Check first the free text that you have typed on the small line editor, before to transmit it
14700
To stop immediately the free text transmission.
14702
Transmission of a message, for chat: Text then <Enter> or Sequence <F1> to <F12>
14704
Transmission of a non-limited message, for chat. Either you type you message and finish by typing the <Enter> key (or by pushing the "Transmission" button) or you transmit a sequence (macro) by typing on the <Fx> key or clicking on the sequence to transmit.
14706
Send the message in a "free text" way, i.e. by frames of 13 characters
14708
The "Erase" button permits to erase all the text. Furthermore, clicking right over the editor provides access to several "text" functions: "Select all", "Copy" and "Paste"
14710
QSO recording done
14712
QSO in progress
14714
Calling CQ in progress
14716
Stop requested
14718
Attempt to answer to a CQ
14720
Selected
14722
frames
14724
Repetitions
14726
Each word (abbreviation or call sign) can be doubled ("X 2") or tripled ("X 3"), this to possibly fix the first or the second word "ear" reading. Note that after a CW CQ, the call sign is repeated at least 3 times.
14728
Morse language learning
14730
Click on this button to open the "Basic QSO in FT4/FT8 or free text transmission" window
14732
Add this QSO to the Multipsk log book and, possibly, send this QSO to the eQSL WEB site or to a WEB server via UDP (see the "Logbook" options)
14734
The message is prepared by the user and then sent when it is ready (with the "Send" button or <Esc> key or <Alt> key)
14736
Data from the Flightaware site
14738
Call request
14740
Call accepted
14742
Clear request
14744
Clear confirmation
14746
Interrupt
14748
Interrupt confirmation
14750
Received ready
14752
Received not ready
14754
Reject
14756
Reset request
14758
Reset confirmation
14760
Restart request
14762
Restart confirmation
14764
Diagnostic
14766
Registration request
14768
Registration confirmation
14770
QSO "Freq MHz" field: the frequency (in MHz) must be a positive number (for example: 14.100), with "." as decimal separation character.
14772
It is not possible to activate this command because the call sign is incorrect. This can come from the characters or from the length which must be between 3 and 11 characters
14774
Automatic transmission of your response or response at your choice
14776
Automatic response to the first proposal
14778
Automatic response to the most powerful station
14780
In that case, the most powerful station (in dB) among the ones received is contacted
14782
Automatic response to
14784
Automatic response to the first proposal among one or several specified call signs or prefixes, separated by commas ("F6CTE,F9XYZ" or "GJ,GH,2J,MJ,MH" for the Jersey Island, for example)
14786
End of QSO with
14788
FM 15 KHz must be used to decode the FLEX mode
14790
Failure with
14792
afc
14794
Standard Automatic Frequency Control (Normal Autotune function required if the receiver drifts)
14796
Fast Automatic Frequency Control (Autotune function required if the receiver strongly drifts)
14798
New loading of the SELCAL_DICTIONARY.txt file. This function is useful if this file has been updated by the user while this one is monitoring SELCAL transmissions. So he/she will not have to stop and then re-start Multipsk
14800
Ring (for 0.1 s) on a FLEX message received
14802
This label indicates the ratio (in %) of correct characters to the total number of received characters, this to estimate the decoding quality
14804
This label indicates the number of received messages, for information
14806
Address
14808
Alphanumeric
14810
Not alphanumeric
14812
No more "FLEX mode decoding" function, in non-licencied version.
14814
TX RSID on CQ
14816
It is possible to automatically send a RSID (so as to inform other HAMs of you CQ call), if the frame to send begins with "CQ " (for example "CQ DE F6CTE" or "CQ CT7/F6CTE). The RSID will be sent sent before the CQ frame
14818
"NOAA 15", "NOAA 18" and "NOAA 19" satellites are no longer in service since August 2025. So no more APT.
14820
Type the name of the satellite that you want to track, according to the same spelling of the name as it appears on the map (for example "FM11")
14822
For information as "NOAA 15", "NOAA 18" and "NOAA 19" satellites are no longer in service since August 2025. So the APT mode is no more usable
14824
Sat_APT.Hint:=AFFICHAGE_TEXTE('NOAA satellites decoded by Multipsk ("FAX" mode -> "APT")
14826
NOAA 15, 18 and 19 satellites are no longer in service, so the APT mode is no more usable
14828
Received messages must not be disclosed.
14830
The noise level can be adjusted between 0 and 100 %: "No noise" for "0" selected to "no signal" for "100" selected. The signal to noise ratio ("S/N") is displayed
14832
No noise
14834
Step
14836
The step of frequency tuning can be selected: either "1 Hz" (for accuracy) or "10 Hz" (to move quickly)
14838
No possibility to transmit the RSID, as a FT4/FT8 frame is being transmitted
14840
